British marine algae : being a popular account of the seaweeds of Great Britain, their collection and preservation

TLE Me)

=

Rte

: ae SE pe a Re ee ae Bee re ear aes Srmexy asa ase e TES.

TAaTYpS,

tae

Ae te a Fae ae oe peta ——
CRE eR DET en Fe TRE OTA COBEN SA ep

1D ORM ANN &O9
TNEWyoRK
\ 524 BRoapwav)

Class a ~~ Book
Uolumbia College Library , -
Madison Av. and 49th St. New York.
Beside the main topic this book also treats of
Subject No On page Subject No. On pagé

X

British OQarine Algae :

(BEING A POPULAR ACCOUNT OF

THE SEAWEEDS OF GREAT BRITAIN,

THEIR

COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION.

ILLUSTRATED.
By W. H. GRATTANN.

LONDON :
“THE BAZAAR” OFFICE, 32, WELLINGTON STREET, STRAND.

.

‘
, ° ‘ ; f ~~ ; fovea afi ae 7
ial , f vine. eu OU Ag

oe |
t+

Par”
~
~z Fa bs (
»
4, =
‘ 7 ®
« atte, i) aan
er 2
° ‘
; is
‘ | Ni s L¢@ ) j
: Me ‘ ‘
ci? 7 ’ j 4 r U " Bayt
”’ hy Lo vere a {LRA ¢ Cay Mi TROBE :
ecif ‘ >. »- Fe
4 - 4
- < 5
, /
oY “te =
/
Ps
'
r
- >
a 4
< \ ’
~
-
ees
, oN
© e my
% _
-
‘
t
4 : .
, As BST ap - ve Oa
‘
i
ef
' .
‘
‘ i)
‘ ‘i
. A
4 ae
x >
ae
a or
ple
‘
a
of Ld
‘i t ' Ps, 14 dv ‘
~ 7 '
‘
i * é
4 oat
‘

British ODarine Algae.

INTRODUCTION.

Visitors to the seaside frequently complain of the want of amusement
and occupation there. I will endeavour to suggest a source which will
supply at once amusement, occupation, and instruction. Most people are
fond of flowers, and many there are who know something about them ; but
how few among them know anything about seaweeds! The object of this
book is to call attention to the beauties of marine vegetation, and to help,
by means of accurate and characteristic illustrations, to the recognition
and appreciation of the many lovely plants which either in thoughtlessness
or ignorance people cast aside or tread under foot as they wander on the
sea shore.

The vegetable kingdom is classed under two grand sub-divisions,
described by botanists under the terms Phanerogamia, or flowering plants,
and Cryptogamia, or flowerless plants. In flowering plants are recognised,
in all periods of life beyond the earliest, two distinct kinds of the product
of the growth ; these are an axis or stem, and leaves and flowers, the latter
being succeeded by the perfect development of special organs containing
the fruit or seed of the plant. In seaweeds there is no corresponding
arrangement of seed-producing organs, the axis or stem only is represented,
but never clothed with leaves and floral organs capable of producing seed
vessels. The stem assumes a remarkable variety of forms, in some
instances simulating those of perfect leaves, but never presenting that
_ distinct separation into leaf and stem, such as we observe in the charac-
teristic structure of flowering plants. The leaf-like and branching expan-
sions of seaweeds perform at once the office of stem, root, and leaf, and
represent what in the cryptogamic division of plants is termed ‘“‘ frond.’’

Seaweeds, like all other plants which belong to this great sub-class, are
reproduced by a simple kind of seed called spore, in which (so scientific
‘botanists say) no embryo or rudimentary plant exists at the period when it
is thrown off by the parent plant. “Thus the term “ spore”’ is now applied
to the reproductive bodies of all flowerless plants, while that of “‘ seed”’
specially belongs to the ovules of all the Phanerogamia, or flowering
plants. The spores of seaweeds are produced in variously-formed capsules,
which in some are borne on the branches, and in others are immersed in

B2

£4} Ee oy f
CF fw tiv? J

’

A BRITISH MARINE ALG.

membranaceous expansions. Their form, situation, and characteristic dis-
tinctions, will be fully described in connection with the figures of species
which will form the illustrations to these pages.

There is one fact which makes the study of cryptogamic botany
peculiarly interesting, and that is that a large portion of fossil vegetation
is very intimately related to some of the nobler flowerless plants, and
probably exhibits far grander and more highly organised individuals than
any which at the present time are found in a living state. The celebrated
Hugh Miller informs us that fossilized algze were not discovered until so
recent a period as the year 1856, when some of the fucoids, or kelp-weeds,
were detected in some ancient rocks in Shropshire. In the ancient Lower
Silurians of Dumfriesshire, these rock weeds were so abundant that they
have produced large tracts of anthracite coal several feet in thickness.
The string-like plant known as Chorda filum, or popularly, “‘ dead mens’
lines,’’ had a Lower Silurian representative, known to the paleontologist
as Palwochorda, or ancient rope. The well-known “Carrageen moss ”’ of
the Irish had also a Lower Silurian prototype, and our Fuci or rock kelp-
weeds were represented by Fucoides gracilis of the Lower Silurians of the
Malverns ; in fact, the Thallogens of the earliest periods of vegetation
appear to have resembled in their general characteristics the alge or sea-
weeds of the present era.

Were I to attempt to give a history of the various systematic arrange-
ments by different authors, or of the steps by which we have arrived at our
present knowledge of marine vegetation, I should certainly weary the.
reader; therefore I will state at once, that the plan I shall adopt in these
pages is based on the system of the late Professor Harvey, of Dublin, as
recently revised by Professor Agardh, the celebrated Swedish algologist.
These admirable botanists have distributed the alge into three large
groups, which may be briefly described as follows: First, or simplest in
point of structure, Chlorospermee, mostly grass-green, but varying occa-
sionally to olive, purple, or other tints; Melanospermee, olive-green,
sometimes inclining to yellow or brown-olive ; and Rhodospermee, rose-red,
with every variety of pink, red, or brown-red tints, sometimes purple, but
very rarely green. These three great sub-divisions are separated into
orders, genera, and species. The Chlorosperms consist at present of six
orders and twenty-three genera. The Melanosperms of six orders and
thirty-five genera, and the Rhodosperms of thirteen orders and sixty-six
genera. The name alga, which, as Dr. Harvey says, formerly included the
lichens, is now limited to that large group of flowerless plants which con-
stitute the characteristic vegetation of the waters, the marine division of
which is now popularly termed seaweeds.

Seaweeds may be characterised as cellular flowerless plants, living in or
entirely under water, and deriving nourishment throughout their whole
substance from the medium in which they vegetate. Roots, properly so
called, they have none; the base of the plant, by which it is attached to
the rocks or other substances, serving merely as a holdfast, to prevent the

INTRODUCTION. 9
plant from being driven about and destroyed by the action of the waves ; but
as no vessels of absorption have hitherto been discovered in the roots and
stems, it is evident that seaweeds do not derive their nourishment from the
substance to which they are attached, for indeed they are found growing
luxuriantly alike on iron and floating timber, on rocks and shells, on the
carapaces of crabs, and even upon each other, in the latter case without
any detriment whatever to the species on which they are parasitic. The
roots or holdfasts in some are a flattened or slightly conical disc, in others
branching and clinging fibres, and in the Laminarie or oarweeds, especially
as the plants advance in growth, a series of grasping processes are thrown
down from the stem, which adhere so firmly to the rock that it is extremely
difficult to detach them.

The alge, or seaweeds, consist entirely of cellular tissue—little mem-
branous sacs or cells of various forms, with walls of different degrees
of tenacity. These minute cells are empty or filled with granular
organised matter, which divides and developes new cells; these again
divide and produce others, and thus by this cell splitting, branches
and spreading fronds or leafy expansions are produced, each order of
cell-division proceeding according to the
laws of growth of its own species. The
cellular tissue of which all seaweeds
are composed presents several varieties.
The most common form of cell is that of a
cylinder, generally much longer in propor-
tion to its breadth, and when such is the
case the cells are attached end to end,
forming threads or filaments, numbers of
which, branched or otherwise, make up
the frond by becoming firmly attached in
bundles. Many of the simpler kinds of
seaweeds are made up of threads or strings
of cells, some of which are elaborately
branched, others unbranched, yet through-
Fig. 1, Filament of Confervatortuosa. out the whole plant the cells or joints are
i Spore clothed with atite taht , invariably produced in the unbranched
oo, or er : _ kinds from the tips of the cells of those

vice -gsiieas From Porphyralaci- + eneath them, or from the upper side, as

well as from the tips of the joints in the
branching species. A portion of a filament of Conferva tortuosa (Fig. 1)
and a branchlet of Cladophora Hutchinsie (Fig. 2) will illustrate the
simple cellular or jointed structure of branched and unbranched filaments.
Polygonal and other forms of cells are found in the leafy and membranous
species, the particular forms being in most cases due to cell-pressure
during growth, some adhering very closely together, and accommodating
their forms to the spaces they have to fill, while in others the cells are set,
as it were, within a transparent gelatine, each cell being completely sepa-

6 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

rated from its neighbour by a hyaline or colourless space or border. The
contents of the cells which give to the plants their various hues are termed
endochrome or chlorophyll, and it is from this colouring matter in con-
nection with a partial metamorphosis of certain portions of some species
that the fructification of seaweeds is produced. Of the various forms of
fructification and other particulars connected with the different systems
of reproduction I shall speak as occasion arises. Thus much, however, I
may state at once, that in speaking of the reproductive bodies of some of
the green plants, the term “ zoospore,”’ in addition to that of spore, will be
occasionally used, the word zoospore signifying animal seed, from the
peculiar movements it exhibits in the water by means of the filaments with
which it is furnished.

When examined by the microscope, the spores of most of the seaweeds at
the time of their emission from the cells of the parent plant are found to
be clothed with very minute hairs, the constant vibratile motion of which
causes them to move about with the greatest activity. ‘ The little
spore,”’ says Professor Harvey, “ whilst contained within the mother cell,
commences life by knocking continually against the walls of the inclosure
until it has burst through them into the surrounding water, and then with
many gyrations and rapid changes of place it swims about by means of the
cilia with which it is clothed, until it finds a substance on which it can
rest and attach itself. Once fixed, or apparently satisfied with its locality,
its youthful wanderings are over, and its seemingly yoluntary motions
cease. The cilia are absorbed or perish, and the vegetable cellule com-
mences the growth natural to its kind, and finally hecomes a plant
resembling the species from which it sprang.’? A spore is represented, of
course very highly magnified, by the little oval figure (Fig, 3) in the group
of diagrams. . :

Among the various uses of seaweeds in the economy of nature, especially
among the green plants, is that of the power they possess, although in a
small degree, of contributing to the purification of the water in which they
live. This is due to the oxygen which is generated in their delicate
tissues, from the carbonic acid which they absorb from the surrounding
water. Few marine animals will live long healthily in the confinement of
aquaria, unless the water be properly supplied with growing plants of Ulva
and other green seaweeds.

In an interesting little work on British Seaweeds, by the late Dr. Lans-
borough, I remember reading an account of a rebuff given to an enthusiastic
young student by a professor of botany, to whom he had shown the contents
of his vasculum, after a day’s gathering on the sea shore. ‘‘ Pooh, pooh,
sir,” said the old gentleman, “‘a parcel of seaweeds—pah.”’ Nice encourage-
ment this must have been for a botanic student, perhaps an incipient
algologist! This reminds one of the “ Alga projecta vilior’”’ of the old
Roman poet—terms of contempt for the beauties of the deep, which, I
suppose, must be forgiven, in consideration for the glorious verses which
the speaker has bequeathed to us. However, as regards the old professor

INTRODUCTION. 7

of botany, it is very probable that the extent of his acquaintance with sea-
weeds was limited to the rejectamenta of the sea; for the rebuff referred
to took place some sixty or seventy years ago, at which period a knowledge
of seaweeds was very scanty indeed; numbers of species which are now
familiar to every collector had not then been discovered, the dredge was
hardly in use, and the microscope was in its infancy. Things, however,
are very different now, and there is really no excuse for people who may
desire some acquaintance with marine algex, talking of the difficulty of
finding beautiful plants, of learning their names, and of mounting and
arranging them. I have very often been appealed to for information as to
the best method of acquiring knowledge on this subject, and my invariable
advice has been, as I write it once more, read some standard work on sea-
weeds in the first place, study the figures of the plants, for indeed good
illustrations are indispensable to a perfect comprehension of the best des-
criptions of species, and then go and gather the flowers or weeds of the
ocean, call them what you will, and he or she must be a churl indeed who
is not quickly fascinated with such an occupation, which not only brings
health unsought, but elevates the mind, and thus by pointing through
nature up to Nature’s God, enlarges man’s ideas of the wisdom, power, and
goodness of the Creator.

I have often been amused to see the strange, not to say absurd, mistakes
made by beginners in naming their plants; and I doubt not many a
botanist as well as myself has been provoked at the disinclination so
frequently evinced by amateur collectors to anything approaching study
by means of the microscope, as though it were possible to acquire know-
ledge in botanical pursuits without its help, or at least that of a good lens
or magnifier. Look, for instance, at the Cladophora, to a few of which I
shall call the reader’s attention by means of my figures of magnified
branchlets. True, an experienced algologist knows at once what is the
species he has before him, but he did not always know it, and, although the
eye soon learns to detect differences in appearance, knowledge of specific
distinctions among the filamentous aud delicately-branched seaweeds can
only be acquired by means of the microscope.

SECTION I.

CHLOROSPERMEA.

Green Seaweeds.

Among the most abundant of the common species of seaweeds are two,
Ulwa latissima and Porphyra laciniata, which form together, when pre-
pared and potted, the laver of commerce ; the latter, although belonging to
the chlorosperms, in accordance with its system of fructification, is
brown, or sometimes a lurid purple. There are several tolerably well-
defined species of each of these plants, some of which are found abundantly
on rocky shores, while others are somewhat rare. The species most com-
monly met with is Ulva latissima (Fig. 5), or the very broad Ulva, or

Fig. 5. Ula latissima. Fie. 6. Ulwa linza.

amiliarly, lettuce weed or green laver. This species is found on all shores
and in ali latitudes, except in the Arctic regions, though even there a small
stunted species called Ulwa crispa is sometimes met with. The frond of
Ulva latissima is delicately membranaceous and of a bright green colour ;
in form it is usually a broad, rounded oblong, from Gin. to 14in. long, often
very much waved at the margin, and attached to the rocks by a very
minute disc. The spores are usually arranged in groups of fours, and are
scattered over the whole frond.

CHLOROSPERMEZ. 9

Ulwa linza (Fig. 6), a beautiful and very graceful species, though by no
means rare, is not so abundant as the former plant. It grows in similar
situations, and sometimes even in society with it. The plant consists of a
cluster of fronds from 6in. to 2ft. in length, about lin. in width, and
tapering gradually to the base. The fronds are generally very much curled
and waved at the margin, and the whole plant is of a bright grass-green
colour. The frond of this species consists of two delicate membranes, the
cells of which are divided vertically and shorizontally, so that they are at
once leaf-like and tubular. To ordinary observers, this plant bears a
strong resemblance to Enteromorpha intestinalis; and, indeed, Dr.
Greville, of Edinburgh, in describing this species, points out the fact of
its double membrane, forming at least a transition to the genus Entero-
morpha. Collectors, however, after a very little practice in comparing
specimens of these plants, will not have much difficulty in distinguishing
them ; Enteromorpha intestinalis being always tubular and somewhat con-
stricted at intervals, while Ulva linza is comparatively flattened, never
constricted, and always more or less waved at the margin. Porphyra
laciniata bears a striking resemblance to Ulva latissima, not only in out-
ward form, but in its fructification, which consists of sori or groups of
spores. Under the microscope the whole membrane of the plant appears
to be divided into segments or square groups of cells, regularly arranged
in fours, and within these squares are contained four purple spores, as seen
in the illustration (Fig. 4). Porphyra, under the name of laver, is boiled
and eaten with lemon juice or vinegar, and is not only very wholesome, but
agreeable in flavour, and were it not for the ignorance and prejudice which
sailors exhibit concerning things they know not, this common seaweed
might become a valuable article of vegetable diet to the crews of whaling
vessels and voyagers in the Artic regions, since nearly every marine rock
is clothed with its dark brown fronds. The plant in our illustration
(Fig. 7) is Porphyra vulgaris, a much more elegant species, being narrower,
much longer, and very gracefully waved and curled at the margin, some-
what like Ulva linza. The colour of Porphyra is a very singular departure
from the ordinary green tint of the Chlorosperms; the plants of this genus
being, in the living state, of a dark brown, which after drying and mounting
on paper changes gradually to a fine purple, or sometimes to a rose red.

The order Ulvacee contains a genus of interesting plants which at
present must be merely glanced at, for in the first place they are, with the
exception of one species, nearly microscopic, and, secondly, anything like a
description of them will necessitate illustrations, most of which would be
too minute for the purpose I have in hand, viz., popular information. I
will merely state, then, that the genus to which I refer is named Bangia,
in honour of Hoffman Bang, a Danish botanist. All the species of Bangia
are purple, or sometimes inclined to brown-red, and they are mostly
parasitic on other algz ; one species, and that the largest, being found
near high-water mark, growing on rocks and wood. Its name is Bangia
fusca-purpurea. Inexperienced collectors would hardly imagine this plant

10 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

to be included in the Chlorosperms or green seaweeds; and this is another
instance of the necessity, as already pointed out by me, of some little
book-learning at first, otherwise many a pretty plant will be passed by
unheeded or overlooked. The species in question consists of a bundle of
purple silky filaments, several inches long, unbranched and very narrow
throughout their whole length. The broadest filaments of this delicate .
plant, under the microscope, are seen to be tubular, and to contain four or
five rows of granular cells, a form of structure which connects these plants
with the Ulvacew, otherwise to the ordinary observer, they would appear to
belong to the Conferve, a genus of green unbranched plants which I will
describe presently.

The Enteromorphe, of which two common species make their appearance
about high-water mark clothing rocks and stones with a slippery vesture
of shining green, have been the cause of many a tumble to the unwary
pedestrian on the sea shore. I have heard these pretty green plants some-
times called ‘‘ sea-grass’”’ and ‘‘ mermaids’ hair,’’ and, indeed, some of the
rarer and finer species may well be termed mermaids’ hair or sea hair.
But first I must describe the two species that are met with everywhere,
and these are Enteromorpha intestinalis and E. compressa. The former
grows in tufts, and is simple, or unbranched; each frond is tubular, and
somewhat constricted here and there, and in form resembles the intestine
of an animal, hence its specific name; but EH. compressa (Fig. 8) is a
branched species, and is compressed or flattened at the margin. These
plants are very variable in length and width, the filaments of some
specimens being very narrow, while others are as broad as Ulva linza, and
very dark in colour. The largest specimens of Enteromorpha always
appear to me to owe their unusual size to the action of fresh water; I
have often seen specimens of E. intestinalis, as well as Ulva latissima,
growing in streams which were scarcely even brackish, more than 2ft. in
length, and of such breadth that they appeared like large green bags
floating in the water. The structure of the Enteromorphe is very similar
to that of Ulva; the whole frond is beautifully reticulated, the cells being
arranged in fours, or multiples of that number, the endochrome or colouring
matter of which at maturity is converted into spores. The fronds of these
green plants are often found partially white, and sometimes wholly so.
This is due not only toincipient decay, but because the spores have broken
away from the cells, leaving the membrane of the plant colourless and
unsightly. Then is the time to look for certain rare microscopic parasites,
some of which have their special habitat on decaying fronds of Entero-
morpha, as well as on those of the Ulwe. In addition to these two well-
marked and easily recognised species, there are several others, more or
less rare. Among these, the most interesting probably is the species called
E. clathrata (Fig. 9). It grows abundantly in the rock pools all about
Torbay, but being a summer annual, it loses much of its bright green colour
towards the end of September, and soon after turns to a brownish yellow-
In all stages of its growth the fronds are extremely slender, very much

‘SPUOMIVY JO SUOTIIOT ‘TT ‘NLT

‘un{Suvr0ds o7vUlq TIIM STOO “OL ‘PIT "DIDLY IN} VYMLOWOaIUT *G “OTT
‘punbuno x vawafuop

‘DUDIUVT vydvowmoiaquUy ‘VG ‘OL

“pssa.duioo ny dwowmoujugy *8 ‘O17

CHLOROSPERME. 13

branched, and set throughout with short, spreading, or recurved ramuli or
branchlets.

There are several species of Enteromorpha, which, to ordinary observers,
so strongly resemble each other that reference to the microscope is
absolutely necessary to distinguish them. At the head of these stands
Enteromorpha clathrata, just mentioned; the others are now classed as
varieties of this species, but, although I intend to figure only one of them,
chiefly on account of the grace and beauty of the specimen I possess (which
is also highly characteristic of the species), I will endeavour to point out
certain peculiarities of growth in each of them, so that they will be more
readily recognised by inexperienced collectors. I therefore direct the
reader’s attention to the figure of H. Linkiana (Fig. 9A). The frond is
about 6in. or 8in. in height, with a distinct main stem, throwing out along:
its whole length branches several inches long, smaller in diameter than
the main stem, and bearing in their turn a second and third series of very
fine hair-like branches or filaments, all of which spread out, but incline
upwards. LE. erecta has also a distinct main stem, but the branches, which
are set on each side of the stem, are more regular in length and are clothed
with finely attenuated ramuli, which taper to a needle-like point. In
E. ramulosa, the main stem is less definite than that of the two former
species, the fronds are tufted and the branches, which are numerous, but
of irregular length, are bent, or somewhat curved, in various directions ;
the ramuli are short and bristle-like, and are set without order on the
branches from the base to the tip. The fronds of all these species are all
more or less reticulated like a tessellated pavement, and within the cells
of the surface the spores are formed, generally in groups of fours. E.
cornucopie is a singular species (if, indeed, it really be a species), usually
found on Corallina officinalis and other alge. In early growth the fronds
are like little elongated bags, which soon break at the apices and expand
into the form which has suggested their fanciful specific name; some
botanists regard this plant as merely a form of Ulva lactuca, which, in the
young state of that species, it certainly very strongly resembles. Other
smaller and rarer species of Enteromorpha are known under the names of
distinguished botanists, and these are E. Ralfsii and E. Hopkirkii. There
is also one other variety of E. clathrata known as E. percursa.

EL. Linkiana, E. ramulosa, E. erecta, and E. percursa were formerly
regarded as distinct species, but are now considered as variations of
E. clathrata. The differences in character are hardly appreciable to any
but practised botanists, hence a particular description of all of them is
scarcely necessary, at least in a popular account of British seaweeds.

The genus Conferva formerly included a large number of green plants
branched and unbranched, but it is now confined exclusively to a definite
number of filamentous alge, which are made up of masses, more or less
tufted or matted together, of strings of cells or joints, which increase in
length, either by a species of budding from the terminal cells of the fila-
ments, or from a continual division of the old cells in the centre. The latter

14 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

mode of growth is most general among the Conferve proper, which are all
unbranched. Recourse to the microscope is necessary for an examination
of their structure, and also to identify species. These simple plants
are propagated by zoospores, which
are formed from the granular con-
tents of the cells, or from the whole
mass of endochrome or colouring
matter of one or more cells being
concentrated into an enlarged cell
and forming there a sporangium or
Spore - bearing conceptacle, from
which, on the perishing of the old
plant, new individuals are propa-
gated. Fig. 10 represents a por-
tion of a filament, highly magnified,
of Conferva Youngana, the central
joint of which contains a binate
Sporangium. Fig. 11 represents
portions of two filaments of the
same species, highly magnified.
Most of the Conferve inhabit
fresh water, and are found abun-
dantly wherever stagnant water
lies, the oxygen which they continually throw off into the air, helping
to neutralize the noxious effects which would otherwise arise from decaying
vegetation in the water beneath them. The marine species of Conferva are
not now very numerous ; one of the most common perhaps is Conferva
tortuosa, well represented in the illustration (Fig. 12), a magnified filament
of which was engraved on p. 5 (Fig. 1). This species is mostly parasitic
on old stems of the Fuci, near high water mark ; but the masses of its
entangled tortuous filaments are so inextricably interwoven, that it is
useless attempting to separate them. The name Conferva is from the
Latin Conferrwminare, to consolidate, the ancients having made use of
masses of these plants in binding up wounds and fractured limbs.

Among the Conferve there are two species by no means uncommon,
which at a cursory glance strongly resemble each other, especially when
they are seen growing in the water. One of them, Conferva wrea, is found
on sand-covered rocks about half-tide level, growing in a tuft of erect
filaments from 3in. to 4in. in length. The articulations or joints of the
filaments are about as long as broad, and the whole plant, though harsh
to the touch, loses its rigidity, and lies prostrate as the tide recedes from
it. A plant of Conferva wrea is shown in (a) Fig. 124, and beside it a
fragment of a filament magnified to show the form of the cells. The other
species (b) is Conferva melagonium. It is usually found in rocky tide
pools, where its long bristle-like filaments, from 4in. to 12in. in height,
stand erect, stiff, and straight, even when left uncovered by the ebb of the

Fig. 12. Conferva tortuosa.

CHLOROSPERME. 15

tide. All the articulations, except the lowest, are about twice as long as
broad, the endochrome or cell contents being of a dark green colour. A
plant of this species is represented at b, and beside it, three joints from the
centre of a filament.
The long filaments of
this species are gene-
rally few in number, and
are set some little dis-
tance apart, while those
of C. wrea are more
numerous, and grow in
tufts closely packed to-
gether. I have described
these two plants under
the names by which they
have been_long known,
but I must inform my
readers that their generic
name now is Cheto-
morpha, which is at once

Fic. 12a. (a) Conferva erea, and portion of filament significant and charac-

magnified ; (b) Conferva anelaag iia and + 4s :
three cells magnified. teristic, as having refer-

ence to their bristle or
hair-like appearance. Of course a good lens is indispensable in examining
these minutely-jointed plants, otherwise specific distinctions cannot
- possibly be understood and appreciated. For ordinary purposes a watch-
maker’s eye-glass is sufficient, but to those who will take the trouble to
acquire its use, a Stanhope lens is the algologist’s true vade mecum.

I now come to the puzzling but beautiful sub-genus, Cladophora, or
branch-bearers. All the plants belonging to this family are branched,
some most elaborately so; several species are very rigid and exceedingly
difficult to display on paper, becoming often so entangled and interwoven
as to tire the patience of the most expert manipulator. They are pro-
pagated by a conversion of the granular contents of the joints or cells
into zoospores, which, upon being cast loose from the cells of the plant,
swim about like so many tiny awimalcule. The process of development
in the zoospores or reproductive bodies of the Cladophora is so exceed-
ingly interesting, that I direct the reader’s attention to the group of
figures (13, 14,15), which represent the different stages of development
in the endochrome or cell contents of Cladophora letevirens. Fig. 13
represents a highly magnified portion of a filament at the moment that
the terminal joint has formed a kind of wall or line of division, this being
the first step in the process of cell division, and which results in the
separation of the endochrome into two portions. Beside it (Fig. 14) is a
filament with the cells and zoospores fully developed. On the upper and
right wall of each cell is a slight projection, or expansion of the cell

16 BRITISH MARINE ALG#.

wall, which soon yields to the pressure from within, is finally ruptured, and
through these minute orifices the zoospores make their way into the water.
The ruptured filament on the right (Fig. 15) is empty ; three zoospores
only are seen in the lower joint, five ciliated zoospores represent the
active state of these bodies, and the two below represent the quiescent
stage before germination. The ramification or mode of growth in the
Cladophora, may be studied from an examination of the branch of Olado-
phora Hutchinsie, p. 5 (Fig. 2). C. letevirens (d, Fig. 21) or the pale
green Cladophora is one of the most common species of Cladophora met
with on rocky shores. It grows in densely tufted masses very profusely
branched, and beset on all sides with lesser branches and branchlets. The
species in the illustration (Fig. 16) is C. diffusa, a loosely branched plant,
rather rare, and the easiest to represent accurately in a drawing of any
of these delicate alge. Terminal branchlets of two other rare species are
represented in Figs. 17 and 18, C. rectangularis and C. falcata; the
former being easily recognised owing to its branchlets and ramuli, all
being set at right angles throughout the whole plant; the latter having
branches shaped like sickles, the branchlets being curved in the same
direction as their primaries and mostly on the inner or curved side. There
are several other pretty species of this family, and among those which are
parasitic on other alge may be mentioned the little cotton-like species
known as C. lanosa, which grows near the forked tips of a dark-red plant
called Polyides rotundus. I once found this tiny species in a beautiful

Figs. 13, 14,15. Cladophora letevirens.

Stages of development in the Fig. 16. Cladophora diffusa.

endochrome.

rock pool at Whitsand Bay, near Plymouth, growing on Polyides in such —
profusion that the floor of the pool seemed as though it were carpeted
with the most exquisite green velvet. Among the many species of Clado-
phora which Iam tempted to describe, there is one which I may mention,
though briefly, because it is met with very frequently about half-tide level,
growing in rock pools and under the shade of the larger algw. Its name is

CHLOROSPERME®. 17

C. rupestris (b, Fig. 21) or the Rock cladophora. It is easily recognised by
its very dark or blackish-green colour, and by the excessive rigidity of its
filaments, and erect ramuli or branchlets. This species does not readily
adhere to paper. Therefore,
the best way in preparing it
for the herbarium is to mount
it on paper in the usual man-
ner in sea water, and after it
is partially pressed and nearly
dry, to immerse it, paper and
all, in skimmed milk, and
then dry and press it as
before, after which it will
adhere closely to the paper
for an indefinite period.

To general observers, many
of the Cladophora look won-
derfully alike, all of them

Fie. 17. Cladophora rectangularia.

Fie. 18. Cladophora falcata, being more or less bushy and
Fie. 19, Vaucheria velutina (ramuli with excessively branched, and
vesicles).

green of various shades being
the prevailing colour; but as the tints vary greatly, according to the age of
the plants and the situation in which they grow, even in individuals of the
same species, colour is by no means a character which can be implicitly
relied on. An examination of at least terminal branchlets with a good
lens is absolutely neces-
sary, and thus they will
all be found to be more
or less abundantly dif-
ferent. I have selected
a few species, which are
most likely to be met
with, in illustration of
my remarks, and because
I think that my figures
of magnified branches
will help students to
distinguish their charac-
teristic ramification or
mode of growth, and the
peculiarity of branching,
as well as the differ-
ences in the form and
size of the articulations in the terminal ramuli or branchlets. The
illustration of the species Cladophora arcta (Fig. 20, and c, Fig. 21) is not
only highly characteristic of this plant, which invariably: presents a
C

Fie. 20. Cladophora arcta.

18 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

beautifully arched outline, but it serves to convey a very good general
idea of the appearance of growing plants of this genus.

Let me now direct the reader’s attention to the group of drawings,
Fig. 21. Letter a is the terminal sprig of Cladophora pellucida. I describe
this plant as among the Cladophora, though, I regret to say, it has been
removed from that genus, and it is now, I believe, the only British
representative of the genus Leptocystea. It is most easily recognised, not
only by its perfect regularity of branching, but by there being only one
long cell or joint between each furcation or forking of the branches.
Almost all the branches are set at rather acute angles exactly opposite to
each other on the sides of the stems, and the terminal ramuli are single
jointed, much shorter than the other articulations of the plant, and three
in number. All the branches of this species are stiff and wiry, and the
dark green endochrome in the joints is surrounded by a pellucid or
colourless border. Letter 6b, is a lateral branchlet of C. rupestris. In
all states of this plant the colour is a very dull dark green, and the
branches and ramuli are stiff and harsh to the touch; the ramification
is very regular, and, once having had its characters pointed out, the
student will have no difficulty in recognising the species. Letter c
embraces two filaments, one is a terminal branchlet of the pretty species
C. arcta, in which the joints are about thrice as long as broad, the other
represents a portion of the lower parts of the plant in which the articula-
tions are pretty nearly of equal dimensions. This is a favourite species
with collectors, as it adheres very well to paper, and preserves its fine
glossy green in drying. Letter d is a terminal branchlet of C. letevirens.
In this species the articulations are of very great length in proportion to
their breadth. In early growth the plant is a fine bright green, which
becomes gradually paler as it advances towards maturity. This is one of
tne commoner forms of marine Cladophora, and is identical with the fresh-
water species, Cladophora glomerata. Letter e is a terminal sprig of C.
refracta, one of the most bushy and densely branched of the genus. The
young student may study this drawing for some time ere he will carry in
his memory the variety displayed in this one terminal sprig of C. refracta.
If, however, he chance to find this species, he may easily identify it by a
comparison with my figure, which, like all the others, has been drawn
from the living plant as accurately as possible. There are several other
species of this beautiful tribe of seaweeds, some of which are minute and
others rare; among the latter is the fine species Cladophora Rudolphiana,
a specimen of which I possess, but I have never found this species on the
English shores. It occurs only, I believe, in Roundstone Bay, and in one
or two other stations on the coast of Ireland. OC. gracilis is one of the
most delicate and beautiful of the genus. OC. fracta is an exceedingly
bushy plant. C. albida is a fine species, but turns to a pale whitish green
in drying, whence its specific name. CO. flexuosa is a pretty species with
wide-spreading branches. CO. Balliana is a tolerably well-marked species.
C. uncialis, as its name implies, is about an inch in height and grows on

CHLOROSPERME®. 19

rocks, while C. lanosa, of a similar size, is usually parasitic on other alge,
as already described. C. glaucescens is a beautiful species, occasionally
reflecting glaucous tints, as referred to in its specificname. C. Gattye,
Macallana, Brown, and
two or three others, com-
plete the list of British
species of this genus.
| The curious genus
| Codium contains some
| very remarkable species,
two of which, except that
they grow generally in
masses on the surface of
rocks, rarely attract the
attention of ordinary col-
lectors, and are certainly
not common; but there
is one species which is
among the most singular
of seaweeds, and that is
Codium bursa, the Purse-
like Codium. This plant
is very rare; but, as col-
lectors may unexpectedly
meet with it, some little
description of the curi-
osity may not be amiss.
Its habitat or place of
growth is on rocks, near
| low water mark, and its
appearance is that of a
round hollow’ spongy
ball, from one to several
inches in diameter. The
whole plant is made up
of a very closely inter-
woven mass of tubular
filaments, giving to the
plant the appearance of
a round green sponge. Many years ago I used to find this very rare
and curious species growing on one rock only, at the very verge of
low water between Brighton and Rotting Dene, and but that the
little ‘‘ mermaid’s balloons,’’ as I once heard them called, were green,
one might liken them to the well-known puff-balls of the field. The
species most commonly met with is C. tomentosum (Fig. 22). This
plant is also singularly like one of the branching sponges. The stem

Fig. 21. Branchlets of Cladophora.

20 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

and branches are soft and pliable, and are invested with a sort of slimy
gelatine very similar to the viscid animal coating of living sponges.
Indeed, it is owing to this peculiar feel of the frond that the genus was
named from the Greek, x#dsov, or skin of an animal. The illustration
shows the mode of growth in a frond of C. tomentoswm. The branches are
generally divided in a dichotomous manner; in other words, regularly
forked up to the tips of the divisions, and sometimes the branches throw
out here and there short lateral ramuli or branchlets. The structure of
this plant is entirely filamentous, the centre being composed of long string-
like colourless filaments or fibres, while those which radiate horizontally
around them are club-shaped, of a dark green colour, and invested with a
thin layer of colourless slime. Dark green vesicles containing the fruit of
the plant are borne on the sides of the club-shaped filaments. In mounting
this species on paper, care must be observed that heavy pressure be avoided

Fig. 22. Codiuwm tomentosum. Fig. 23. Vaucheria clavata.

until the water is all drained out of the frond, otherwise it will adhere to the
linen covering, or break off in pieces, and the specimen will be destroyed.
The genus Vaucheria, named in honour of M. Vaucher, a distinguished
French botanist, contains a few very interesting but minute green plants,
and were it not for the dense masses in which most of the species grow,
they would be constantly overlooked or disregarded. Some of them are
parasitic on other larger algw, but they are more generally found on the
muddy sea-shore, or on mud-covered rocks flooded by the tide. The
species named Vaucheria velutina, is a summer annual, and consists of a
dense mass of branching filaments, colourless below, but above, of a
fine green, and of a delicate velvety texture. The branches, which are
most intricately interwoven, throw up their little green tips an inch or so
above the surface of the mud in which they grow. The fructification
consists of a dark-green mass of endochrome contained within a little
stalked round vesicle, which sprouts from the side of the erect
branches, a short distance below the tips. This is well seen in the

CHLOROSPERME. 21

group of magnified filaments at Fig. 19. In the species V. clavata,
which is frequently found in fresh water, growing in little cushion-like
tufts, the fruit is formed and perfected in the tips of the filaments, where
the dark-green granular matter is consolidated, and becomes separated
from the lower portion by a diaphragm or colourless space. This separated
mass, which is somewhat bent in at the centre, forces its way through the
tip of the filament, and moves about by means of vibratile cilia, until it
has fixed itself, when, by lengthening at each end, it gradually assumes
the characteristic form of its species, and thus a new individual is produced.
Fig. 23 represents the little club-shaped tip of a filament, the reproductive
body forcing its way through the cell wall. The stems and branches of
all these pretty little green plants are entirely devoid of joints or parti-
tions, being tubular from the base to the tip of the branches—hence the
term Siphonacee, the name of the order to which they belong.

The most attractive species among the Siphonacee is unquestionably
Bryopsis plumosa, very well represented in the illustration (Fig. 24), from a
plant taken at St. Leonard’s several years ago. The fronds of this pretty
green plant arise several from the same base. The plumose or feathered
portion is generally confined to the upper half of the fronds, and always
terminates them. Occasionally in very luxuriant specimens, the fronds
are feathered very nearly to the base, and throw out lateral branches which
are beset again with numerous little plumes, until the whole plant presents
the appearance of a bunch of delicate green feathers. Every frond of this
species is a continuous tube containing a dark green very minutely
granular matter, and it is from this fluid endochrome, when cast loose
from the plant, that the
species is propagated. This
lovely plant usually grows on
the shady side of rock pools,
and generally under shelter
of some of the larger or mem-
branous alge. This reminds
me not only of the exquisite
groups of seaweeds one finds
in every rock pool, but of one
in particular near the end of
the Southend pier, where
many years ago, in my early
seaweeding days, I found the
first specimen of Bryopsis

Fie. 24. Bryopsis plumosa, plumosa I had ever seen,
growing in company with a charming filamentous Rhodosperm, and a
finely iridescent plant of Chondrus or carrageen moss. On the occasion to
which I refer, the rainbow tints thrown off by this plant, mingled with the
green of the Bryopsis, and the crimson waving branches of its other com-
panion, formed a submarine picture of the utmost grace and beauty. The

22. BRITISH MARINE ALG.

decided rarity of this genus is the very delicate species B. hypnoides. I
have found this plant at distant intervals of time and in widely different
situations. For instance I met with it at Plymouth about twelve years
ago, and in tolerable plenty; but in subsequent visits to the same locality
I never saw a single
specimen of it. At
Torquay I hunted for
it in vain for three
seasons, when all at
once I discovered it
by the merest chance,
growing in a rock pool
at high water mark
near the abbey rocks
in Torbay. This ap-
pearance and dis-
appearance of certain
species of seaweeds is
certainly very remark-
able, and opens out a
wide field of specula-
tion on the probable
causes of this singular
caprice in the growth Fic. 25. Bryopsis hypnoides.

and irregularity of

appearance in marine alge. I have endeavoured in vain satisfactorily to
account for it, but experience has pointed out to me two probable causes.
In the first place I consider the disappearance of some species of rare sea-
weeds is due to the rapacity of inconsiderate collectors, who, when they
meet with a rare plant, instead of being content with a portion of it, and
leaving sufficient for the chance of its bearing spores, and thus producing
a new crop, ruthlessly seize every specimen upon which they can lay their
hands, and thus the species is lost, at least for a time. This, I am con-
vinced, is the most general cause for the disappearance of some species,
and another may probably be due to the fact that the plants, although
growing in tolerable luxuriance and abundance, may not have been in fruit,
and consequently perished without having been able to propagate their
species.

The genus Bryopsis is ordinarily represented by the justly-admired
species Bryopsis plumosa. Its companion, B. hypnoides (Fig. 25), is equally
beautiful, much more delicate in its growth and general appearance, and is
certainly a rare plant ; indeed, I have heard more than one collector doubt
that it existed otherwise than as a book species, or, at most, a permanent
variety. One autumn I took one solitary specimen of the little gem,
leaving a considerable portion of it still growing on a plant of Corallina
officinalis, in an out-of-the-way rock pool. The following season I was

~~

Sex
Kes

\\

BLE

WN

CHLOROSPERME. 23

rewarded for my forbearance by finding in the same rock pool, and in
another adjacent, quite a submarine plantation of this rare and lovely
chlorosperm. The illustration is from one of the specimens of B. hypnoides
taken by me in October, 1872, and I rejoice to say that it then exceeded in
abundance—at least in Torbay—its beautiful but much more generally
known companion. The little plumes of this species are extremely
delicate, the ramuli are longer and more attenuated, and the whole
plant is much more abundantly branched, though with less regularity, than
B. plumosa.

There is a very curious plant which grows in immense quantities on some
sandy shores, usually in shallow places, but sometimes extending into deep
water, and from such situations it is cast ashore after storms, and rolled
along the beach in great abundance by the in-flowing tide, forcibly remind-
ing one of the long lines of grass in a newly mown field. The name of
this plant is Zostera marina, literally “sea ribbon,” but commonly
known as ‘‘ grass wrack,’’ from its great resemblance to long blades
of grass: Zostera marina, although growing in the sea, is not a sea-
weed at all, but in reality a plant with proper roots, deriving nourish-
ment from the soil in which it grows, and bearing flowers, followed by
seed. Its structure is very peculiar, for within the beautiful green envelope
of its long ribbon-like blades, a series of white fibres traverses the plant
throughout, but too brittle or wanting in tenacity to be of any real or
permanent value as an article of manufacture. During the American war,
when the supply of cotton failed, attempts were made to utilize this
marine product, but, I believe, with very partial success. I have not
considered it necessary to figure this plant, but as, from its abundance,
collectors are certain to meet with it, I have given the above brief descrip-
tion of it chiefly for the benefit of young beginners in the science of
algology.

Among the many parasitic green seaweeds that are more or less
abundant, there are three or four species which must be described here
for the benefit of amateur collectors, who otherwise might be occa-
sionally puzzled to make out certain curious tufts of short filaments
which infest some of the plants they gather for preservation. All of
these parasitic alge are beautiful microscopic objects, especially when
they are examined fresh from the water, but their forms are so
simple, and their structure so delicate that they shrink in drying
almost past hope of identification. On a future occasion I may per-
haps figure and describe all these minute plants, but at present I will
call the reader’s attention to a few only of the most common species, such
as are pretty certain to be found on decaying Ceramiwm rubrum, in
shallow pools, and on the terminal branches of Halidrys and other Fuci or
rock-weeds. Among the latter there are two species belonging to the
genus Lyngbya, which I have found very frequently infesting the terminal
branches of Halidrys siliquosa, or the “ podded sea-oak;”’ one of them,
Lyngbya Carmichaeliz, is represented in Fig. 26. It is found sometimes

24, BRITISH MARINE ALG.

growing on floating timber, and also on rocks, where its bright grass-
green filaments, 3in. or 4in. long, are curved or twisted together in exten-
sively interwoven masses. Under the microscope the endochrome at
maturity presents a series of beautifully distinct lenticular or lens-shaped
cells, which finally burst through the tubular envelope, and reproduce
the species. Part of a magnified filament is represented at a, (Fig. 27) ;
a ripe spore is escaping from the terminal cell. The genus Lyngbya was
dedicated by Dr. Harvey to Hans Christian Lyngbye, a Danish naturalist, ,
and this species was named in honour of Captain Carmichael of Appin, in
Scotland, who discovered it. Lyngbya majuscula, very well represented
in Fig. 28, is the largest of this genus, and strongly resembles, except in
colour, long tresses of curling hair. Collectors sometimes eall it “‘ Mer-
maid’s hair.”” It usually grows on muddy rocks between tide marks, but
the finest specimens are
thrown up from deep
water. The filaments,
which are densely inter-
woven, present, under
the microscope, the
appearance of a bundle
of tiny snakes. The
endochrome is of a dull
green or sometimes in-
clining to purple, and
is composed of nume-
rous closely appressed
ring-shaped cells, but
here and there inter-
rupted by a line as if
broken, and sometimes
separated into distinct
joints, as seen in the
two portions of mag-
nified filaments at 3},
Fig. 27. Lyngbya flacca is another not uncommon species, being found
on Ceramium rubrum and other algz ; but the filaments are so extremely
fine, that it is next to impossible to represent them satisfactorily in a
drawing; however, enough has been said of the plants of this genus to
call the attention of collectors to a class of interesting species, too fre-
quently disregarded simply because they require microscopic examination
for an appreciation of their beauties, or because they are unattractive as
book specimens.

The genus Calothria, or ‘‘ beautiful hair,’’ as its name literally signifies,
contains some remarkably beautiful but very minute plants. The filaments
of one of them, Calothriz semiplena, seen at a, (Fig. 29), when magnified,
have a very singular appearance, the little tubes being, as it were, varie-

Fie. 26. Lyngbya Carmichelit.

MCCUE tt

ACAI

(a) Filaments of Calothrix semiplena ; (b) Calo-
thiria confervicola.

F1G. 29.

Fig. 28. Lyngbya majuscula.

(a) Filament of Lyngbya Carmichelii ;

(b) Filaments of Lyngbya majuscula.

27.

Fia.

CHLOROSPERME.%. 27

gated, owing to the endochrome being separated here and there by empty
spaces, as though the tubes were indeed only half full, a character so
peculiar and constant, that it is referred to in its specific name. Calothriax
confervicola infests some species of conferva, and also other small alge in
shallow tide pools. This plant is composed of little star-like tufts seldom
more than a quarter of an inch long, but crowded on the branches of the
seaweed, on which they are parasitic to such an extent, as sometimes to
obscure every portion of it but the root. Little tufts of this parasite are
represented at b, in Fig. 29, growing on Ceramium rubrum, and above it are
two cells of the ceramium with the basal part of three filaments of the
Calothriz highly magnified, to show its simple structure.

There are several other species of Calothriz still more minute and not so
common as C.confervicola,and in addition to these two last described genera,
there are some others containing very interesting species; but as several
of them are found chiefly in brackish ditches oftener than in the sea, and
others are inhabitants of fresh water streams or the margins of waterfalls,
I shal), for the present, bid adieu to the Chlorosperms, and enter in my
next section on a description of the Melanosperms or olive seaweeds.

nye Glarn— .

SECTION II.

MELANOSPERMEA.

Olive Seaweeds.

THE olive seaweeds, though much less numerous than the red, greatly
exceed the green plants in numbers as well as in size; and, although some
few of the red and green weeds are used as articles of food, and for other
purposes, the Melanosperms bring by far the largest revenue to man. As
manure for the land nearly all kinds are equally serviceable, but in the
manufacture of kelp, which is a coarse or impure carbonate of soda, the
Fuci or large rock weeds, are especially valuable, while the various species
of Laminaria, in combination with the Fuci and other olive weeds, yield
mannite and a large amount of iodine. On the west coast of Ireland the
poor peasants are almost entirely dependent on the seaweeds which are
cast ashore, for manure in the cultivation of their potatoes; and in the
Channel Islands, the ‘‘ vraicking season”’ (as gathering seaweeds is called
there) assumes the importance of a hop picking in Kent. In Norway,
and in the north-west of Scotland and Ireland, some of the Fuci, such as
F. serratus (Fig. 36) and F. vesiculosus (Fig. 37), are dried as winter
provender for horses and cattle. On the south coast of Devon I have
occasionally, while ont on my algological excursions, seen a herd of cows
descend from the fields to the shore and browse on the Fuci with
great avidity.

The name “ Melanosperm’’ or “black seed” is applied to that large
class of olive-brown plants, several species of which, such as the well-
known Fuci or Kelp weeds, are characteristic of most rocky shores ;
they form the leading feature of marine vegetation from high-water mark
to half-tide level, while the Laminariw or great oar weeds, are rarely
uncovered by the tide, but vegetate from extreme low-water mark to
several fathoms deep, where they form a broad belt of marine vegeta-
tion, usually termed the Laminarian zone. In clear weather, when the
water is undisturbed, the long strap-like fronds of these seaweeds may
be seen waving to and fro as the observer passes above in a boat.
The gigantic alge of the ocean depths are all olive coloured, and to
these our largest Laminaria is but a pigmy, for the great Nereocystis of
the Pacific Ocean is said to have, at maturity, a stem 300ft. long,
bearing at its summit a huge barrel-shaped air-vessel, terminating in a
tuft of about fifty forked leaves, each of which is above 40ft. in length.
The large air-vessel supports this immense frond in the water, and here
the Lulra marina, or sea otter, rests himself or hides among the leaves,

MELANOSPERME®. 29

while he pursues his fishing. The alga which attains the greatest length
on the British coasts, is that remarkable plant called Chorda filwm
(Fig. 49), or sea rope, often found in deep water, from 30ft. to 40ft. in
length. Many an expert swimmer has lost his life while bathing among
its slimy but tenacious fronds, whence its popular name in some loca-
lities of ‘‘ dead men’s lines.”’

Though most of the Melanosperms are olive coloured, especially when
fully grown, many of them turn to a pale green, and others to a bright
verdigris green, either when decay sets in or in drying. ‘This is par-
ticularly observable in the young plants of the various species of Laminaria,
all the Desmarestiew, several species of Ectocarpus, and some others, a
peculiarity which at first misleads young collectors, who imagine from
the green tint of their mounted specimens that they have gathered
Chlorosperms ; however, experientva docet.

As all works on marine algze commence with descriptions of the various
species of Sargassum, or gulfweed, some mention of this remarkable plant
will naturally be expected here ; but it is not a British seaweed, and is
only occasionally wafted to these shores, collectors rarely meeting with it
anywhere but on the south coast of Cornwall, and even there mere frag-
ments or seaworn specimens only are picked up among the rejectamenta
of the sea. There are a large number of species of Sargassum in various
parts of the world, but that which is known as “gulfweed,”’ is the floating
species Sargassum bacciferum, or berry-bearing sargassum, the so-called
berries being really air-vessels which serve as floats to support the plant
on the surface of the water; and it may be remarked that the vast fields of
seaweeds which were first described by Columbus when he crossed the
Atlantic, and which seriously impeded the progress of his small vessels,
are met with at the present day in very nearly the same situation. These
floating plants are not propagated by spores, but by gemme or buds;
sprouts, in fact, that are thrown out from all sides of the old plant, thus
continuing the life of the plant rather than reproducing it; those species
only which grow on rocks being propagated by spores, which are produced
in clusters of stalked receptacles.

The genus Fucus differs from all other orders of melanosperms in having
their spores or reproductive bodies attached to the walls of conceptacles
or spore cavities sunk within the substance of the frond, and communi-
eating with the surface by means of a pore or minute opening. In F.
vesiculosus (Fig. 37) these receptacles are filled with a slimy or gelatinous
matter which, under the microscope, is found to be a beautiful network of
jointed fibres (Fig. 30), and within the round hollow conceptacles which are
immersed in the jelly-like masses, the spores in some, and antheridia in
others, are produced. The endochrome, or whatever the spores consist of,
is at first simple, or consisting of a single body or substance, but it
subsequently divides into two, four, or even eight sporules. The antheridia
are borne on branched filaments, which are also attached to the walls of
conceptacles, but on separate plants, and these antheridia are filled with

.

30 BRITISH MARINE ALG,

active granules or spermatozoids, which, upon liberation from the anthe-
ridia, swim about by means of ‘two vibratile cilia with which they are
furnished, until they find the spores, around which they swarm, and
upon which they finally settle, fertilisation of the spores being the result.
The little ciliated bodies having performed their office, perish, and the
spores begin to germinate and produce new plants of the species from
which they sprang. "

The process of development in the sporules of Fucus vesiculosus, and
some others of this genus, is so extremely interesting that I will give a
brief description of it in directing the reader’s attention to the accom-
panying illustrations, Fig. 30 is a vertical cutting of one of the con-
ceptacles of Fucus vesiculosus, showing the network-like filaments of
which the fruit-bearing portion of the frond is composed, and the interior
of the conceptacle or spore vessel ; the spores in various stages of develop-
ment seated among projecting filaments, and attached to the wall cells of
the cavity, the pore or opening above being their means of exit. Fig. 31
contains more highly magnified portions of the filaments and cells, sepa-
rated from the conceptacle, to show the gradual development of the
spores, each of which is enveloped in a double transparent membrane.
The under figure to the right represents the ruptured membranes, the
spore having escaped into the water. In Fig. 32, on the left, is represented
a spore fresh from a conceptacle, still enveloped in its double membrane,
and exhibiting lines of separation into eight portions or sporules. The
three next figures represent the complete separation and gradual develop-
ment of the eight sporules, which assume by degrees a spherical form, and
draw the inner membrane which incloses them upwards until it presents
the appearance of a wine glass placed within a glass bowl. The central
figure in the under line represents the sporules arrived at maturity, having
ruptured the filmy membranes, and dispersing into the surrounding water.
On the right is a sporidium, containing developing sporules and surrounded
by spermatozoids. Fig. 33a represents a tuft of branched filaments from
another conceptacle, several cells or joints of which are converted into
antheridia filled with antherozoids or spermatozoids. The large round body
(b) beside it is a spore, and ciliated granules are represented around and
upon it. These minute objects are the spermatozoids, which under the
microscope appear to be of oval form, but pointed at one end, having an
orange spot in their centre, and being furnished with a filament at each end,
by means of which they swim about until their brief existence terminates.

On rocky coasts or wherever seaweeds abound, the various species of
the genus Fucus occupy the greater part of the shore from high-water mark
to some distance below half-tide level, and thus as they are the first to
engage the collector’s attention, 1 will describe some of them at once.

High up on the rocks, sometimes even above the reach of the tide, but
moistened by the spray and dash of the waves, grows the small but
pretty species F’. cancliculatus (Fig. 34). In some situations, where it is
abundant and in fruit, the rocks upon which it grows present the most

Sporules in various stages
slopment

of deve

32.

Fira.

Concepticle of Fucus vesiculosus.

30),

€
'

FIG

ah
iio)
o
Oo &
-
ga
i onl
°
+s
SH Ss
=
~y
Qs
D>
us
oS
Hn
—
=
= we
ns
> r-.
oe
3)
=|
—
3°
a
fy

31.
ceptacle
magnified,

Fr@.

(a) Branched filaments from conceptacle,

33.

Fia.

surrounded by

Spore

(b)

bearing antheridia ;

spermatazoids,

34. Fucus canaliculatus.

€
«

Fig.

MELANOSPERME2X. 33

picturesque appearance ; the olive green of the channelled fronds of this
species mingled with the golden tint of its clustered seed vessels, produces
the most charming effect. The tufted fronds of this species are from 2in.
to 6in. high, and are channelled on the upper side, but it has neither air-
vessels nor midrib like some of its congeners. The fruit is contained in

Fig. 35. Fucus nodosus. Fig. 36. Fucus serratus.

oblong wedge-shaped receptacles, which are produced at the tips of the
branches ; our illustration is from a fruited specimen. The root, as in
most of the Fuci, is a slightly conical disk, which adheres very firmly to
the rocks precisely in the same manner as a pneumatic bracket. Descending
a short distance from high-water mark, the observer very soon meets with
F, nodosus (Fig. 35), or the “knobbed wrack,’’ which is stunted, and
sparingly provided with air vessels until it is found in situations where it
can float on the surface of the water for a considerable part of the day.
Such specimens when fully grown are above 3ft. or 4ft. long, and the
air vessels which swell out at intervals along the stem and branches are
often fully as large as a plover’s egg. These air vessels help to sustain the
heavy fronds in a floating: position, and when the tide recedes, and the
plant is spread out on the flat rocks on some shores, pedestrians are
often startled at the popping sounds under their feet as they tread on the
air bladders of this rockweed. The illustration shows the plant in a fruited
and barren condition. The fruit is contained in roundish stalked vessels of
a bright yellow colour, which spring from both sides of the branches. The
fronds have no midrib, and are quite smooth and glossy. The rare species,
F, Mackaii,is found on the west coast of Ireland and Scotland, though
not to my knowledge on the English shores. It is intermediate between
the two foregoing species, and is easily distinguished from both by the
form and position of its fruit vessels, which are pendulous, and are
produced near the base of the branches. F. serratus (Fig. 36), or the

34 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

“toothed rockweed,’’ is the most easily distinguished, and is the hand-
somest of its tribe. Although very variable in length, breadth, and
colour, its regularly toothed or serrated margin affords a ready means by
which this species is recognised at once. Air-vessels are absent in this
species, but it has a very distinct midrib. The frond is flat throughout,
and the fruit is produced in receptacles which terminate the branches.
Our illustration is from a very characteristic but barren frond of this
elegant species ; the plant from which it was taken grew on the inside of
the Plymouth Breakwater, and was upwards of 6ft. in length. F. cera-
noides, or “‘horned-wrack,’’ is one of the rarities of this group, and is
found most frequently in situations where a fresh water stream runs into
the sea. Its substance is far less tough than that of the other Fuci, and
tbe whole plant is thinner and more delicate, both in the growing state and
after it is dried. The midrib is very narrow but distinct, and there are
no air-vessels. The fruit is produced at the tips of dichotomous or forked
branches, which are set alternately along the sides of the main stem. The
most abundant species of this group of seaweeds, which may be termed
par excellence the ‘‘ kelp-weed,’”’ since it is more extensively used in
the manufacture of kelp and iodine, than all the other species of Fuci
put together, is F. vesiculosus (Fig. 37). Itis extremely variable in size and
appearance, so much so in fact, that some writers have constituted varieties
to characterise peculiarities of form. Specimens growing in salt marshes
and near high-water mark, where they are only occasionally covered by the

BM Mt nny

5

Fig, 37. Fucus vesiculosus, Fie. 38. Halidrys siliquosa.

sea, are very narrow in the frond, and often destitute of air-vessels ; while
those which grow in rock pools, or where they are constantly within the
influence of the tide, and frequently submerged, are provided with numerous
air-vessels, which are set in pairs, one on each side of the midrib. Plants
which vegetate in suck situations are often found from three to four feet

MELANOSPERMEA. Be)
in -length, and although, like all the Fuci which turn nearly black in
drying, F. vesiculosus, in the living state, and during the fruiting
season, is of a fine olive, inclining to green, the midrib being very distinct
and of a darker tint, the air-
vessels a pale yellow, and
the terminal receptacles,
which are elliptical and
somewhat wart-like, are a
bright orange. The illustra-
tion shows the situation of
the air-vessels on the frond
to the left. The lateral divi-
sion on the right is termi-
nated with receptacles.

Halidrys siliquosa (Fig. 38),
or as its name literally sig-
nifies, ‘‘ Podded sea oak,’’ is
a curious and very interest-
ing plant. When cast ashore
from deep water, this is a
very handsome species, and
it is much to be regretted
that in drying, it not only
loses its fine olive tint and
becomes perfectly black, but
in the course of a short time after it has been put away in the herbarium,
the salt which is retained in its densely cellular tissue, oozes out of the
pod-like receptacles and disfigures the specimen. The only way to avoid
or to check this annoyance, is to soak the plant in fresh water for some
hours before drying it, and then to place it between towels and keep it so
for some time before finally drying and pressing it. Our illustration is
from a terminal branch of a plant which was about four feet in length.
The fronds arise from a small expanded disc, and vary in length according
to the depth of water in which they grow. A stunted but pretty variety.
about a foot in length, is met with in rock pools about half-tide level.
The fruit is produced in long-stalked receptacles, which are somewhat
constricted at the septa or divisions, the seed-vessels being made up of a
series of chambers having distinct transverse lines of separation, each
siliqua, or pod, being terminated by a mucro or projecting point.

Another curious species of fucus, of a fine clear olive colour which
turns black in drying, is the plant called Pycnophucus tuberculatus,
in Fig. 39, the fronds of which are from 10in. to 14in. high, rising from
creeping fibrous roots which spread over the bottom of rock pools, and in
some situations form perfect little submarine groves. Air-vessels are
represented rarely present in this species, but when they are, as seen in
the terminal branch of our illustration they are produced at the base

Fic. 39. Pycnophycus tuberculatus.

36 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

of the tubercled receptacle which contains the spores, and is itself com-
posed of very compact cellular tissue. Professor Agardh includes this
species with some others in a group which he calls Fucodiwm, but
at present I have thought proper to describe it under its generally
known name.

The genus Cystosetra contains some species which are tolerably
abundant, at least on the southern coasts of Britain. The generic
name of this group indicates a chain of cysts or bladders, of which
the branches of all these plants are chiefly composed. The roots of
all are thick and woody, the, stems are short and cylindrical, and are
beset on all sides by numerous slender branches variously divided
and clothed throughout with little spine-like ramuli. In our illustra-
tion of the species, C. ericoides (Fig. 40), which is very heath-like
(whence its specific name), the air-vessels are very small and are pro-
duced near the tips of the branches. The receptacles are also terminal
and spiny. The fronds are from Ift. to 2ft. high, and when seen
growing in shallow pools with the sun shining full upon it, the whole plant
is beautifully iridescent. Young collectors who see this brilliant alga for
the first time, are naturally enchanted with the exquisite glaucous tints
which it reflects, but their delight is quickly dispelled, for upon removal
from the water, it is found to be of a dull brown olive, all the full rich
tints of blue and green, more like the phosphorescent gleams that flash
from some of the marine animals than any vegetable colours, vanish
the moment the plant is removed from its native element. OC. fibrosa,

Fia. 40. Cystoseira ericoides. Fig. 41. Cystoseira fibrosa.
very well represented in Fig. 41, is a handsome and very well marked

species. The air-vessels are larger than in any other British species, and
are produced in succession along the branches, but at some distance from

MELANOSPERME. Od
the tips. The receptacles are filiform or string-like, and are produced
at some distance beyond the air bladders; the branches being all set with
one or two series of slender ramuli; those which clothe the tips being
long and bristle-like. Specimens thrown up from deep water on the South
Coast of Devon are often above 3ft. in length. C. granulata, which
is not so common as the two foregoing species, may be known by
the branches, which are long and very slender, having a hard bulb-like
knob situated at the base of each of them. In the species C. fweni-
culacea these knobs are absent, and the branches are long and very
slender, and towards the base are generally bare of ramuli, but in the
upper parts are clearly set with numerous bushy, much divided, secondary
branches. All the species are natives of the southern coasts; they are
perennial, and are in perfection during the summer months. C. barbata
is' a very doubtful native of these shores. It is usually included
in the British lists, but I have never
seen or heard of a specimen having been
taken in a growing state on any part of
the coast of England. It grows abun-
dantly in the Channel Islands, and is
sometimes found cast ashore in a frag-
mentary state near Brighton. All the
Cystoseira are difficult to display satis-
factorily on paper; they require much
judicious pruning of the branches, and
should be soaked in fresh water until
the salt is well melted out of them, and
the stems and branches have become
limp and manageable. The specimen
should then be dried between towels or
several folds of strong linen, and after-
wards pressed. If they do not adhere
to paper after some days of pressing,
the under side of the plants may be gummed, or a mixture for the purpose
may be made by dissolving isinglass in spirits of wine and applied with a
brush.

Himanthalia lorea (Fig. 42), commonly called ‘ sea-thongs, sea-
strap,” or “‘sea-branch,” is a plant concerning the duration of which
botanists have been at variance, some asserting that the whole plant is
annual, others describing it as biennial. I am of the same opinion
respecting it as Dr. Harvey, because, like that eminent algologist, I
have proved from actual observation that this singular alga does not
produce its long forked strap-like fruit-bearing receptacles until the com-
mencement of the second year, which then rapidly attain their ordinary
size, perfect their fruit, and soon after decay and fall off. Wherever
this curious plant vegetates, it is generally gregarious, groups of the
little cones or top-like fronds growing amongst others which have

Fie, 42. Himanthalia lorea.

22 66

/

38 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

thrown out their long receptacles, and covering the rocks near low
water mark in vast numbers. These little top-shaped plants gradually
collapse on the upper surface and become plano-concave, extending
into a perfect circle, and finally curling over a little at the margin.
From the centre of this now cup-like disk, in the spring of the
next season, two little mammille gradually arise, which rapidly grow
out as described. The illustration represents the cup-like dise and
the early condition of the lorea or seed vessels. These long strap-
shaped seed-vessels, for such they really are, attain occasionally a
length of 10ft. or 12ft, and within their soft inner substance numerous
spherical receptacles are produced, which appear to the naked eye like
little dark brown spots dotted about throughout the whole length of the
thongs. Himanthalia, like some other species of Fucus, has a high
northern range, being found in the Arctic sea, but they are more generally
abundant in temperate waters; and, although the British species of Fucus
are not numerous, yet, from the gregarious habits of most of them, they
cover a larger extent of rocky shores than all the rest of our sea-weeds put
together.

The Laminariee, although of an inferior order in point of structure and
fructification to the Fucacew, are of much larger dimensions. Several
species, when fully grown, are above twelve feet in length, but when we
come to the deep-sea species, the fronds are measured by fathoms, and
not by feet. I have already described the great Nereocystis of the North
Pacific, with its large air vessel, the favourite resting-place of the sea-
otter. This, and several other ocean species, rival in size the giant palms
of the tropics.

The Laminarieew are mostly plants of deep water, the larger species
rarely vegetating above low-water mark. On the British and American
shores they are popularly known as “‘ oarweeds,”’ “‘ tangle and euvy,”’ “‘sea-
colander,’ and ‘‘devil’s apron.’? All the plants of this order are
inarticulate or unjointed, the spores being produced in cloudy patches,
or covering the whole surface of the frond. The root consists of
numerous clasping fibres, additional ones being thrown down from above
the older ones as the plant increases in size, and so firmly do they grasp
the substances on which they grow, that often in boisterous weather tufts
of this species from 4ft. to 8ft. in length are cast ashore, attached to
large stones many pounds in weight, which their strong holdfasts have
enabled them to drag from deep water. The well-known species of the south
and east coasts of England, Laminaria saccharina (Fig. 48), or the sugary
Laminaria, in allusion to the sweet, though insipid flavour of its frond, is
often found east ashore after storms; its long ribbon-like fronds being
from 6ft. to 12ft. or more in length. When young, the colour of this plant
is a pale green olive, but as it advances in growth, it gradually assumes
the normal tint of its species, but varying occasionally from dark yellow
to brown or brown olive. ‘The stem, which in early growth is very short,
increases in length with the growth of the frond, and in perennial species

MELANOSPERME 4%. >.)

the plant is renewed by growth from the tip of the stem, a new frond
arising from the base of the old one, which developes and pushes
the old frond before it, which finally drops off. This species may
easily be distinguished from the others of its tribe by its more or less
waved or curled margin, and by the central portion of the frond being
divided, as it were, by transverse partitions placed at regular distances
throughout the whole length of the plant. Fig. 43 represents a group of
young fronds of this species. In the Arctic Sea, and on the coast of North
America, there is a noble plant of this widely dispersed group, the stem of
which is 8ft. long, and the broad plate-like frond is as large as a good-sized
table cloth. Portions of this great Laminaria are occasionally cast ashore
on our northern coasts; having been floated hither from Greenland or they

Fig 43 Laminaria saccharina.

American coasts by the Gulf Stream. The name of this algais L. longicruris.
On the South African coast there is a very remarkable species of Laminaria,
of the beautiful genus Ecklonia, known there as the ‘‘ Trumpet-weed.”’
The native herdsmen maké use of its long hollow stem, when dried and
fashioned for the purpose, as a trumpet for calling the cattle together in
the evening—performing, in fact, a Ranz des Vaches, like the herdsmen of
Switzerland. A very beautiful and graceful species of this genus, though
regarded by some botanists as a variety, and by others as the young, only,
of the L. saccharina, is described by Dr. Harvey under the name of
L. phyllitis (Fig. 44), and, although I must confess there is a strong resem-
blance between it and young plants of L. saccharina, there are certain

40 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

points of difference which I have observed in all stages of its growth,
sufficient, in my opinion, to establish it as a species distinct from L. sac-
charina. The substance is more delicate, the colour paler, inclining to
a greenish yellow ; the stem much shorter, even in older plants, and the
base of the frond, where it expands from the stem, invariably wedge-shaped ;
the frond itself being of a more equal width throughout, but tapering
gradually towards the tip. Itis usually found in rock pools about half-tide
level. A frond of this graceful plant is represented in the centre of Fig.
44. It was growing in society with a tuft of Chorda lomentaria, a species
which will be described shortly. L. fascia (Fig. 45), the band or ribbon
laminaria, always grows in tufts, and mostly in rock pools where there
*are little sandy nooks, in which it loves to dwell. The stem is very short,
and expands gradually into the membranaceous dark olive frond, usually
from 4in. to 10in. long, but rarely more than an inch in breadth. Fig. 45
represents a very characteristic tuft of this species. L. debilis is a variety
of this species; it may be known by its greater breadth, the frond
expanding from the very short stem much more suddenly. This variety is
occasionally mistaken for narrow forms of Puncturia latifolia (Fig. 65),
from which, however, it may be distinguished, with the help of a lens,
by its densely cellular structure, Punctaria having a reticulated or
network-like surface, and generally dotted over with sor or groups of
spores.

The species of Laminaria already described are, in all stages of their
growth, long, simple, or undivided plate-like fronds, produced from a solid
cylindrical stem ; but the two, which I am about to describe, are (except in
very early growth, when produced from spores) cleft into numerous long
strap-like segments, a short distance above that portion of the frond
which expands abruptly from the thickround stem. Fig. 46 represents the
well-known species L. digitata, taken from a small but very characteristic
plant which grew on the Castle rocks at Hastings, a considerable distance
above low-water mark (hence its small size), the ordinary habitat of this
species being from extreme low-water mark to several fathoms deep. In
our illustration the lower part of the frond is seen to be very much bulged
out, the plant in fact being about to produce a new frond—the lower por-
tion, in the ccurse of time, expanding, lengthening, and separating into a
digitated frond, precisely similar to the upper part, to which it is still
attached, but which gradually turns black and falls off as the new frond
approaches maturity. Fig. 47 represents the variety Stenophylla, or
narrow-leaved Laminaria, the frond being usually cleft into two or more
narrow segments down to a very short distance above its long round stem.
The roots or holdfasts of these large seaweeds grasp the rocks so firmly as
to defy all efforts to remove them. I have frequently pulled away in
vain at an unusually fine or perfect plant; the frond or stem even
breaking away, but not a single grasping fibre relaxing its hold. ZL. digitata
is the plant which, in addition to Rhodymenia palmata, is sold in the
streets of Edinburgh and elsewhere in Scotland; the people who carry

MELANOSPERME.. 41

these seaweeds about, crying, ‘“‘ Wha’ll ‘buy dulse and tangle?’’ Dulse is
one of the best of the edible seaweeds, and is eaten very generally in the

Fie. 44. Laminaria phyllitis and Chorda
lomentaria.

Fic 46. Laminaria digitata.

north. Tangle is the common name of the Laminaria, the dried stems of
which are used by the poor Scotch for fuel. L. bulbosa (Fig. 48), popularly

mn

of a . Fig. 47. Laminaria digitata—
Fie. 45. Laminaria fascia. var. Stenophylla.

known as “ Sea-furbelows,”’ when grown in deep water is the most bulky
of its tribe. I have seen specimens’ on the Plymouth breakwater, cast up
E

42 BRITISIT MARINE ALG.

from the deep after a storm, which upon being spread out, formed a cir-
cumference of nearly 40ft., the whole plant being as much as a man could
lift from the ground. The large bulbous root of this species is often over
Gin. in diameter, and the broad flat stem is deeply puckered at the sides for
a foot or more above the bulb-like root ; hence its popular name. A matnre \
plant is represented at Fig. 48, the terminal portions of its deeply cleft ;
frond being turned over, in order to show the large bulbous root and the :
puckered sides of the stem. .

Chorda filum (Fig. 49), or sea-rope, or, as I have already stated it is -
sometimes called, “dead men’s lines,’’ usually grows in tufts, from a few +
inches in shallow rock pools, to many feet in length in deep water. At the
base this long string-like plant is very little thicker than a hog’s bristle,
but it gradually increases in size, and tapers off again to an extremely
attenuated point. Its structure is very curious, being cylindrical, but
tubular within, though divided by transverse membranous diaphragms into
distinct chambers. The outer. surface of the frond is clothed with very soft
colourless hairs, among which the spores are produced. A small variety,
called C. tomentosa, is very densely clothed with these delicate hairs,
but in this case the hairs are of a fine olive, turning to green in drying.
Our illustration is from a young plant of C. filum, twined round like a coil
of rope. OO. lomentaria, as its specific name implies, is constricted, or
tied in, at intervals. This species also grows in tufts, the fronds being |
rarely more than 12in. or 14in. in length. They are attenuated at each
extremity, and the constrictions which occur at irregular intervals, give
to the simple fronds of this species the appearance of a series of elongated
bags strung together. Fig. 44 represents a tuft of this plant which was
growing in society with a beautiful frond of Laminaria phyllitis, already
described; a small parasite is seen on the tip of the lesser frond, this
species being constantly infested with one or more parasitic Melanosperms. ~
C. lomentarva is very common in rock pools, and on the surfaces of flat
rocks and stones between tide marks.

Alaria esculenta (Fig. 50) is unquestionably the most graceful and
elegant of the British Laminariee. It is sometimes called the “ Hart’s-
tongue Laminaria,’’ from its similarity to the Scolopendrium or Hart’s-
tongue Fern. It is found in the greatest luxuriance on the northern shores
of England, in all parts of Scotland, and on the north and west of
Ireland. The frond is solitary, and is from 2ft. to over 12ft. long; the
stem of the plant being continued as a midrib throughout. As the plant
advances towards maturity the stem throws out from the middle on each
side several long nerveless ale or leaflets, somewhat club-shaped at the
tips, in which numervus pear-shaped spores are produced, as represented
by the dark lines in the pinne or winglets of our illustration. In Scotland,
where the midrib of this. plant is eaten, it is called ‘‘ Badderlocks,”’ and in
the Orkneys ‘‘ Honey-ware,”’ and in some parts of Ireland, where it is also
used as an article of food, it is called ‘* Murlins.’’

The smaller and more delicate algze generally produce their fruit in

»

MELANOSPERMEZ. 25

summer or early autumn, while the larger kinds seem to prefer the winter
months. The rapidity of growth observable in some of the larger species
during the winter is truly
surprising. A remarkable in-
stance is related by the cele-
brated civil engineer, George
Stephenson, who, in the
autumn of 1813, was employed
to erect a stone beacon: on
the Carr Rock, at the entrance
of the Frith of Forth. .The
workmen, having cleared the
rock of the seaweed .growing
upon it, chiselled the surface
to prepare it for the masonry.
On the approach of winter,
operations were suspended
until the May of the following
year, when, to the surprise
of the workmen, the rock was
found to be again covered with
seaweed. Most of the plants
of the new crop were of the genus Alaria, many of which were from 4ft.
to 6ft. in length, all of which must have been the growth of about eight

Fig, 48. Laminarw bulbosu.

Fie. 49. Chorda filum. Fig. 50. Alaria esculenta.

months, from the time that the very minute seeds had vegetated on
the newly cut sandstone rock. I have often observed instances equally

44, BRITISH MARINE ALG.

remarkable of the rapidity of growth in marine algz on various parts
of the coasts of England,—rocks, which in December were comparatively
bare, being in April or May of the following year covered with Fuci of
various kinds, Laminarie, and other species of alge.

The Sporochnacee are a small but remarkably beautiful tribe of plants,
six species only being found on the British coasts. Though chiefly
characteristic of temperate waters, some of the species of this order are
widely dispersed. Desmarestia viridis for instance, which is common on
the shores of these islands, being found in the Antarctic Ocean, while
Desmarestia ligulata (Fig. 51), also abundant on the British coasts, is found
on the north-west coast of America, at Cape Horn, and at the Cape of Good
Hope. Carpomitra Cabrere (Fig. 53c), which is said to be a native of New
Zealand, is rare on our shores, being found only on the south coast of
Ireland and in Plymouth Sound. These graceful plants are characterised
as inarticulate olive-coloured seaweeds, whose spores are attached to
external jointed filaments, which are either produced from the stems
and branches in delicate tufts, or compacted together in long oval
masses, some of which in early growth, as in Sporochnus, are terminated
by pencils of thread-like filaments. As the plant advances in growth
these delicate fibres fall away. In two species, Arthrocladia villosa
(Figs. 58a and 54), and Desmarestia aculeata (Fig. 52), the summer
and winter states of the plants are so widely different, that they are
constantly mistaken for separate species, and deceived Linnzus himself.
All the Sporochnacee, though of a delicate olive while growing, rapidly
change to a verdigris green in drying, and have also the remarkable
property of causing decomposition in all kinds of delicate alge with
which they are placed in contact. Collectors who are aware of this pecu-
liarity should be prepared with a separate vessel or bag, especially for the
Desmarestia; for all the plants of this genus decay very rapidly, and it is
impossible to display their beautiful tufts of pencilled filaments when
once decomposition has set in. Whenever I have had the good fortune to
meet with fine specimens of any of this group of plants, I have rarely
loitered on the shore, or cared to look for anything else, but hastened
home with my treasures and mounted them on paper as soon as possible
Although, as observed by Dr. Harvey, there is so much similarity in the
structure and habits of these plants, a peculiar difference in the organs of
fructification has obliged botanists to break up this order into two
families ; the first of which is Arthrocladia, the spores being attached
to pencilled filaments which spring from the sides of the branches. First
in this family stands the genus Desmarestia, named in honour of M.
Desmarest, a French naturalist. It contains three beautiful species,
which I will deseribe.

It is very remarkable that no fructification has yet been observed on
any of the Desmarestiew. Judging from analogy, one would expect to find
it connected, in some way or other, with the lateral tufts of fibres
abundantly produced in early growth : but until some fortunate discoverer

MELANOSPERME. AD

is able to announce the fact, we must be content to pronounce the fruit of
this genus “ unknown.”

Desmarestia ligulata (Fig. 51), or the strap-like Desmarestia, is the
largest of its tribe. On rocks, where it is exposed at low water, beautiful
specimens from 6in. to 12in: long, may be obtained, but plants which are
cast up from deep water are often from 4ft. to 6ft. in length. This species
may readily be known by its broad flat stem and branches. Though very
variable in breadth, the branches have all a linear lanceolate outline, and
produce here and there, at their margins, numerous small ramuli or

Fie. 51. Desmarestva ligulata.

branchlets, bearing at their tips little tufts of delicate fibres. All the
branches taper towards the base, and are placed exactly opposite to each
other. The most beautiful growth of this fine species that I have ever
met with may be found at extreme low-water mark on the lower rocks in
Whitsand Bay, near Plymouth. Our illustration was taken from a superb
specimen which grew in the above charming locality. D. aculeata (Fig. 52),
is found on most of the British shores, though rarely in a growing state,
being usually a deep water species. The spring or summer and winter

4.6 BRITISH- MARINE ALG.

conditions of this plant are vastly different. Specimens which are met
with in spring or early summer, whether growing’ or thrown ashore, are
clothed throughout with tufts of delicate filaments, which fall away. as the
plant arrives at maturity. Old fronds of this species are destitute of
these filaments, and the branches are set on each side with spine-like
ramuli, hence the specific name, that of aculeata. In perennial specimens,
when new. branches shoot forth, they are always clothed with tufts of fine
confervoid filaments, which are apparently a necessity in the progress of
growth, and probably, as suggested by Dr. Harvey, perform in some way
the office of leaves in higher plants. The root of this species is a small
round disk, the stem short and cylindrical, and the branches long, nume-
rous, repeatedly divided, and irregularly set with a second and third
series of branches and branchlets. Plants from deep water are often over
3ft. long. Smaller specimens, when carefully mounted, are extremely
beautiful, especially when the marginal tufts of fibres are well displayed,
for in drying they change from olive to a brilliant green colour. No time
must be lost in putting this species under pressure, as decomposition
takes place very soon after its removal from the water. Our illustration
is from a slightly magnified portion of a fine specimen cast ashore at
Brighton many years ago. OD. viridis is the most delicate, and in its
summer dress the most attractive of its tribe. The whole plant is much
more slender ; it is repeatedly and excessively branched, all the branches
being set exactly opposite and gradually attenuated towards the tips, the
terminal branches and ramuli being more and more slender and capillary
or hair-like. The olive tint of this lovely species changes very quickly
to a delicate green, and it closely adheres to paper in drying. D. viridis is
a summer annual, and is usually found in rock pools between tide-marks ;
sometimes on stones in the sea, and occasionally on the larger alge.
In addition to the three species of Desmarestiew just described, there is
another which, until very lately, has been considered a plant of extreme
rarity. Its name is D. pinnatinervia, in reference to the wing-like
nerve which traverses the frond in the manner of an obscure midrib.
In outline and general appearance this rare alga bears some resemblance to
a Punctaria, being unbranched and leaf-like, but having a short though
distinct stem. It is taken off the Cornish coast, but on no other station
on the English shores that I am aware of.
The genus Arthrocladia is represented by one species, viz., A. villosa
(Fig.53a). The name, Arthrocladia, signifies ‘‘ jointed branch,” the stem and
branches being furnished at closeintervals with nodes or knob-like swellings,
from which are produced whorls of delicate tufts of branched filaments, to
which the specific term of villosa specially refers. The spores of this plant
are produced in pod-like vessels, borne on the pretty tufted filaments which
in early growth adorn the stem and branches. Fig. 53 a, represents a
portion of the stem, magnified to show the situation and form of the whorls
of branched filaments. At maturity the spores break through the mem,
brane which incloses them, and, like the pencilled filaments on which the

Desmarestia aculeata,.

Fig. 53. (a) Arthrocladia villosa ; (b) Sporochnus pedunculatus (c) Carpomitra Cabrere.

mr

ES ee 0 ee ene

site a am eee eee ee nee nee neers
=n- — —— :

?
a
i
!
i
‘
i
{
i
‘
¢
ene ee en er
Sine *
c -
om ~
J : '
/ P y, ’
1 | Laake
cll *
‘ i
\. -
‘
' +
* :
» ‘
t
xs. *
=, “a ‘4
rats
4 : we
a ‘ ’
» e - a
* * . ’ a - :
i" ee,
ry ‘ ‘ ae

MELANOSPERME 4. 49

strings of fruit vessels are borne, fall away, leaving the stem and branches
of the plant rigid and bare. ‘This beautiful plant is a summer annual,
and is by no means common, though widely dispersed. Fig. 54 is from a
very fine specimen taken by me at Hastings several years ago.

The second family of this order, Sporochnacee, contains two British species
only. The spores of these plants are produced in knob-like receptacles
composed of whorled filaments, appressed or closely compacted together.
This small group of plants takes its name from the genus Sporochnus,
which signifies wool and seed, because tufts of woolly fibres are connected
with the organs of fructifi-
eation. In Sporochnus
pedunculatus (Fig. 55),
these tufted fibres form a
crest to the elliptical spore-
vessels which spring from
each side of the stem and
branches, to which they
are attached by a peduncle
or stalk, as seen at |b,
Fig. 53. ‘“ Few of our
marine algx,’ remarks
Professor Harvey, “ are
more attractive to the eye
of a botanist than this
beautiful plant, when it is
seen waving its graceful
branches in the water, and
its pear-shaped seed-vessels
are terminated by their
tufts of olive-green fila-
ments.’ A portion of this
Species is represented at
Fig. 55. This plant is
dredged in Plymouth
Sound, where it grows
abundantly and in _ the
greatest perfection. Its
length is from Gin. to Ift. Fig. 54. Arthrucladia villosa.
or more. The main stem is filiform or string-like, and is scarcely any
thicker than the long slender branches which are thrown out on each side,
getting gradually shorter as they approach the tip of the stem, thus
giving to the plant an extremely graceful and elegant outline. This species
is by no means common, but in some seasons it is cast ashore a Brighton
rather plentifully, though of small size; it is also met with protty gene-
rally every spring in the Channel Islands. As this plant is a summer
annual, the spores ripen rather early in the season, and as the pre ty tufts

F

50 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

of filaments soon fall away, collectors should look for this species in April
and May, when the spore vessels are tolerably well developed, and the
plant is in perfection. Its colour is a brownish olive, which changes to a
yellow green. when the plant is mounted on paper, to which it adheres
closely in drying.

Carpomitra Cabrere, the last in this group, is one of the rarest of our
seaweeds, being dredged in Plymouth Sound only, and sometimes cast
ashore off Youghal, on the Irish coast. This singular plant arises from a
tuber-shaped root. The branches, which are numerous and irregularly
forked, are flat, and are furnished
with an obscure midrib. They are
usually erect, rather narrow below,
but gradually widen upwards, the
terminal branchlets having blunt or
rounded tips, others being truncated,
or cut off, as it were. The spore
vessel, which has a fanciful resem-
blance to a bishop’s mitre (hence
the generic name), is seated on the
tip of some of the lateral branches,
and the round oblong spores. which
are produced within this curious
receptacle, are attached to _ hori-
zontal branching filaments whorled
round an axis or central column,
the whole forming an extremely in-
teresting study for microscopic
examination. Fig. 53 c, represents
a branch with mitriform fruit vessel ;
beside it the fruit vessel, highly
magnified. The specific name of
this plant is in honour of. Signor
Cabrera, a Portuguese naturalist.
There are several species of Carpo-
mitra on the Australian coasts. The
rarity of the plant on our coasts has
been already referred to. It has
never, so far as I am aware, been
taken on any other British station besides the two mentioned above.

The Dictyotacee, most of which I shall describe, are a group
of plants of a leather-like substance, the fronds of which are spotted
here and there with sori or groups of spores or spore vessels. ‘The surface
of all of these plants is seen, even under a moderate magnifier, to be
highly reticulated, the characteristic term, Dictyotacew, which signifies a
network-like appearance, being more or less applicable to the whole order.
Some of these plants are flat, undivided, and expand into a broad or

Fig. 55. Sporochnus pedunculatus,

LS RE LE TN RS AS RTS TREE Sh ETA EET SE a AVE ER satu

+ 56. Cutleria multijida.

+. 57. Haliseris polypodioides,

——<—

MELANOSPERMES. a
fan-shaped outline. Others are tufts of simple bag-like fronds, being
hollow within but closed at both ends, the apices being blunt or rounded,
and the bases attenuated to a fine point, the roots of such being nothing
more than a minute disk. In some the fronds are flat, but pinnated or
divided by repeated forkings, while in others a distinct cylindrical stem
throws out on each side numerous branches, some of which are hollow,
while in other species the branches are solid. In no instance is there
among this assemblage of plants an approach to leafy form or structure,
as in the Delesseriew ; and in one genus only do we find a distinct midrib.
This occurs in Haliseris, or sea-endive, a remarkably beautiful plant, in
which the midrib is strong and wiry, the delicate membrane on each
side being frequently found in a lacerated condition, owing to its extreme
tenuity.

Some of these elegant Melanosperms reflect prismatic colours, a pecu-
liarity specially observable in Padina pavonia (Fig. 58) when seen
growing in shallow rock pools under the influence of sunlight. This is
due to the finely articulated hairs with which the segments of the plants
are clothed, which decompose the rays of light and thus throw off the
lovely glaucous tints so often described. With the exception of the Fucacew
this is one of the most extensive orders among the Melanosperms, and
some of the species are among the most attractive of our native alge.
Some are of small size, though none of them are microscopic, while a few
of the deep water species attain a length of several feet. In deep land.
locked bays the species Asperococcus Turneri grows to a length of three
or four feet, although the same species when found growing in rock pools
between tide marks, rarely exceeds eight or ten inches.

The Dictyotacew are more abundant in the warmer and more sheltered
parts of the sea than in colder regions. The species which reach high
northern and southern latitudes are few, while, on the contrary, they
increase in number and luxuriance as they approach the tropics. Padina
pavonia and some others abound in warmer climates, the former being met
with in the Mediterranean and in the Channel Islands in great quantity,
its northern limit being the southern shore of England. Dictyota
dichotoma (Fig. 61) is found in all seas from the antarctic lands to the
tropics. Haliseris and Zonaria are the only English representatives of
the beautiful genera to which they belong, most of the others being
natives of warmer latitudes.

' For convenience of description, I intend to divide this order into three
separate groups. The first of which contains plants having flat fronds,
many of which are cleft or divided, but rarely branched. In the second,
the fronds are cylindrical and branched. The third containing plants with
tubular, or flat, and unbranched fronds.

At the head of the first division of the Dictyotacee, is placed the beautiful
species Cutleria multifida, finely represented at Fig. 56. This is a deep
water species, and was discovered at Yarmouth by Mr. Dawson Turner in
1804, and was dedicated by Dr. Greville to Miss Cutler, of Sidmouth, in

5A BRITISH MARINE ALG.

acknowledgement of that lady’s contributions to botanical science. The
frond of this plant is from 3in. to about 20in. in length, and is cleft into
numerous wedge-shaped lobes, each of which is cut from the tip down-
wards, the terminal incisions being gradually narrower and the tips
somewhat acute or pointed. These characters are well expressed in the
specific name, that of ‘“‘ multifida.’’? The fructification is of two kinds on
distinct individuals, and is usually scattered over both surfaces of the
whole frond. Antheridia, when present, are attached to small tufts of
filaments, which are produced in the same manner and occupy the same
position as the sori or groups of spores. These are developed in little
tufts, each tiny filament of which contains several sporules, usually eight,
placed in pairs each under the other. The plant is a summer annual, and
is found pretty generally on the coasts of England and Ireland, though
rarcly in Scotland. Haliseris polypodioides, or sea-endive, represented

Fie..58. Padina pavonia. Fic. 59. Zonaria collaris.

merely by a branch or two at Fig. 57, is rarely found in perfection except
with the assistance of the dredge. I have taken this beautiful plant at
Ilfracombe, and in Plymouth, and Torbay in fine condition, but in each.
instance it was growing in pools under the shelter of over-hanging rocks
at extreme low-water mark. The fronds are tufted, from 4in. to 14in..
high, and divided in a dichotomous manner, or, by regular forking of the
branches, all of which are traversed by a strong percurrent midrib; a
peculiarity which sometimes gives it the appearance of young plants of
Fucus vesiculosus (Fig.37). The fructification is curious, being of two kinds,
on separate plants. In one, the spores are produced in oblong spots on each
side of the midrib, somewhat in the manner of the fruit of the common fern,
Polypodium vulgare, whence the specific name of Haliseris. In the other
form of fructification, the spores are scattered singly and irregularly over.
the surface of the plant. The substance of the membrane of Haliseris is

MELANOSPERME. 5D

very thin, and only the tips or younger portions adhere to paper in drying.
The colour of the living plant is a brownish olive, but the terminal divi-
sions change in drying to a very delicate tint of yellowish green. This
species is said to be biennial, and is in perfection in July.

Concerning that remarkable plant called Padina pavonia (Fig. 58),
Dr. Harvey has observed, “‘it is without parallel among seaweeds.”’
The outspread fronds of this magnificent alga resemble variegated
feathers, and the curved lines which adorn the surface, together with
the beautiful fringe of golden-tinted filaments which ornament the
upper margin of the fronds, have suggested the picturesque and highly
appropriate specific name of Pavonia, or the Peacock. In the pretty
village of Shanklin, in the Isle of Wight, near where this lovely plant
grows in abundance, I have heard it called ‘‘ Prince of Wales’ Feathers.”
Our illustration is from a tuft of this species which grew in one of the
prolific rock pools on the shore at Shanklin. This plant is a native of the
tropics, and is abundant in the Mediterranean and the Channel Islands, its
northern limit being the southern shores of England. Its favourite place
of growth is in shallow tide pools, where it can bask in the sunlight during
the recess of the tide. When viewed thus growing under water it is a
truly exquisite object, for the golden fringes of its curved segments
decompose the rays of Jight and reflect the most beautiful rainbow tints.
The fruit consists of long lines of dark olive spores produced beneath the
outer coating of the frond along the concentric zones, which at maturity
burst through the membrane, each spore finally separating into four parts
or sporules. The under surface of the fronds is covered with a whitish or
pale blue powdery substance ; and in mounting large tufts of this plant, a

_ pretty effect may be produced by reversing some of the fronds so as to

contrast the greenish olive of some with the blue-greyish tint of others,
care being specially taken to secure those plants which are well provided
with the beautiful fringe already described, the golden tint of which in
summer plants, is invariably preserved in drying.

The genus Zonaria, from the Greek word for a girdle or zone, contains
two curious species ; one of which, Zonaria parvula, is found occasionally
on various parts of our coasts, its usual habitat being in rather deep water
on the story nullipores. Hence its rare appearance unless cast ashore
after storms. Our illustration, Fig. 59, is from two fronds of the species
Z. collaris, the collar-like zonaria. This singular plant grows on rocks,
to which it is attached by numerous woolly fibres, which spring from
the under surface of the primary fronds. The secondary frond or upper
portion of the plant, as seen in the upper figure of our illustration,
springs from the lower or procumbent frond, and is usually cup-shaped,
slightly notched at intervals, and terminated with a border or fringe of
delicate fibres. The fruit is produced from beneath both surfaces of
the frond, which at maturity, bursts through the cuticle or membrane
of the plant, and is found to consist of sori or groups of spores concealed
among numerous jointed threads or filaments.

56 BRITISH MARINE ALG&.

Taonia atomaria, very well represented at Fig. 60, is one of the most
attractive of the British Melanosperms. In England it is completely a
summer plant, attaining perfection in July, and perishing by the end of
September. The outline of the expanded fronds is usually fan-shaped,
the terminal divisions being cleft and jagged similarly to those of Cutlerit
multifida (Fig. 56), the tips being truncated, or cut off as it were. The brown
olive wavy lines on the frond so strongly resemble the transversely marked
feathers of the pheasant, that a celebrated botanist proposed the name
of Phasiana, and it is much to be regretted that this name was not adopted,
for it is certainly more characteristic than that of Taonia, which is a
name from the Greek signifying ‘‘ Peacock.’’ The spores are contained in
sori or groups, which form indeed the wavy lines that adorn the fronds of
this favourite plant. The spaves between these lines of fructification are
dotted here and there with spores, scattered singly or sometimes in groups.
Taonia is widely distributed, though it is nowhere abundant. The finest
specimens are obtained on the south coast of Devon, and especially so
in rock pools between tide marks east of the Plymouth breakwater.

Fig. 61 is from a very characteristic plant of Dictyota dichotoma. The
frond being regularly dichotomous, or branched by repeated forkings
from the very base, the segments becoming gradually narrower and smaller
as they approach the terminal divisions. This pretty plant is one of the
most widely dispersed of its order. In size and colour it differs greatly,
according to the depth in which it grows. Specimens from deep water are
broad and of a light brownish tint, and attain a height of a foot or more ;
while those which grow in rock pools about half-tide level are a few inches
only in length, very narrow, and of a greenish olive. In these situations,
too, may frequently be found, growing abundantly, the curious variety
called Intricata, the very narrow, curled, and entangled fronds of which are
a puzzle for the most patient manipulator to display properly on paper.
The fructification of Dictyota is produced on both surfaces of the frond,
and consists of groups of egg-shaped spores; or, on other plants of
the same species, spores scattered singly on all parts of the fronds. Both
forms of fructification are well represented at Fig. 62 (a and b), and here,
also, may be seen the characteristic structure of the surface membrane
of the Dictyotacew. The term being from the Greek for a net, in reference
to the reticulated surface of these plants wher viewed under the micro-
scope. Both varieties of Dictyota are annuals, and are common all
round the British coasts.

The four plants which I shall now describe, belong to that group
in the Dictyotacew, in which the fronds are cylindrical and branched, the
roots of all being a minute disk, destitute of fibres. First in this small
assemblage of plants I must introduce the curious species Stilophora
rhizodes, the geueric name being from the Greek, signifying point or dot-
bearer, in reference to the peculiar dot-like form of fructification, which
is seated on the branches and ramuli of the plant from the base to the
tips of the ultimate branchlets. ‘he difticulty of giving a characteristic

Fic. 60. Taonia at maria.

Fig. 61. Dictyota dichotoma.

MELANOSPERME. 59

or satisfactory illustration of this species in its ordinary growing state, has
induced me to be content with figuring a magnified portion of the stem, on
which are seated several sori or bunches of moniliform or necklace-like
filaments, as seen at c (Fig. 62) and at d, a more highly-magnified
portion of one of the sori, showing three spores seated at the base of
the filaments. There is no mistaking this plant when it has once
passed under observation. It is usually found near low-water mark,
on rocks, or sometimes on other alg. It is a summer annual, and occurs
on various parts of the English and Irish shores, but is more abundant

Fig. 62. (a.) and (b.) Forms of fructification of Dictyota. (c.) Stilophora rhizodes.
(d.) Magnified portion of sori of S. rhizodes. (e.) Stilophora Lyngbyei.
in the neighbourhood of Plymouth than any other locality that I have
ever visited. The fronds are from 5in. to 6in.. or sometimes nearly 2ft. in
height. They are filiform or string-like, and generally excessively branched,
the primary branches springing irregularly on each side of a more or less
evident main stem. The colour of this plant is an olive brown, turning to
a dark green in drying. The much rarer species or variety, known as
Stilophora Lyngby, is only, so far as my experience goes, obtainable by
dredging in sheltered bays from ten to fifteen fathoms. It is said to. be.
abundant in many places ; but I have never taken it, even in dredging, any-

60 BRIFISH MARINE ALGAS.

where but in Lamlash Bay, in the Isle of Arran. Professor Harvey
considers it to be merely a deep-water form of Stilophora rhizodes, and
perhaps, indeed, it is nothing more; but, like other Melanosperms in
similar situations, its growth and general appearance differ from the
typical form of the genus in having fronds of much greater length, the
axils or angles of the branchese being more rounded, the tips of the
branchlets much more attenuated and pointed, and last and most impor-
tant of all as regards specific distinction, the spores are seated on
branched filaments, as seen at e, Fig. 62, and not at the bases of simple
filaments, as in S. rhizodes. The colour is a pale olive-brown turning
to a light greenish olive in drying. The genus Dictyosiphon contains
cnly one British species, D. feniculaceus. The generic name signifies
a reticulated siphon—the surface of the stem and branches of the
plant being reticulated, the network-like markings being, on this
species, exceedingly fine. i have usually found this pretty annual,
during the early summer months, in rock pools, and sometimes growing
on other seaweeds. The frond, which arises from a small disk-like hold-
fast, is filiform or string-like, from 6in. to over 2ft. in length. The whole
plant is excessively branched and bushy, and every branchlet is attennu-
ated at its extremity to an exceedingly fine point. Fig. 63 is from a very
well displayed specimen of this species. The fructification, which is rare,
consists of little egg-shaped spores, which are scattered irregularly on
various parts of the surface of the frond, but generally on the main
stem. The plant from which our illustration was taken, grew in one of
the sheltered bays in Plymouth Sound. It represents the early summer
state of the species when it isin perfection. The colour is a light olive
inclining to brown, but it turns to a pale green in drying.

The genus Striaria also contains only one species. It is found occa-
sionally between tide marks, though more frequently in five or six fathom
water. The root is a little bag-like disk. The fronds, which are tufted,
are from a few inches to about a foot high. The main stems are set
throughout with numerous branches which are mostly opposite and are
all more or less similarly branched, every portion being attenuated alike
at each extremity. In addition to the ordinary reticulation of the surface,
the frond. of this species, when in fructification, presents an extremely
pretty appearance, every portion of the plant being marked with striz, or
transverse lines or bands, which are placed very close to each other, and
are composed of sori or clusters of spores, the peculiar arrangement of
which has suggested the generic name, that of Striaria, the specific
name of attenuata, being equally characteristic of the form of growth of
its branches and ramuli. Striaria attenwata is well represented in Fig. 64,
The plant was taken by me at Plymouth many years ago, and although
very perfect in form, the pretty transverse bands of spore clusters were not
developed upon it. The colour is a pale olive, but in drying, young plants
turn to a beautiful shade of green, and but for the transverse markings,
which are genorally present on mature specimens, this species might occa-

MELANOSPERME»®. 61

sionally be mistaken for a delicate form of Enteromorpha compressa
(Fig. 8). Striaria attenuata is found in the Mediterranean, and is said -
to be abundant all round the British coasts. I have, however, found it
only on the sonth Vevonshire coast, from May to July.

Fic. 63. . Dictyosiphon feniculaceus.

The third division of the Dictyotacee contains the concluding members of
the order, some of which have flat, undivided, membranous fronds, others
are tubular, and all areunbranched. Thegenus Punctaria, from punctum,

Fic. 64. Striaria attenuata.

a dot. in reference to the peculiar dot-like fruit of these plants, contains
three species. The first of these is Punctaria latifolia (Fig. 65), a pretty
summer annual, which grows in tufts on rocks and on other seaweeds in
pools between tide marks. The illustration is from a tuft of this species,

62 BRITISH MARINE ALGR.

which grew in one of the tide pools in Torbay, where it is usually very
abundant. The root is a very minute disk; the fronds are from 3in. to
Sin: or 10in. high, and when fully grown are somewhat more than 2in.
in width. They are generally oblong, with broadly rounded tips, and are
tapered suddenly at the base; the margin is generally flat, but sometimes
waved or curled; the colour is a pale olive green, turning to a lighter tint
of green in drying ; though occasionally, if mounted fresh from the sea, this
species preserves its natural pale olive tint. The spores are produced on
both surfaces of the frond, and, under the microscope, are found to be par-
tially concealed amongst tufts of little club-headed filaments. Fig. 66
represents two well-grown fronds of P. plantaginea, the plaintain-leaved
punctaria. This species grows in tufts in rock pools between tide-
marks. The fronds are from 3in. to 10in. long, but are much narrower than
those of P. latifolia, the widest part being near the blunt or rounded
tips, from which.they gradually taper to the base, the root being a very
small naked disk... The substance of this plant is thick and tough, and
of a dark brown coiour, a character which it retains in drying. It is rarely
curled at the margin, the long narrow leafy fronds giving it some-
what the appearance.of young plants of Laminaria fascia (Fig. 45), from
which it may, however, be always. distinguished by the fructification,
which is usually abundantly present. scattered in spotlike groups over
both surfaces of the fronds. It is a summer annual, and is found pretty
generally all round the British coasts. P. tenwissima (Fig. 67, a) is the rarity
of its tribe. I took asingle specimen of it many years ago at Brighton, but
have never found it since. Itis said to be parasitic on Zostera marina
the common grass-wrack, which is so abundant on sandy shores; but
although I have examined thousands of specimens of this marine plant in
various parts of Scotland, and all round the shores of England, I have
never been rewarded witha single plant of P. tenuissima. Of course, I
cannot presume to say that botanists are wrong in mentioning the
fronds of Zostera as its parasitic habitat; I can only say I never found
it growing on that plant, but I have found it on Chorda filum (Fig. 49), as
represented by a portion of both in Fig. 67, a. The fronds, which grow
in clusters all round the slimy sea-chord, are from 3in. to about 10in.
long, and are about jin., or rarely more than fin. wide, gradually
narrowing towards the tips and much attenuated towards the base, of a
delicate and almost transparent substance, and of a pale olive colour, turn-
ing to a bright green in drying. No fruit has hitherto been detected on
this species, and as my plants are all barren, [ am unable to describe
the fructification of this rare alga. The late Mrs. Griffiths, of Torquay,
is said to have considered it asthe young of P. latifolia, and perhaps
the absence or rarity of fruit on this species may have led to such a con-
clusion. I, however, do not share that opinion. The only specimens
of this plant ever found by me were growing in widely different situa-
tions to any in which I ever met with P. latifolia, and in all the
numerous rock pools in which I have watched the growth and development

MBELANOSPERME®. 63

of P. latifolia and P. plantaginea I have never detected a single specimen at
all resembling the plant known as P. tenwissima.
Another parasite, very commonly found on Chorda filum, is the string-

Fic. 65. Punctarva latifolia. Fic. 66. Punctaria plantaginea.

like plant known as Litosiphon pusillus (Fig. 67, b), the generic name
signifying siender tube. Multitudes of these tiny tubular fronds clothe-the
long floating alga, sometimes for several feet together, spreading out like

Fig. 67. (a) Punctaria tenvissima on perks jilum, (b) Litosiphon pusillus on Chorda
une

the hair of a bottle-brush; in early growth perfectly straight, but as

the season advances, they become lax, and are twisted or curled and

everywhere entangled, as represented in the illustration... Oval spores are

64 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

produced on various parts of the tubular fronds, scattered singly or
sometimes in pairs. In eariy summer this little thread-like plant
dries a brilliant green; but in the mature state, as represented in our
illustration, the endochrome of the cells having decayed or perished, the
fronds turn to a brownish olive. The most effective manner of mounting
this species on paper, is to cut a longitudinal slice of the Chorda,
and place the cut side on the paper, takinz care to spread out the
fronds of the parasite while they are still floating in the water,
which must be drained away gradually, raising one side of the paper
at a time, or the limp fronds of the plant will either clot together or
arrange themselves in an unnatural position. Litosiphon laminariee, is
an extremely minute parasite, whose place of growth is on the lamina or
leafy part of Alama esculenta (Fig.50). It consists of little starlike tufts
rarely an inch in length, and is scattered thus at very short distances apart,
sometimes over the whole extent of the fronds of the Alaria. This little
parasite being almost microscopic, is, as regards its fructification, com-
pletely so. ‘The cellular structure of its tiny fronds is extremely beau-
tiful though very simple. The cells are arranged in transverse bands
placed very close together; and within these bands of cells the spores
are produced. ;

The genus Asperococcus is named from the Latin and Greek, signifying
rough fruit or seed ; the spots of fructification, which are thickly scattered
over both surfaces of the fronds of these plants, causing them to feel
harsh or rough to the touch. They all vary in size according to the
depth of water in which they grow. Fig. 68, represents a group of fronds
of Asperococcus compressus, one of the rarest of this genus. This species is
a summer annual. It is rarely found growing, being a deep water plant.
[ have taken it only in the neignbourhood of Plymouth. The fronds are
from 6in. to about 20in. long. They are tubular but compressed or
flattened at the sides, hence the specific name. The colour of this species
is more inclined to a greenish tint than any other of the genus to which
it belongs, and in drying, it invariably turns to a pale green, thus
throwing out in strong relief the numerous oblong sori or spots of fructi-
fication. ‘The flat growth of this plant renders it easily manageable in
preparing it for the herbarium, and it closely adheres to paper in drying.
A. Turnert is also rare. It is sometimes found in rock pools, but more
frequently, with the help of the dredge, in sheltered bays, in five to fifteen
fathoms. The fronds of this species vary in length from 4in. to nearly
as many feet, the largest being obtained in deep water. They are like
long inflated bags, constricted here and there at irregular intervals, and
taper very suddenly at the base into a short stem, being attached to
rocks or stones by a very minute naked disk. The colour is pale olive,
becoming darker in drying, a character which is probably due to the
minute dots of fruit, which are densely scattered over the whole surface
ot the fronds. A. echinatus, Fig, 69, is the commonest of its tribe. It
varies in size, like the others of this genus, but the ordinary length its

MELANOSPERME®. 65

its tufted fronds is from 6in. to 16in. It is found in rock pools between
tide marks. The fronds are tubular, but here and there slightly con-

Fie. 68. Asperococcus compressus,
stricted, rounded at the tip and attenuated at the base, the root being a
minute disk. The illustration represents a complete plant of the species.

Fig. 69. Asperococcus echinatus,

The colour in early growth is a pale olive, turning toa dark brown at
maturity. The fruit is always abundantly produced, often completely
G

66 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

covering both surfaces of the fronds. Dr. Harvey mentions a variety of
this species, called vermicularis, found by Mrs. Griffiths, in Torbay, the
fronds of which are very narrow, and filiform or stringlike, and more or
less twisted or curled. This variety is still abundant in various parts of
Torbay, its habitat being in shallow rock pools about half-tide level.
Young plants of this variety are sometimes very similar to undeveloped
specimens of Chorda lomentaria (Fig. 44): the latter are, however, much
smoother to the touch, and the colour is always a more decided greenish
olive.

The Chordariacee are a group of plants which are usnally characterised
by botanists as olive-coloured sea-weeds, the fronds of which are, in
some, of a gelatinous nature, while in others, the whole substance. of the
plants is cartilaginous, made up, as it were, of a crisp gristle-like body,
which spreads over rocks and stones and adheres to them by its under sur-
face. Some of these, as, for instance, Leathesia tuberiformis (Fig. 72),
are sometimes found about half-tide level, covering the rocks in exten-
sive masses of a light olive or yellow colour, heaped together like
variously shaped tubers, and the same species is found frequently
growing in small roundish groups on other seaweeds. Some others
of this order are parasitic, composed of densely-tufted filaments, for
the most part minute, some being entirely microscopic, the structure
and fructification of which, when viewed under a high power, are
wonderfully beautiful. Few of this order of plants are particularly
attractive to the general collector, and many of them are extremely diffi-
cult to prepare for the herbarium. I shall, however, give a few direc-
tions as to the proper method of drying and pressing these plants as I
severally describe them.

Some of the Chordariacee are very widely dispersed, a few of our
common species, such as Leathesia and Chordaria, being found as abun-
dantly on the South African shores and elsewhere, as on those of this
country. In describing the British species of this order, I purpose grouping
them. together on the same principle which I observed in describing the
three divisions in the Dictyotacee. Thus, the two first genera contain
plants which have cylindrical branching fronds; the two next consist of
tuber-shaped fleshy or cartilaginous masses; and the two last are dense
tufts of unbranched thread-like filaments, in almost every instance parasitic
on some particular species of seaweed.

The genus Chordaria is so named from the plants which are included in
it having exactly the appearance of dark-coloured strings or bundles of
twine. Fig. 70 represents the well-known species Chordaria flagelliformis
the scourge or whip-like Chordaria. This plant is a summer annual, and
grows in rock pools between tide marks. The fronds are from a few inches
to 2ft. or 3ft. long, having a central stem for about half the length of the
plant, the upper part being irregularly divided or branched, the lower
portion bearing here and there on each side, short ramuli, mostly of the
same thickness and consistency as the stem and branches of the plant. In

MELANOSPERMEL. 67

the living state the fronds of this species are soft and slimy to the touch,
a character which is due to the numerous colourless fibres which clothe
the whole surface of the frond. The spores are concealed among the
filaments of which the external layer of the plant is composed. C. divaricata
is much more rare. Belfast Lough, and the shore at Carrickfergus, being
hitherto the only recorded British habitats. I have, however, taken it at
Plymouth, at Shanklin in the Isle of Wight, and in rock pools in the Cum-
brae Islands ; in the latter it was growing in society with C. flagellifor ms,
to which it bears a strong resemblance although it is much more branched
and bushy. The branches spread in all directions, and are very irregularly

Fie. 70. Chordaria flagellifurmis.

divided. Many of the ramuli are very short, and some are curved, or
stand out at right angles from the stem. Care should be observed in
mounting these plants on paper not to employ too heavy pressure at first,
otherwise the fronds are apt to adhere to the linen so firmly that they
tear away on its removal.

The genus Mesogloia contains three species, which in the living state are
certainly not very attractive plants, having more the appearance of bundles
of brown or dark greenish slimy worms than any vegetable production.
Portions of them, however, when submitted to microscopic examination,
exhibit a remarkably beautiful arrangement of cellular structure. The

68 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

axis or central portion of the stem is composed of elongated interlacing
fibres, imbedded in gelatine; the outer margin is made up of horizontal
or radiating tufted branching filaments, among which the dark olive
coloured spores are produced. The name is from the Greek for “ middle”
and “‘ viscid,’’ in reference to the viscid or glutinous nature of the axis.
Mesogloia vermicularis is the common species found all round our coasts.
It grows on rocks and in tide pools, and is sometimes cast ashore of large.
size. The fronds are irregularly and usually much branched, being set with
numerous ramuli, all of which, like the stem and main branches of the
plant, are flaccid and slimy, and singularly worm-like, hence the specific
name. The colour is a dark yellowish olive, which it generally retains in
drying. WM. virescens, a main branch of which is represented at Fig. 71,
is, in many respects, similar to the former species, but may be known by its
much lighter colour, which inclines more to a green than an olive tint,
especially in drying, when it invariably turns to a pale yellowish green.
These curious plants are very variable in size. The former sometimes
attains a length of 2ft., but the latter I have never known to exceed 12in. or
l5in. The species M. Grifithsiana is rare. It was named after the late
Mrs. Griffiths, of Torquay, who discovered it. The fronds rarely exceed
a foot in height, and are much more slender and less copiously branched
than the two species already described. It is said to be found on the West
of Ireland, and although it is decidedly rare on the English shores, I have
taken several beautiful specimens near Plymouth, on different occasions.
All the species of Mesogloia, when displayed on paper, must be allowed
to dry for several hours before the slightest pressure is attempted.

At the head of the fleshy or cartilaginous seaweeds is placed the curious
plant known as Leathesia tuberiformis (Fig. 72), named in honour of Rev.
Mr. Leathes, an eminent naturalist. This singular marine production has
exactly the appearance of a mass of distorted tubers variously heaped
together, suggesting the not inappropriate name of ‘‘ sea potatoes.’’ In
early growth the roundish lobes of this alga are solid, or filled with densely-
packed cotton-like fibres, but as they advance in growth they become
hollow and break away from the rocks or seaweeds on which they grow.
The structure of this tuberous mass is very remarkable, but it would require
a large series of diagrams to illustrate a description of its composition.
The illustration gives a good general idea of its form as it is found in
various stages of growth on rocks or attached to other seaweeds. L. crispa
is a small and somewhat insignificant species, parasitic on Chondrus
crispus. It was discovered not many years since by a naturalist in
Scotland. L. Berkeleyi, though not so abundant as the type of this genus,
is not uncommon, but being of a dark brownish olive, and growing close
to the surface of submarine rocks, it frequently escapes notice, or when
found is too often rejected on account of its generally unattractive appear-
ance. When specimens of these fleshy plants are desired for the herbarium,
portions of the young plants should be selected, and after being cleaned
from sand or other foreign matter, the mass should be placed on mounting

Fic. 71. A main branch of Mesogloia virescens.

f growth, attached

ges oO

to a stunted red seaweed.

Fie. 72. Leathesia tuberiformis in various sta

—

MELANOSPERME®. 71

paper and allowed to dry or shrink a little ; then-upon immersing it in sea-
water again, and afterwards draining away the water, it may be treated in
the ordinary way, always bearing in mind that pressure for fleshy as well
as gelatinous plants, must be gradually and carefully applied.

The genus Ralfsic, named in honour of John Ralfs, Esq., of Penzance,
contains one species only, Ralfsia verrucosa, the frond of which is of a
leathery or crustaceous nature. It is attached by its under surface to the
flat rocks which occur in some situations between tide-marks. The colour
of this leathery-like plant is a dull brown. The fruit is contained in
dwarf-like prou,inences, which appear on the surface of the plant, scattered
here and there among the con-
centric zone-like markings of
the fronds.

The genus Elachista — from
the Greek, signifying ‘‘the
least,’’ in reference to the small
size of these plants—contains
several species, all of which,
with the exception of one, are
more interesting as objects for
microscopic examination than
as specimens for ordinary collec-
tions. The largest and com-
monest of these tiny plants is
the species Elachista fucicola
(Fig. 73), which is found con-
stantly parasitical near the
terminal branches of Fucus
vesiculosus (Fig. 37). Four tufts
of this parasite are represented
growing on the Fucus (a), and
under it (b) a branch of the
eclub-headed jointed filaments
which arise from the tubercular
base, among which the pear-
Fie. 73 (a) Elachista fucieola on Fucus vesi- shaped spores of these minute

ee ae a filament with spore, plants are produced. The tufts

of this Elachista are rarely
more than an inch long, and are of a dark olive colour. F. pulvinata,
or attenuata, is parasitical on Cystoseira ericoides. Fig. 74 represents
a terminal branch of the Cystoseira, on which are growing several little
globular or cushion-life tufts of this minute parasite. An examination
of this figure, which was carefully taken from the living plant, will help
students to recognise this species, as well as to give them a general idea
of the appearance and manner of growth of other species of Elachiste.
E. stellulata, a minute star-like plant, parasitic on Dictyota dichotoma

Fhe BRITISH MARINE ALG®.

(Fig. 61) is represented at a, Fig. 75, highly magnified, on a portion of the
frond of the Dictyota. Under the microscope this is a very beautiful object.
The delicate little filaments radiate from the basal tubercle, and among
these, for about half their length, are inserted paranemata, or false fila-
ments, at the base of which the spores are seated. LE. flaccida occurs in
little tufts about half an inch long, on Cystoseira fibrosa (Fig. 41). E.
scutulata in oblong wart-like masses about lin. in length, on the thongs
of Himanthalia (Fig. 42) ; and sometimes in society with it, in little velvety
patches, the minute species known as E. velutina.

The genus which I am about to describe consists entirely of minute
parasites, several of which require the microscope even to detect them.
And here, again, I once more direct my readers’ attention to the necessity
for acquiring a knowledge of micro-
scopic manipulation.

An examination of the tiny plants
which are included in the genus
Myrionema will amply reward the
student for any amount of trouble
he may incur in preparing these
parasitic alge for the various
powers of the microscope. As
these plants are usually in per-
fection when the various species
on which they grow are in a state
of decay, I recommend collectors to
search for them in early autumn
rather than during spring and sum-
mer. Those which are constant
on such plants as the Ulv@ and
Enteromorphe, for instance, are
much more easily detected when
the fronds of those bright green
plants are bleached or faded, than

_ when they are in perfection. The

Fic. 74. ee et On. CUCOSI Seams Myrionema is from the Greek,
signifying ‘‘ multitudinous threads,”’

in reference to the numerous thread-like unbranched filaments of
which these little seaweeds all consist. Fig. 75, b, represents the
species Myrionema strangulans, several ring-like masses of which
encircle the branch of a frond of Enteromorpha compressa (Fig. 8). It is
found also on the decaying fronds of Ulwa lattissima (Fig. 5), and on them
it appears like a number of little brownish spots, scattered over the surface
of the plant sometimes abundantly. M. punctiforme is, at maturity, a
little globular dot, or rosette, composed of tiny radiating filaments, par-
asitical on Ceramium rubrum, as represented at c, Fig. 75. It is found also
on some other red weeds, and on whatever species it does occur, it generally

MELANOSPERME.®. io

infests, at short intervals, every portion of the plant. M. Leclancherii
is found on faded fronds of the common Rhodymenia palmata, and
the extremely minute species, M. clavatwm, occurs only on the plant
known as Hildenbrantia rubra, a purplish-red crustaceous alga, which
spreads over the surface of stones, and the sides of rock pools, about half-
tide level.

The plants included in the order Ectocarpacee, are briefly characterised
as olive-coloured, jointed, filiform, or string-like seaweeds, whose spores are,
for the most part, produced externally, attached to jointed ramuli or
branchlets. The name of this order is derived from the genus Ectocarpus,
which signifies external or exposed fruit, the fructification of all the species
of Ectocarpus being more or less exposed or conspicuous. To those
collectors who desire an accurate knowledge of specific distinction in this

Fig. 75. (a) Elachista stellulata on Dictyota dichotoma. (b) Myrionema
stvangulans on Enteromorpha compressa. (c) Myrionema punctiforme on
Ceramium rubrum. All more or less magnified.

genus, a microscopic examination of the fruit of these plants will prove
at once interesting and instructive. To the unassisted eye many of the
Ectocarpacee are wonderfully alike, but plants in fruit quickly declare
themselves even under an ordinary lens, and when once a true species
is secured and studied, subsequent identification, even in barren specimens
of the same species, is thus rendered far less difficult. Many of the common
species of this order, are very widely dispersed. The beautiful species
Mertensii is as plentiful on some of the Scottish shores as on the south
Devonshire coast, where, especially around Plymouth, this lovely plant
is taken in great perfection.
H

74 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

Some of the Sphacelariew, too, are alike plentiful in the north and south
of this country. Sphacelaria filicina, one of the most delicate and beautiful
of the filamentous melanosperms, is found on the north and south coast |
of Devon, in the Channel Islands, and in the Mediterranean; and, in
fact, there are no continental generic forms of this order known (as
observed by Dr. Harvey) which are not represented in our marine flora.
None of the plants of this order are gelatinous ; on the contrary, many
of them are rigid and adhere very imperfectly to paper. This is especi-
ally the case with the genera Cladostephus and Sphacelaria, but all the
others are very manageable, and may be pressed so flat and close to the
surface of the paper, as to present the appearance of the most exquisite
engravings, rather than copiously branched and jointed vegetable produc-
tions.

The genus Cladostephus is represented on our shores by two common
and very easily-recognised species. C. verticillatus (Fig. 76) is found in
rock pools, on corallines, or growing in exposed situations, often in large
bushy tufts from 3in. to 10in. high, the stems and branches of which are
stiff and wiry, and are set throughout at close and regular intervals with
whorls of little ramuli (b), all of which are incurved near the tips. These
whorled branchlets are furnished irregularly with one or two shorter
ramuli, which point outwards and upwards, forming, in fact, a series of little .
crowns, whence the name of the genus, that of Cladostephus, or ‘‘ branch
of crowns,” and the regularity with which these crowns or whorls are set
on the branches is expressed in the specific name of verticillatus. In
winter these verticillate tufts fall off, and another irregularly disposed
set of ramuli shoot forth, on the outward and upper side of which little -
elliptical spores are produced,seated on pedicels or short stalks. C. spon-
giosus, so called from the thick or spongy nature of the branches, which
are very densely crowded with closely-set whorled ramuli, is common on
most rocky shores. In some situations, where the tide leaves: bare flat
open spaces and overhanging ledges of rocks near low-water mark, this
plant is often found in great abundance, spreading over the surface, or
hanging from crevices in the rocks like large masses of black worsted.
It is extremely difficult to display well on paper, and is by no means
an attractive book specimen. The fruit is produced during winter in a_
similar manner to that of the preceding species.

The genus Sphacelaria, from the Greek for gangrene, in referenee to the
withered or decayed tips of the fruitful branches, contains several very
beautiful plants ; some are of large size, and others are strictly microscopic.
They are all distinguished by the extreme rigidity of their stems and
branches, several species being of exquisite symmetry, simulating the form
and ramification of the most delicate exotic ferns. This is especially the
case with regard to the species Sphacelaria filicma, branches of which are
represented at Fig. 77. This charming plant is generally considered to
be one of the most beautiful of the British marine algw. The plant
represented in the illustration was taken near Ilfracombe, but this species

33333797

aS
5

=i

FFD,

Ca

Sphacclaria filicina,

(b) Magnified portion of same.

(a) Cladostepnus verticillatus.

Fig. 76.

MELANOSPERME&. 77
is more frequently met with eastward of Plymouth Breakwater, where I
have occasionally dredged it of large size, but in no instance have I ever
detected fruit. The very curious and minute species known as S. ser-
tularia, is parasitical on algz which grow in deep water. It is rarely met
with, perhaps on account of its small size and the depths in which it loves
to vegetate. Dr. Harvey considers it to be merely a deep water variety of
the foregoing species. It is a very much smaller plant, and the branches
and ramuli are shorter and generally spread out at right angles with
the stem. S. scoparia is a large coarsely branching plant found in most
seas; on the southern shores of the Isle of Wight its large tufted fronds
frequently strew the beach in great abundance. The summer and winter
conditions of this species are widely different. In early growth, and during
the summer its tufted branches are thick and bushy, resembling little
brooms, but at the close of the season its superabundant branches and

LEEK

=

L

Fic. 78. (a) Terminal branch of a seaweed, with a tuft of Sphacelaria
cirrhosa. (b) Plume from the same, magnified.

ramuli fall away, totally changing its character, specimens of which bear
occasionally such a striking resemblance to loosely branching forms of S.
filicina, that many an inexperienced botanist has been deceived as to its
identity. Fig. 78 (a) represents one of the varieties or forms of the species
S. cirrhosa, parasitical on a terminal fork of a seaweed, and beside it (b) one
of the plumes of which this pretty little plant consists. In some varieties
of this species the filaments form little star-like tufts, as in the illustration ;
in others the tufts are globular in form and densely branched. I took this
variety many years ago in great plenty, as it was floated in by the tide on
the shore of the Great Cumbrae Island. Every specimen I picked up on
that occasion was in fruit. The spores are like little round balls seated
near the base of the branchlets, generally one or two, opposite or some-
times close together. Another very tiny variety of this plant I have taken

78 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

abundantly at Largs, on the Clyde, parasitic on the stems of Desmarestia
aculeata (Fig. 53). 8. radicans grows on sand-covered rocks, in small
tufts rarely exceeding an inch in height. S. fusca is a rarity, though
it was discovered as long ago as the year 1827. It may be known by a
very peculiar form of ramuli which are borne on some of the filaments near
the tips. Dr. Harvey describes them as being “attenuated at the base and
trifid at the apex, the joints of the plant being marked with a pale brown
band.” The specific name is from the reddish-brown colour of the plant.
S. racemosa, so named from the clusters of grape-like spores produced on
each side of the filaments, was discovered by Sir John Richardson in 1821, .
on the shores of the Frith of Forth. For very many years this curious
plant eluded the search of algologists in all parts of this kingdom, and
indeed was generally regarded as a lost species, when all at once, a few
years since, it was discovered in tolerable plenty, in the river Clyde, by
Mr. Roger Hennedy. This rare plant I have never met with, and know it
only by Dr. Harvey’s beautiful figures in his ‘‘ Phycologia.”’ S. plumosa
(Fig. 79) is, so far as my experience goes, peculiarly an inhabitant of
northern waters, and even there it is regarded as a rarity. It is said to be
found at Greenland and in the Arctic regions, while the coast of Corn-
wall is given as its southern limit. About twelve years ago I took a beautiful
specimen of this plant in the bay of Lamlash. It was attached to a large
stone that came up in the dredge from a depth of five-and-twenty fathoms.
The branches of this species very closely resemble feathers, being regularly
pinnated with opposite, spreading, generally unbranched pinnz or wing-
lets, the tips of which are frequently sphacelate or withered. I have
described this rare and peculiar plant as among the Sphacelariew, but I
must inform my readers that Professor Agardh, the celebrated Swedish
) algologist, has removed it from this order, and erected it into the type
of a new one under the name of Chetopteris, which signifies ‘‘ bristle wing,”’
in reference to the erect bristle-like pinnz or ramuli of its branches, the
original specific and very characteristic name of plumosa being retained.
Advancing onwards with my description of the Ectocarpacew, I now
arrive at the genus Ectocarpus, the simplest in point of structure and fructi-
fication of any of the plants of this order. In tkese the frond is composed
of a single simple or highly-branched filament, and producing spores and
active granules or zoospores in pod-like bodies, which are seated on the
branches of some, or produced conspicuously in the stem or branches
of other individuals. Many of these fruit-bearing organs afford most
’ beautiful microscopic objects, as may be seen in the group of: magnified
portions at Fig. 80. The extreme difficulty of giving anything like a
satisfactory representation of any living species of Hctocarpus obliges me
to be content with a slightly magnified portion of one of the shore species,
and to represent fertile branches of a few others much more highly magnified.
Fig. 81 represents a lateral branch from a fine specimen of FE. littoralis,
a common species which is found abundantly on the shore /'uci at all sea-
sons. The tufts are from 6in. to more than 12in. long, of a brownish-

Fic. 79. Sphacelaria plumosa.

Fie. 80. Magnified portions of Ectocarpacee—(a) E. littoralis; (b) E. granu-
losus ; (c) E. brachiatus; (d) E. fenestratus; (e) E, Mertensii.

MELANOSPERME®, Sl

olive colour, very much entangled and matted together, a character which
is pretty general among the plants of this genus. The fruit is produced
in oblong masses embedded in the central portion of the branches and
ramuli, as represented at a (Fig.80). EH. granulosus, under even a moderate
power, is a pretty and very distinctly marked species, all the branches
and ramuli being for the most part exactly opposite, the little dark coloured
elliptical spores being seated on the upper side of the spreading ramuli
or branchlets, as seen at b (Fig. 80). This species is parasitical on several
of the lesser algze between tide-marks. FH. brachiatus (c) is another well

Fic. 81. Ectocarpus littoralis,

marked species, usually parasitical on Rhodymenia palmata, but rare.
The filaments are beautifully fine and feathery, excessively branched,
all the branches and ramuli being generally opposite. The fruit, which is
binate, or separated intc two portions, is imbedded in the axils of two oppo-
site ramuli or branchlets, just where the branches are quarternate or cross-
branched in fact, whence the specific name of ‘“‘brachiatus.’”’ In the
living state the fruited branches of this species under the microscope are
I

82 BRITISH -MARINE ALGAE.

extremely beautiful. The joints of the stem and branches are a fine olive
green, and are distinctly marked, while the two-parted capsular fruit-
vessel is of a reddish-brown, and is surrounded by a hyaline or transparent
border, forming a pretty contrast to the olive green stem and branches
of the plant. A fruited sprig is represented at c (Fig. 80). E. fenestratus,
(d) so called from the peculiar lattice-like markings on the surface of the
silicules, is a small and not very attractive species. I have taken it at
Plymouth and Whitsand Bay. The tufts are about 3in. high, the fila-
ments are very thread-like and sparingly branched, the ramuli few,
distant, and usually alternate along the branches. The silicules, or fruit-
vessels, when present, are abundant, and are stalked, being produced at
irregular intervals on each side of the branches. These silicules are of a
larger size than the fruit-vessels of any other species of Ectocarpus, and
may be known at once by their shape, which is elliptical, but rather
narrow at each end, and by the peculiar transverse and cross markings
all over their surface, a character which has suggested the specific name
of this plant. A portion of the stem, bearing two silicules, is represented
at d. EH. Mertensii (e), dedicated to Professor Mertens, of Bremen, is one
of the most charming of its tribe. It was discovered at Yarmouth, in 1779,
and, although it is widely distributed, it is generally considered a rare
species. I have had fine specimens sent to me from Peterhead and other
northern stations, but the plants taken by me at Plymouth exceed in
size and beauty every other specimen I have seen hitherto. This beautiful
plant is in perfection in May and June. It is found on muddy rocks at
low-water mark. The main stems are from 5in. to about 10in. long; the
branches are numerous, and are of unequal length, being set throughout
with lesser branches, all of which are branched on the same principle, and
every division of branches and branchlets is invariably opposite, a re-
gularity of growth which gives to the plant a beautiful feathery appear-
ance. The whole plant is abundantly furnished with short pointed ramuli,
which are placed opposite to each other at very short distances, usually at
the upper shoulder of every third joint, and it is about the centre of
these ramuli that the large binate sporiferous mass is produced. The
jointing of this species is beautifully distinct, as may be seen at e (Fig. 80),
where also the two-parted spore-vessel is represented. The colour is a fine
olive green, the substance is flaccid, and, like all these summer annuals,
this plant adheres closely to paper in drying. Once only have I found this
rare species in fruit, and that occurred among the specimens I received
from Peterhead. This fruited plant was so small and poor in appearance
that I discarded it from my collection; but taking it up subsequently, and
observing something peculiar on one of its stunted branches, I submitted it
to the microscope, and found to my great surprise, that my little scrubby
despised plant was a treasure indeed, being abundantly in fruit. This was
a lesson to me, which I here record for the benefit of young students,
never to throw aside any mounted plant, however apparently insignificant,
until it has been thoroughly examined under the microscope.

MELANOSPERME®. 83

There are several other species of Ectocarpus, some of which are very
rare, but a few of them must be described, through briefly. E. Hincksie, a
rare and beautiful but small species, may be looked for on the large
oarweeds. It was discovered by Miss Hincks, of Belfast (whose name it
appropriately bears), near the Giant’s Causeway. Fine specimens are to be
found growing on the larger Laminarie off St. Michael’s Mount, Cornwall,
and also at Plymouth. FE. tomentosus grows in abundance on the rock
Fuci; the filaments of the branches are extremely slender, and densely
interwoven and matted together. LE. crinitus, the filaments of which are
more delicate than the finest hair, spread over the surface of muddy
shores like fine fleeces of a light brownish olive, changing to a glossy green
in drying. E£. pusillus,a small species, parasitical on some of the Poly-
siphonie ; E. distortus on Zostera marina; and E. Landsburgii,
obtained only by dredging in deep water. E. longifructus, very similar to E.
littoralis (Fig. 81), but having long attenuated silicules, which are very
closely marked with transverse strix. E. spherophorus, a small plant
parasitical on the beautiful Ptilota elegans, and some other small alge.
This species may be readily known by the form of its fruit vessels (which
are spherical), being produced opposite to each other on the upper
branches, singly or in pairs, and sometimes even in groups of fours,
attached to the sides of the stems of the plant. LH. tessellatus, an extremely
rare plant, I have found only occasionally near Plymouth. The fruit vessel
of this species is a remarkable object under the microscope. The whole
of the surface is marked like a tessellated pavement, whence the specific
name.

Young collectors will find at first almost as much difficulty in distin-
guishing species among this group of algz as is often the case with the
puzzling varieties of Cladophore. But,as I have already observed, the
presence of fruit in the Ectocarpew, which is often abundantly produced,
saves an infinity of trouble, and only requires a little practice with the
microscope, or even a good ordinary lens, to identify most of the species
of these delicate alge. The Cladophore, it will be remembered, are all green,
alike in the living state and after they are pressed and dried, while the
Ectocarpee, although mostly of a greenish hue when they are mounted on
paper, are all, while growing, either olive or a brownish-olive colour.

The genus Myriotrichia, from the Greek for “numberless hairs” (in
reference to the multitudes of ramuli and fibres which clothe the stems
of these minute parasitical plants), consists of two species, either or both
of which are frequently met with where Chorda lomentaria (Fig. 44) and
Asperococcus echinatus (Fig. 69) occur. These unattractive but curious
plants are generally abundant during the summer months, parasitical
chiefly on the constricted fronds of Chorda lomentaria (Fig. 44), encircling
the long cylinders of this alga at intervals, and crowning the tips with a
brush-like tuft of slender, twisted or entangled filaments. Fig. 82' re-
presents the species Myriotrichia filiformis, somewhat magnified, attached
toa frond of Chorda lomentaria (Fig. 44). Reference to the high powers

12

84. BRITISH MARINE ALG.

of the microscope is necessary to an appreciation of the growth and
structure of these parasites. In the species before us, the filaments are
like a bundle of curly strings which have been partly unravelled and tied
loosely together at the base; while in the species M. claveformis the
fronds, although equally produced in bundles, are attenuated at the base,
and swell out into club-headed tips resembling a fox’s brush. The former
species is most frequent, though both are sometimes met with growing
together on the fronds of the same seaweed. There is little or no difficulty
in mounting these plants on paper, the fronds and ramuli being flaccid and

Fie. 82. Myriotrichia jivformis on Chorda lomentaria.

more or less gelatinous. But in order to display the species properly,
and represent the parasitic growth satisfactorily to the eye of a botanist,
the whole plant on which the parasite is growing should be secured
and arranged on the paper while still floating in sea-water, so that the
tender filaments of the parasite may spread out freely and lie in a natural
position as the paper is raised gently from the water in a slanting direction.
The water will thus drain away from the specimen gradually, otherwise the
string-like filaments will clot together, and the whole process will have

to be repeated. With this genus I close my description of the British
Melanosperms.

SECTION III.

RHODOSPERMESA.

ted Seaweeds.

UNTIL so comparatively recent a period as the summer of 1857, the
standard work on British Marine Algx, both as regards systematic
arrangement and nomenclature, was Professor Harvey’s ‘ Phycologia
Britannica,” in which magnificent publication the “ rose-tangles,’”’ or red
seaweeds, are described under the general title of Rhodospermee, or
red-seeded plants. But since the completion of Professor Harvey’s great
work, a new arrangement of the Rhodosperms has been published by
Professor Agardh, the Swedish algologist. This arrangement is based
on a more accurately scientific investigation of the sporiferous nuclei, .
or spore-producing bodies, in the various species of this great subdivision.
The Agardhian arrangement of the red seaweeds is divided into two
series, the lesser organised families being included under the title
Gongylospermee, or plants whose sporiferous nuclei contain numerous
spores congregated without order in each nucleus or spore receptacle,
and the more highly organised families classed under the title Desmio-
spermee, the sporiferous nuclei of these consisting of tufted spore threads
or filaments, a single spore being formed in each cell of the tufted threads,
or only in the terminal cell. Some portions even of this arrangement
have been modified or altered, and the names of many species have been
changed by Professor Agardh himself, and as I am convinced that all
these recent changes have been the result of the most definite and accurate
observation, it is my intention in describing the British Rhodosperms, to
adopt Professor Agardh’s arrangement, and most recent nomenclature ;
although, for my own convenience, particularly as regards the extreme
difficulty of preparing many of the illustrations, I shall now and then be
compelled to describe families, or at least genera, somewhat out of regular
scientific order. However, to the general reader, and even to young
algological students, this will make no difference whatever as to their
acquisition of a knowledge of the plants themselves, which is indeed, after
all, my primary object in writing this work.

Although, to ordinary observation, the most striking characteristic of
the plants of this great subdivision is their colour, the scientific student
finds a more remarkable and distinctive characteristic in the double
system of fructification, nearly every genus being furnished with two
different kinds of reproductive bodies, or spore-bearing organs, which are

86 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

produced on different individuals of the sarae species. A complete know-
ledge therefore of the system of fructification of the red plants includes
that of two individuals of the same species, one of which exhibits what
is termed the primary, or conceptacular, the other the secondary, or
granular, form of fruit. The sporiferous nucleus is described as con-
sisting of numerous articulated or jointed filaments in distinct and
variously formed conceptacles or spore-vessels, the joints of which become
fertile or are transformed into spores. In no instance do the spores of
the algz exhibit at any period of their development an approach to a
rudimentary plant, as in the germinating seeds of the Phanerogamia, or
flowering plants. They are found to consist entirely of a dense deep-red
granular or starch-like matter, called ‘‘ endochrome,’’ enveloped in a
nearly colourless skin or pericarp, consisting of two or three membranes.
The secondary-form of fruit consists of tetraspores or four-parted seeds.
These are produced from a division of the endochrome of certain privileged
cells, the spherical mass of which they consist being separated into four
parts, three of which are so placed within the enveloping membrane
that the fourth part is completely hidden beneath them. Some forms
of the tetraspore are, however, arranged so that all the four parts are
visible at once. This occurs by transverse division of the endochrome,
and is called ‘‘zoned”’ or ‘annular’? ; when divided by cross-lines into four
equal parts, the tetraspore is cruciate; and when the division is by
triradiate lines, and the parts are of unequal size, it is said to be
ternately parted. Both forms of fructification are alike capable of
reproducing their species; the tetraspores are, however, now generally
regarded as gemme or buds, and thus they may be said to extend the
life of the individual, rather than to reproduce the species. In the
primary form of fruit the spores are rendered fertile by contact with
antherozoids, which are produced in variously formed yellow-tinted cases
called ‘‘antheridia,’’ found abundantly on plants in so many genera that
they are doubtless developed in all, and always, of course, on plants which
bear neither spores nor tetraspores. Further descriptions of the form and
structure of the various fruit-bearing receptacles of the red plants will be
given as each particular species is described and illustrated.

I shall commence with a description of the plants which are included in
the great series Desmiospermee, and follow the order in which they are
classed in Professor Agardh’s most recent arrangement. Beginning,
therefore, with the family Rhodomelacee, I shall describe the plants in the
British genera which the Swedish professor includes in his order Chondriee,
and these are Polyides, Lomentaria, Laurencia, and Bonnemaisonia.
Polyides rotundus, now Polyides lumbricalis (Fig. 83), was formerly placed
in the sub-order Spongiocarpew. On the southern British shores this is
one of the common red weeds, being found in shallow rock pools between
tide-marks in very great abundance. It is by no means a favourite species
with ordinary collectors, being difficult to display effectively on paper,
owing to its large disk-like root and its numerous forked, thick round

\ \
y \

Fig, 84. Lomentaria kaliformis.

RHODOSPERME®. 9

branches, all of which spread out and point upwards, and when well
mounted on paper may be made to describe a complete circle. The
fructification of this curious plant constitutes its chief interest, at least
to an algologist. Tetraspores are found occasionally immersed among
the filaments of the periphery or outer margin of the frond; but it is
the primary form of fruit that has caused this species to receive more than
ordinary attention, and has given British and foreign systematists a
world of trouble. The illustration, Fig. 83, represents a large frond of
Polyides lumbricalis, taken by me at Whitsand Bay, near Plymouth ; the
branches are crowded with dark brown-red spongy or wart-like masses of a
roundish or oblong form. These warty masses are called “‘ favelle,’’ and
contain clusters of spores imbedded in their substance, each cluster being
surrounded by a pellucid or colourless border.

I now pass on to the plants which are included in Professor Agardh’s
newly-constituted genus Lomentaria; the name having reference to the
cross lines, or constrietions, which occur throughout the stems and
branches of these plants. The fronds of most of the species of this
group may be briefly described as being, for the most part, tubular, con-
stricted, or tied in, as it were, at short intervals, and filled with a slimy or
watery juice, which last peculiarity was referred to in the original name
of this genus, viz :—Chylocladia or “juicy branch.’’ The spores of these
plants are contained in round, or sometimes conical, conceptacles, called
“ ceramidia ;” tripartite tetraspores are imbedded in the branches and
ramuli. Lomentaria kaliformis, represented at Fig. 84, by the terminal
portion of a branch, is a summer annual, being found from June to
September. It varies greatly in size according to its place of growth.
Plants which are found in tidal rock pools are stunted in form and poor
in colour, but specimens which are dredged, or are cast ashore, exhibit the
normal form of this handsome species in perfection, the fronds being from
12in. to 20in. long, and of a fine purple-red colour. The capsules of this
species are spherical and very distinct, being of tolerably large size, and
are seated on the young branches. Tetraspores are immersed in the
ramuli, and may be seen easily with an ordinary lens. Large specimens
of this plant are troublesome to mount on paper, on account of the densely-
packed whorls of branchlets and ramuli, which are set around the stems
with tolerable regularity at the numerous constrictions, many of the
whorls bearing one or more series of lesser branches and ramuli, all of
which taper by degrees as they approach the tips. A little judicious
pruning, however, helps to form beautiful specimens for the herbarium,
but great care must be observed in the pressure employed, which must
be very gradual; indeed, this remark applies to all of these juicy-branched
plants, many of which should be allowed to drain and contract under
the calico and blotting paper before they are subjected to any degree
of pressure. JL. ovalis (Fig. 85) is abundant on the north and south
coast of Devon. This curious plant, with its little tufts of bud-like
ramuli, produced irregularly on the stems and branches, has somewhat

90 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

the appearance of a shrub putting forth its spring leaflets. In early
growth these little leafy ramuli are nearly oval in form, but as the plant
advances in growth the ramuli lengthen, and even occasionally taper at the
apex, which, in most instances, is obtuse or rounded, the bases being
always attenuated and sometimes even slightly stalked. Globular capsules
are produced on each side of these ramuli; tetraspores are immersed
within them. JL. articulata (Fig. 86), formerly, and until very lately,
Chylocladia articulata, is one of the most abundant of its tribe, being
found under the shelter of large over-hanging weeds, on rocks, and in tide
pools, clinging to the surfaces by means of its fibrous roots, like a beautiful
crimson fleece. This, however, is the stunted form of the species. This
plant is taken in perfection during the summer months only, by means of

Fig. 85. Lomentaria ovalis.

the dredge; though occasionally it is thrown up from deep water. Such
specimens are deservedly very much admired. The illustration represents
a luxuriant form of one of these. They are sometimes above 12in. long, and
are excessively branched ; the stems and branches throughout being con-
stricted at regular intervals, composed in fact of chains of elliptical bead-
like joints, and here and there, from the articulations of the upper branches,
spring whorls of similarly constricted ramuli, the beaded joints of which
are much shorter and the tips usually pointing upwards ; the whole plant
when spread out having generally a beautifully rounded outline. Spores
are contained in conical capsules; tetraspores in the elliptical joints of the
ramuli. L. parvula, formerly Chylocladia parvula, then removed by Dr.
Harvey to the genus Champia, and recently placed by Agardh in the genus

é ‘e wi 4 /

» Lh Naty A. iG:
sin Ap Ne

PE Aa

y ‘ ‘ ‘ia —4

-s =i) P & | NW Ae o.
es 22S | yy (Fe ro A

Fie. 86. Lomentaria articulata.

wf. (i) 3A
oe te
m * SSSs5,

Fig. 87. Lomentaria parvula.

4 3 oak

eee

Ss ay ate \1\ ae

ee y
=)
vee i)
4 : : :
Bc/e EY NI
* ¥ 4 v te
~ OF mai A.
. PP)
| ete
Hew
, uy
oo Ww
‘
. V
'
‘
er
i
'
j
i
;
y
f
[
‘
‘
ao
t
Ps
f
‘
‘
'
:
;
’

RHODOSPERME®. 93

Lomentaria, is a summer annual, by no means abundant on our shores,
though very common on the American coasts. It is easily distinguished
from the others of its tribe by the much shorter joints of its stems
_and branches, all of which are of nearly equal length and breadth, those
in the ramuli being proportionally shorter, and the tips of the branches
and ramuli obtuse or rounded; capsules, which are ovate or egg-shaped,
are produced on the branchlets; tetraspores in the joints. Fig. 87 represents
a branch or two of this species. JL. reflexa is the rarity of this genus. I
have take it but once only, and that was during a dredging excursion at
Plymouth, when it came up in the dredge attached by little root-like
processes to a fragment of another alga. This species is very sparingly
branched ; the branches being mostly what is termed ‘‘ secund,”’ or pro-
duced on one side only of the stems. The ramuli spread out widely,
or are curved slightly downwards, hence the specific name reflexa.

Fig. 88. Laurencia pimnatifida.

The genus Lawrencia, as recently revised by Professor Agardh, contains
only three British species, all of which are more or less common; one, L.
pinnatifida, being found in all seas, and is equally abundant in temperate
and tropical climates. On our own shores this species is very common ;
and indeed, it is so extremely variable in size and general appearance, as
well as colour, according to the depth of water in which it grows, that
botanists recognise and describe no less than three varieties. The typical
form of this species, as represented in Fig. 88, rarely grows above extreme
low-water mark; but in this situation and in deeper water it attains
a length of 12in. or more, and is of a fine dark purple, or sometimes
brown-red. As this species advances towards the shore it becomes stunted
in form and size, though still preserving its characteristic appearance,

94, BRITISH MARINE ALG.

save in colour, which, on high exposed rocks retains no shade of red or
purple; being of a dirty brownish olive, sometimes even green, or a dull
yellow ; and when cast ashore is generally bleached white. The substance
of this plant is firm and leathery, and although the branches are mostly
flat and pretty regularly disposed, they require to be pruned here and
there before they are submitted to pressure. Well-grown plants of this
species, with requisite care in mounting, form beautiful specimens for
the herbarium. L. pinnatifida has a strong pungent taste, and in Scotland,
where it is eaten, it is commonly known as “ pepper-dulse.”’ The
spores of this plant are contained in broad ovate capsules which are
seated on each side of the branchlets, tetraspores are embedded in the
ramuli. L. hybrida (Agardh), formerly L. cespitosa, or the tufted Laurencia,
is found on stones, and in shallow rock pools between tide-marks. This
species rarely attains the size of the foregoing; its branches are shorter
and more bushy, and all the divisions of the plant are more or less
cylindrical, being rarely compressed or flattened, as in L. pinnatifida.
The ramuli are generally very much crowded, spreading on all sides of the
branches, tapering towards the base, and truncated at the tips. The
colour varies from a dark olive to a pale greenish yellow, and occasionally,
in shady situations, attaining a lurid purple tint. Some writers consider
this plant to be merely a shore variety of L. pinnatifida (Fig. 88), or, at
most, as intermediate between it and L. obtusa, two branchlets of which
are represented at Fig. 89. One bears ovate ceramidia, the other tetra-
spores, which are immersed without order near the tips of the ramuli.
This species is a Summer annual, and is most abundant on the southern
shores of England. It grows on the Fuci, but is generally found cast
ashore. Mature plants, when properly displayed, form elegant specimens
for the herbarium, being of a fine pink or rose-red, and having a beautiful
pyramidal outline. The stems and branches are pretty nearly of a similar
thickness throughout; the branches and ramuli are mostly opposite;
and all the terminal divisions are truncate or obtuse, whence the specific
name.

The elegant plant which is represented by a few branches at Fig. 90 is,
as Dr. Harvey has observed, ‘‘ one of the most distinctly marked species of
its tribe, and so unlike any other British alga, that it must be recognised
ata glance.’ The delicate cilia, or spine-like ramuli, which border every
part of the frond, and which are arranged with strict regularity, being
placed alternate to each other, and opposite either to a capsule or to
a branch, afford marks that cannot be mistaken. The generic name,
Bonunemaisonia, is in honour of Mons. Bonnemaison, a French naturalist ;
the specific, that of asparagoides, is very appropriate, its resemblance
to the mature asparagus plant being very striking. This beautiful annual
is a deep-water plant. It is often cast ashore on the South Devonshire
coast, particularly in the neighbourhood of Plymouth, but my finest
specimens were dredged in Lamlash Bay, Isle of Arran. The colour is
a brilliant crimson, the substance is soft and delicate, and the fronds being

Fie. 89. Terminal sprigs of Lawrencia obtusa, showing the capsular and
granular fructification magnified.

Fig. 90. Bonnemaisonia asparagoides,

RHODOSPERME. 97

compressed or flattened, are easy to display on paper, to which they closely
adhere in drying.
. Chondriopsis dasyphylla and C. tenwissima-were formerly included in
the genus Lawrencia, under the name: of L. dasyphylla and L. tenuissima,
_whence they were removed into the more recently formed genus Chondria,
and now they stand at the head of Professor Agardh’s most recently
rearranged order Ahodomelacew. Professor Agardh divides his Orders
into tribes, genera, and species. Tribe 1, in his Order, Rhodomelacee,
is termed Chonriopsidew, and the genus Chondriopsis is represented in
Britain by the two species C. dasyphylla and C. tenwissima.

Fic. 91. (a) Chondriopsis dasyphylla ; (b) Magnified branchlet, with ceramidia.

Fig. 91. represents a branch or two of the former species, with a
magnified portion bearing ovate capsules, which are seated on the inner
sides of the branchlets. When tetraspores are present, they are produced
here and there in the ramuli. This summer annual is found pretty gene-
rally on the English and Irish shores, usually between tide-marks, or cast
up from deep water. The fronds are from 6in. to 12in. high, the stems
generally undivided and set throughout on each side with branches, which
lengthen towards the base of the main stems; the lower branches ‘usually
bearing a second series, all of which are set here and there with short
ramuli, which are attenuated towards the base, and are club-shaped or

K

98 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

obtuse at the tips, the frond throughout being marked at pretty regular
intervals with distinct transverse lines, as indicated in the magnified
branchiet in Fig. 91 (b). The colour of the living plant is a light pink,
the stems inclining to pale yellow; but this species being of a rather
gelatinous nature, decomposes quickly, and therefore no time should be
lost in transferring it to paper. This liability to fade and decompose is
even more characteristic of the species C. tenuissima, a rare summer annual
which I have taken in perfection at Bovisand near Plymouth, and occa-
sionally at Brighton. The growth and general appearance of this plant
bear some resemblance to the foregoing, but it may be distinguished from
that species at once, as wellas from Lawrencia obtusa (Fig. 89), which
it also somewhat resembles, by its long slender ramuli, which are
attenuated at both ends, many of them being tapered at the tips to a
needle-like point.

C. tenuissima is represented at Fig. 92, by a magnified branchlet,
bearing several ovate ceramidia; the tetraspores are always produced
throughout the whole length of the long bristle-like ramuli. The colours
of this species have ail the fugitive characters of those of C. dasyphyjlla,
though occasionally I have mounted young specimens, in which the
lateral branches and ramuli were a deiicate purple, and the stems a fine
primrose or chrome yellow.

Tribe 2, has no British representative, but Tribe 3, contains three beau
tiful genera, the first of which is represented on our shores and in brackish
str ams by the curious species Bostrichia scorpioides (Fig. 93), both names
being equally characteristic of the little curled or involute tips of the
branches and some of the ramuli. I have taken this plant in the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth, but nowhere else. The fruit I have never seen,
and I am not aware that it has ever been detected on British specimens.
This species belongs to a group of very curious little plants, some of
which are found in the tropics, others in the antarctic regions, and all are
remarkable, according to Dr. Harvey, for their amphibious habits. A
portion of one of my Plymouth specimens is represented at Fig. 93.

The genus Rhodomela, signifying “‘ red and black,’’ (because the plants
of this group, though a fine brown-red, turn black in drying), contains
two British species. R. lycopodioides, is peculiarly a northern species,
being found most abundantly on the shores of Scotland, on the north-
east coast of England, and in the north of Ireland; on the English
shores I have never taken this species further south than the rock
pools above Tynemouth, where, in the spring, the beautiful red lateral
branches of this plant are thrown out on each side of the stems
throughout the whole frond. These tufted branches are so closely
beset with multifid ramuli, that when they are mounted on paper they bear
a fanciful resemblance to a wolf’s foot, whence the specific name. Fig. 94
is from a long branch of this species. The capsules containing spores are
produced on the tufted ramuli, tetraspores are immersed in the branchlets.
R. subfusca is common on the southern shores. The summer and winter

Fie. 92. Branch of Chondriopsis tenuissima, bearing ceramidia, magnified.

Fic. 93. Bostrichia scorpioides,

RHODOSPERME. 101

states of this species are widely different. This plant, like the foregoing,
is perennial. As winter approaches,
the tufted branches which clothe
the fronds throughout, fall away,
leaving the stems of the plant rigid
and bare; but, on the return of
spring, a series of beautiful tufts of
pencilled filaments, or ramuli, shoot
forth from the branches, and on
these, little berry-like capsules are
produced. The summer tetraspores
are contained in winged branchlets ;
those which appear in winter are
produced in curious tufted pods
called Stichidia, as _ represented,
highly magnified, at Fig. 95.

Odonthalia dentata, or ‘‘ toothed
sea-branch,’”’ is another of our
northern species of algz, and one
so distinctly marked that there is no
possibility of mistaking it for any-
thing else. It is abundant in
Scotland, in the north of Ireland,
and in the Isle of Man. I have
taken it very frequently near that
well-known fishing station called

Fie. 94, Rhodomela lycopodioides. Cullercoats, north of the Tyne, but
I have never had the good fortune to meet with a fruited speci-
men.

The fructification of this
species is curious and beau-
tiful. Ceramidia are pro-
duced from the axils of the
branches in tufts on a
delicate little pedicel or
stalk, and in the same
situations, on other indi-
viduals, lanceolate pods or
stichidia, also tufted and
stalked, contain a double
row of tetraspores, form-
ing a most beautiful micro-
scopic object.

Fig. 96 represents a
Fie. 95. (a) Stichidia with tetraspores of Rhodomela branch of Odonthalia, and

subfusca, (b) Tetraspore magnified. Pedaae) savas tutte

the pretty bell-shaped ceramidia, containing spores. The colour of

102 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

this plant is a full blood-red, the older portions turning black in
drying.

Tribe 4, Polysiphoniew, contains the beautiful and extensive genus
Polysiphonia, as well as the genus Rytiphlea. In fact, three species of
the latter are now included by Professor Agardh in his genus Polysiphonia,
the number of species in Rytiphlea being thus reduced, at least in Britain,
to the well-known species, Rytiphlea pinastroides, which I will first de-
scribe. This common plant is found pretty frequently on the southern
shores of England growing in rock-pools, in densely branched bushy tufts
from 4in. to 10in. high, spreading out on all sides, the branches throwing off
asecond and third series near the upper portions, and all the divisions
being set, chiefly on one side of the branches, with short ramuli, which are
hooked at the tips, or curved inwards; and on these, during winter, small
roundish capsules are produced, seated usually on the inner sides. Tetra-
spores, on distinct plants, are imbedded in these incurved ramuli. The
whole frond of this species is marked with distinct transverse lines, which
can only be seen when the plant is gathered fresh from the sea, as it always
turns black in drying.

Fig. 97 represents a terminal branch of Rytiphlea pinastroides, magnified,
showing the transverse striz and ceramidia. The fronds of this species
are extremely difficult to mount on paper, being rigid, and of a cartila-
ginous substance. My own plan is to display and press those portions
which I care to retain, in the usual manner, and when the whole is
tolerably dry, to immerse the specimen in skimmed milk for a quarter
of an hour, and then dry and press as before; when, in the course of a
day or two, upon removing the blotters and calico, the plant will be found
firmly attached to the paper.

In describing the three transferred species of Rytiphlea, I must confess
some regret at their removal from the genus, for the external appearance,
at least, of their stems and branches was certainly characteristic of the old
name, which signifies “‘.wrinkled bark,’’ the peripheric, or external layer
of cells, being small and numerous, giving to the surface of the plant when
dry, a transversely wrinkled appearance; but the inner structure of the
plants, and their fructification, are clearly those of Polysiphonia, hence
their removal to that genus. However, before I enter on a description of
that extensive and beautiful tribe of plants, I will dispose of the three
species which have hitherto been included in Rytiphlea. Figd 98
represents a branch of the very rare R. complanata. I have never taken
this species in any other locality than Cawsand Bay, near Plymouth.
Possibly its extreme rarity may be due to the fact that fruit on this species
is of very rare occurrence; indeed, when Dr. Harvey described this plant
about five and twenty years ago, giving the south of England and the west
of Ireland as its then known habitats, he remarked “‘ that the fruit of this
species had not been found in Britain.” The colour of this pretty species
is a dark brown-red, turning blackish in drying. In freshly gathered
specimens, and before decomposition has set in, the frond is seen to be

. ei ae ‘I[NUIBI 94} TO Ssornsdvo—sopro.yspurd “DUPVWwY190
se tage es a I aydyfy Jo syeTqouvsq yeurmtey, “46 ‘erg — pedwys-[teg (9) “MM;UWep vYDY;UWOpO (v) *96 ‘PTA

‘7 i

SARWAN

©
¢ tS S
_

~
_ ’

‘
i |
: |
‘
‘
‘ .
‘
:
‘
: eS
J
”
,
mn
.
-

RHODOSPERME. 105

beautifully reticulated, and marked at short distances by transverse striz
or slightly curved cross-lines, thus indicating the structure of the jointed
or chambered internal axis, which is clearly visible with the aid of a good
_ lens. This plant does not readily adhere to paper, but if it be soaked
in fresh water for some hours, and afterwards subjected to strong pressure,
careful manipulation will thus be rewarded with a beautiful book specimen.
R. thuyoides, though not rare, is by no means common, though it is found
in rocky tidepools in some situations in large quantities. I have occasionally
found it thus in rock-pools under Mount Edgcumbe. Like the foregoing,

Fie. 99. Rytiphlea fruticulosa.

it isa small species, being rarely over 4in. high. The colour is dark brown,
sometimes even a yellowish olive, but turning nearly black in drying.
This species is intermediate between the foregoing and R. fruticulosa.
Fig. 99 represents a branch of this latter highly beautiful species. The
plant from which it was taken was gathered by me off the rocks at
extreme low water-mark in Whitsand Bay, where it grows abundantly and
in high perfection. The colour of this plant in the growing state is
another instance of the departure from the ordinary characteristic tint of
the Rhodosperms, being usually a true purple, changing to a greenish tint,
L

106 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

and, under the influence of sunlight, becoming an amber yellow or pale
straw colour. The fronds are sometimes from 6in. to 10in. high, very much
branched, and set with numerous more or less tufted multifid ramuli.
These ramuli are frequently tipped with antheridia, which are often pro-
duced so abundantly as to impart a prevailing yellow tint to the whole
plant. Both forms of fructification are very well represented at Fig. 100:
a isa branchlet, producing several little capsules, seated here and there
on the sides of the twig-like branches ; } is a branched ramulus containing
tetraspores in the swollen or distorted articulations.

The beautiful and extensive genus Polysiphonia is represented by some
of its species in all seas, from the poles to the equator. According to
some writers there are upwards of 200 species of these plants known
to botanists, some five or six-and-twenty of which are found on various
parts of the British coasts. They vary greatly in size, in habit, and in
colour; some being nearly 2ft. in length, and others barely 2in. high.
Several species, when fully grown, are robust, bushy, and tree-like, while
others are of extreme delicacy, the branches being finer than the finest
human hair, resembling the most delicate exotic ferns in miniature. In
colour they vary from a brilliant crimson to different shades of brown, red,
and purple, and occasionally even approach a blackish tint. The structure
of their stems and branches is well expressed in the generic name, which
signifies ‘‘ many siphons,” the stems of all containing four or more primary
cells or siphons, those of simple structure having four primaries in each
articulation or joint, while others have as many as twenty four. These
siphons are arranged round a central cavity, exactly like the spokes of a
wheel around the axle-tree, and the regularity with which these siphons
occur as regards number, is generally, in the absence of fruit, a pretty
sure guide for the identification of species. A transverse cutting of the
stem of a Polysiphonia fresh from the sea, placed under the microscope,
or upon aslip of glass, and held under a lens, will reveal the beautiful
structure of these plants most satisfactorily. When viewed thus, the
central tube of some species will be found to be empty, while in others
it is filled with endochrome like that of the siphons around it; and in those
species of a more complicated structure, the main stems are seen to be
coated externally, with more or less numerous small cells, in addition to
their primaries. All these characters are very well represented in Fig. 101.

The following are those species which are most commonly met with on
the British shores. Fig. 102 represents some branches of the well-known
Polysiphonia nigrescens, which is a very common plant found in rock pools
in every situation where seaweeds grow, and, being perennial, is met
with in all seasons; but the only specimens which are sufficiently at-
tractive to the collector are those which are found in the spring, when
the branches throw out their pretty tufts of fine red filaments. The
nearer to low-water mark such specimens are taken the better, otherwise
the stems and lower branches of this species, when dried, become perfectly
black and opaque. The dark colour, or opacity, in the stems of this species

RHODOSPERME A. 107

is, doubtless, due to the large number of siphons, which is generally
twenty, and these being set so closely together, very naturally account

Fic. 100. Magnified branchlets of Rytiphlea fruticulosa. (a) Capsules.
(b) Tetraspores in the swollen ramuli.

for the dark tint of this species. A transverse section of the stem is
seen at a, Fig.101. P. affinis, usually regarded as a rarity, is a variety of
P. nigrescens. The stem contains about sixteen siphons. The ceramidia,

Fie. 101. (a) Transverse section of Polysiphonia nigrescens ; (b) Ditto of P. fastigiata;
(c) Ditto of Polysiphonia fibrata; (ad) Ditto of Polysiphonia parasitica; (e) Ditto
of Polysiphonia variegata.

or spore-vessels of P. nigrescens are ovate and sessile, or produced from
the sides of the branches, but in P. affinis, they are nearly round, and

ie

108 , BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

are seated on little stalks. P. fibrata, so named from the tufts of fibres
which terminate the ramuli of every filament, is a very pretty species,
found very generally on aJl the European shores, and is generally regarded
as one of our commonest species. The fronds are densely tufted and very
much branched, being gradually attenuated upwards to a hair-like fineness.
The articulations and siphons of this species may be very distinctly seen
under a lens. They differ in length somewhat in different parts of the
stem and branches. The siphons are however four, surrounding a small
central colourless tube (c, Fig. 101). The structure of this species is pretty
well represented in the drawings of magnified portions at Fig. 103 ; (a) is
a ramulus or branchlet containing tetraspores in its central articulations,
and is crowned with a tuft of branching fibres; (b) represents an ovate or
egg-shaped capsule, containing within it a tuft of pear-shaped spores ;
(c) is @ more highly magnified branchlet, at the tip of which, and at the
base of the apical fibres, are three large oblong bodies, which in the living
plant are of a bright yellow. These are antheridia, filled with active
granules or antherozoids. These antheridia are frequently so abundant on
this species, that the branchlets which bear them seem as though
they were crowned with a tuft of golden fruit. These bodies, which are
supposed to be the representatives of stamens in flowering plants, are
found on many species of seaweeds; but, as Dr. Harvey remarks, ‘‘ how
they act, or whether they act on the spores at all, has not been ascer-
tained.’”’ A transverse section of the stem of P. fibrata, which contains
four siphons arranged around a central colourless tube, is represented at
c., Fig. 101. P. fastigiata is another common species on which antheridia
are very frequently found. ‘They are produced in tufts at the tips of the
little forked filaments of the plant, and are so conspicuous that they give
quite a yellow tint to the plant. This species of Polysiphonia is parasitic
on Fucus nodosus (Fig. 35), or the “ knobbed wrack.”’ It grows in dense
brownish tufts on the upper branches of the Fucus, encircling the stems
of the plant, its little intertwined branches pointing upwards, about 2in.
in height, and every one of them terminating in a tiny fork. Tetraspores
are immersed in the terminal branchlets. Spores are contained in egg-
shaped conceptacles. The stem contains no less than eighteen siphons,
arranged around a central cavity, which is filled with endochrome. This
cavity is, however, not, as in other species of Polysiphonia, a continuous
tube, buta series of bags of colouring matter, which are separated from each
other at the very slight divisions which occur at the articulations or joints
of the stem and branches, all of which are shorter than their diameter.
A transverse section of the stem is seen at b, Fig. 101. This species
invariably turns black in drying, and adheres very imperfectly to paper.
P. urceolata, so named from the urceolate or pitcher-shaped form of its
spore-vessels, is found growing on the stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig.
46), and some times fringing the shady sides of rock pools, its long red
silky filaments mingling with those of the green Enteromorphw or
Cladophora, with occasionally an olive frond or two of a young Laminaria,

RHODOSPERMES®. 109

forming one of those lovely combinations of colour in rock pools which
algologists love to gaze on. The capsules of this species are seated on the

Fic. 102. Polysyphonia nigrescens,

sides of the branches and ramuli, as seen in a magnified branch at a,
Fig. 105. Tetraspores are formed in the joints of terminal ramuli, as

Fie. 103. Polysiphonia fibrata; (a) Ramulus with tetraspores; (b) Ovate capsules
with spores; {c) Magnified branchlet with antheridia.

represented at 6, Fig. 105, which is a more highly magnified branchlet
of the beautiful variety of this plant, known hitherto as P. formosa. This

110 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

is a more delicate plant than P. urceolata, though its general appearance
is very similar, and the structure is almost identical ; (c) is a section of
the stem, highly magnified. The siphons are four in each of these plants,
and the central tube, though small, is filled with endochrome. There is
another variety of P. wrceolata, ca'led P. patens, from the patent or spread-
ing character of its branches, which are often reflexed or curled at the tips,
and it is very curious that although in the living state this yariety is a
fine red, it frequently turns black in drying, the capsules contracting
and appearing only as little black specks on the stems and branches.
These plants, as well as P. fibrata, are annuals, and should be looked
for in the spring and early summer. P. fibrillosa (Fig. 104) is another
summer annual, which in some seasons is tolerably abundant, and is
met with pretty generally on the British coasts. I have taken speci-
mens of this plant at Hastings which were 12in. long, and frequently
the fronds are found from 8in. to 10in. in length. The stem of
this species is thick and very obscurely jointed, but when the terminal
branches are examined, the articulations are more evident, and the ramuli
are generally distinctly two-tubed, the siphons rather longer than broad.
Tetraspores are produced in these terminal ramuli, which they distort
greatly, as seen at a, Fig. 104, and the tips of every filament are crowned
with tufts of branched and jointed fibres, a constant character which sug-
gested thespecific name of this plant. P. elongata (Fig. 104), commonly known
as the lobster-horn Polysiphonia, (the winter state of the long bare stems
and branches being certainly very similar to the antenne of the lobster)
is a hardy,’robust species, abundant in rock pools and in deep water.
The summer and winter states of this species are widely different. As
winter approaches, the ramuli fall away, leaving the lobster-horn stems
bare and unsightly; but in the spring the branches put forth tufts of
beautiful crimson filaments, each of which is tipped with finely attenuated
fibres, the fruit being borne on the young tufted ramuli. There are several
varieties of this species described by botanists; but I am inclined to con-
sider them as merely different states of the plant, for in all I find the
structure and fructification identical. All the branches and ramuli, but
more particularly the latter, are attenuated at each extremity, an
invariable character which greatly facilitates identification. The stem and
larger branches of the plant are very indistinctly jointed, the surface cells
being so small and so closely packed as nearly to hide the articulations
and siphons. These are only distinctly apparent in the upper branches
and terminal ramuli, as represented in a magnified sprig, at 6, Fig. 104.
The ramulus to the left contains tetraspores, which appear like warty
swellings produced alternately on each side of the stem. Winter specimens
of this Polysyphonia adhere but imperfectly to paper; but spring and
summer plants, when clothed with their flaccid multifid ramuli, are easily
mounted, and form very attractive book specimens. Fig. 106, represents
the charming little plant, P. parasitica, one of the most elegant of any of
the very beautiful genus to which it belongs. Its usual place of growth is

Fie. 105. Branch of Polysiphonia wrceolata, with eeramidia. (b) Branch of Polyst-
phonia formosa ; tetraspores in the joints of the ramulus. (c) Section of stem.

yaw

RHODOSPERME®. 213

on the calcareous alge in deep water, whence its specific name of parasitica.
It is sometimes found growing on the sheltered sides of ledges of rock, at
the extreme limit of low water, and occasionally it is cast ashore in fine
- condition. Several years ago I found some lovely specimens of this rare
Polysiphonia on the beach at Whitley, near Tynemouth. I have also
taken it in Scotland and at Plymouth. The illustration is from the most
perfect of my south Devonshire specimens. Under the microscope a branch
of this species is a singularly beautiful object. The ramification of its
closely set branches is perfectly regular. They are placed on each side of
the stem in alternate series; the same order being observed throughout
the entire plant. The tubes in the articulations, when viewed longi-
tudinally, appear to be pointed at both ends, and are separated by
transparent or colourless spaces. The siphons are eight in number, sur-

Fig 106. Polysiphonia parasitica, magnified.

rounding a narrow cavity. A transverse section of the stem is seen
at d, Fig. 101. The fronds of this rare little plant rarely exceed 3in. in
height, but they are found sometimes in such densely bushy tufts,
that a skilful manipulator may easily make several lovely book specimens
from a single plant—no small advantage when the rarity of this species is
considered. It is, however, widely distributed, being found in Scotland
and as far south as the coast of Cornwall. P. byssoides is so named
from the multifid byssoid ramuli with which the branches are clothed
throughout. Dr. Harvey says, ‘‘ these terminal branched ramuli may
probably be regarded as leaves in an imperfect state of development.
In other species they are only found on the tips of young fronds, and
appear to be actively engaged with the growth of those parts; and while

114 BRITISH MARINE ALG&.

upon other species they are colourless, in this they partake of the usual
crimson or brown-red tint of the plant.’? The structure of this species
under the microscope is remarkably beautiful, every portion of the stem
and branches being distinctly jointed, and the dissepiments or separations
between the articulations being perfectly pellucid or transparent. The
siphons are seven, and surround a colourless tube. Fig. 107 represents two
highly magnified branchlets. The capsules, seen at a, are very elegant
in form, and are produced on short stalks from the upper sides of the
articulations. The tetraspores at b, are arranged in a single series, being »
transformations of the three central joints of the branchlet which bears
them. This handsome species is widely distributed. I have taken it
frequently at Hastings, but much more abundantly at Ventnor, and still
more so, and in very great luxuriance, at Plymouth. The fronds are from
6in. to 14in. long, the colour is a fine deep red, which generally changes
toa brownish red in drying. P. variegata is a remarkably beautiful
species, and, although widely dispersed, is rare on the British coasts. I
have taken it abundantly in the muddy rocky nooks about Plymouth,
but nowhere else. It grows in dense tufts from 5in. to 12in. long. The
filaments are very slender, and are attenuated upwards to the most delicate
hair-like fineness. The upper portions of the plant are a beautiful pur-
plish-red, which is usually retained in drying. A transverse section of the
stem is seen at e, Fig. 101. The siphons are six, surrounding a colour-
less central tube. When viewed under the microscope, the joints of the
base are broader than long, and in the main branches twice as long as
broad; those in the ramuli are short, but they are distinctly marked
with three dark coloured oblong tubes. These characters, which are*
pretty constant in this species, serve to eo it from others
which it somewhat outwardly resembles.

I much regret that the extreme difficulty of preparing satisfactory illus-
trations of this beautiful tribe of plants in the growing state, permits .
merely a brief mention of many species I would otherwise gladly describe.
The noble species P. Brodiwi, which I have taken in the Clyde and on
the Mewstone Rock, near Plymouth, the branches of which were upwards
of 20in. long, would require a plate of folio size to give a fair idea of its
grandeur. This species may be known by its large spreading branches,
which are alternate and have each a distinct main stem throughout. The
stems usually contain seven siphons, the ramuli three or four, rather
longer than broad. The colour is a dark brownish-red. P. violacea is
a beautiful reddish-purple plant, the fronds of which are from 6in. to 12in.
high, having a principal main stem set throughout with long alternate
branches gradually diminishing in length upwards, all of which are
branched again and again, and terminate in tufts of exceedingly slender
ramuli. These ultimate ramuli give a pretty feathery appearance to the
plant, and in mounting on paper, clot together, and so display the beautiful
purple tint of the species to perfection. The joints in the stem, which are
very indistinct, are usually marked with irregularly shaped tubes. In the

RHODOSPERME. 115

ramuli the siphons are two or three, and are twice or thrice as long as broad.
P. elongella, in its summer state, is a highly beautiful plant. It bearsa
strong resemblance to P. elongata (Fig. 104), and, like that species, being
biennial, is unsightly during winter, but in spring is clothed with tufts of
fine rose-red ramuli. The joints of the stem and main branches are all
distinctly marked, and are of equal length and breadth. The siphons are
six or seven, and are separated by beautifully pellucid spaces. This species
is rare, but widely distributed. I have taken it in Scotland and on the
south Devonshire coast. P. atro-rubescens is a species which I have taken
in Torbay and in Whitsand-bay only. It may be known by the little
bundles or bunches of pointed ramuli which are produced alternately along

Fie. 107. Polysiphonia byssoides ; (a) Branch with capsules; (b) Branch with
tetraspores.

the stems, somewhat in the same manner that similarly-tufted branchlets
are set on the branches of Rytiphlwa fruticulosa (Fig. 99). Under the
microscope the tubes in the articulations appear to be spirally curved, a
character which serves to mark this species. A transverse cutting of the
stem reveals twelve or thirteen siphons. P. Agardhiana is a small
variety of this species. P. pulvinata, now P. sertularioides, is a small
summer annual, growing on rocks and alge in dense intricate tufts rarely
more than lin. high. P. spinulosa is an extremely rare species found at
Appin by the late Captain Carmichael. I possess a single specimen of
this plant, taken at Plymouth many years ago, and ever since I have
looked for it in vain. P. Richardsoni, taken on the coast of Dumfries

116 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

by the late Sir John Richardson, is unknown to me. P. Griffithsianes
now regarded as a variety of P. subulata, is found growing on Polyida,
lumbricalis (Fig. 83), in Torbay, though rarely. P. Grevillii found by Dr.
Greville on the shores of Bute, parasitical on the larger shore weeds. P.
Carmicheliana, now a variety of P. fibrillosa, found growing on Desmarestia
aculeata (Fig. 52) by Captain Carmichael. P. obscura, a small and rather
insignificant species, growing in out-of-the-way places, on the roots of the
Fuci and on submerged rocks. P. simulans, a rare though widely-
dispersed species. It has somewhat the appearance of P. spinulosa, the
stems being like those of that species, set with spines or short pointed
ramuli, which hold the branches of the plant together, trying the patience
of the manipulator in disentangling them. Its similarity to some other
species is referred to in the specific name of Simulans. P. subulifera is
another spine-bearing species, possessing little beauty, and not frequently
met with, though dispersed along the coasts of England and Ireland. P.
furcellata is a rare and very pretty little species, all the branches being
terminated by a little fork, the tips of which incline upwards. This
interesting plant is a deep water species. I dredged it in Plymouth Sound
some years ago, but have never found it since. It was taken formerly at
Sidmouth and dredged in Torbay, but for many years it has disappeared
from every locality in which I have sought it. This rareness of some
species and occasional disappearance, at least for several seasons, in others,
is certainly very curious, and has often formed the subject of ingenious
speculation. The causes are doubtless natural enough, if known ; but here
I can do no more than record the fact, that while some species are
abundant, and make their appearance in the same situations with tolerable
regularity, others are rare, and occasionally disappear for many seasons
together, then suddenly reappear in their former habitats, and again as
unaccountably disappear. The genus Polysiphonia contains one species
which was discovered subsequently to the publication of the “ Phycologia
Britannica.’”’ Its name is Polysiphonia fetidissima, so called on account
of the strong and by no means agreeable odour which it emits during the
process of mounting, forming a strange contrast to that of other species,
some of which exhale a perfume as delicate as violets. P. foetidissima is
very similar in growth and ramification to P. fibrata, and indeed some algo-
logists, I believe, consider it to be merely a variety of P. fibrata, though
the colour is very much darker, inclining to a blackish tint; and it is
curious that the odour emitted by each of these species is alike, that of
_ P. fetidissima being rather the more disagreeable of the two.

The genus Dasya, or hairy-branch, is a numerous and considerably
diversified group of plants, all being more or less remarkable for their
brilliant crimson hue. Of the British species, the largest and most
abundant is the handsome and well-known Dasya coccinea, or the scarlet
dasya, a branch of which is represented slightly magnified at Fig. 108.
The plants in this group are chiefly characterised by the tufts of thread-
like jointed ramuli which clothe all the branches of these algw, and are of

RHODOSPERME. 117

a similar structure to the fibres which are found on the tips of many of
the Polysiphonie, but while in that genus these fibres are nearly always
colourless, and perish as the plants advance towards maturity, and are not
jn any way connected with the fructification of the plants, in the Dasye
they are brilliantly coloured, and are as enduring as the plants themselves ;
the stichidia, or vessels which bear the tetraspores, being a transformation
of portions of these tufted ramuli. The ceramidium, or spore-vessel, is
also a metamorphosis of some of these ramuli, and is an interesting and
beautiful object for the microscope, a number of crimson pear-shaped
spores being distinctly visible through the semi-transparent walls of the

Fie. 108. Dasya Coccinea.

fruit-vessel. The stichidia are oblong lanceolate pods, suddenly pointed
at the tips, and contain the tetraspores, which are arranged in a series of
transverse bands. D. coccinea is a summer annual. Small stunted forms
are met with growing in pools between tide marks, but luxuriant specimens
are only obtainable in sheltered situations at extreme low-water mark,
though occasionally they are cast ashore from deep water. The most
favourable situations for this species, known to me, are the bays around
Bovisand near Plymouth, and the shores west of Ventnor, in the Isle of
Wight. D. ocellata, so named from a fancied resemblance which the tips

118 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

of the tufted branches bear to the eye-like spots on the peacock’s tail-
feathers, is a small and rare species, seldom more than 2in. high. It
grows on muddy rocks at extreme low-water mark. The ramuli, which
are very abundantly produced on each side of the stems, are so fine and so
Closely set, that a satisfactory figure of the living plant is hardly possible ;
I therefore present my readers with the representation of a highly magnified
branchlet (Fig. 109). In this species the ramuli are forked, and are of
extreme tenuity. Lanceolate stichidia, which point upwards in the
direction of the main stem, are seated on the upper side of the ramuli.
D. arbuscula, or the shrub-like dasya, is another small and rare species,
about 4in. high. It is excessively branched and bushy, the branches being
densely clothed with forked-spreading ramuli, which are so crowded at the
tips as to give the outline of the plant the appearance of a bunch of
crimson feathers. I have taken beautiful specimens of this species on the
shaded side of the great Mewstone Rock, near Plymouth. Fine specimens
are sometimes taken on the Irish and Scottish coasts. In this country
D. ocellata rarely produces ceramidia, but D. arbuscula is as frequently
found with capsules as with stichidia, but the form of the latter is very
distinct in these species; those of D. ocellata being long, narrow, and
drawn out to a fine point; while in D. arbuscula they are oblong, obtuse at
the tips, and terminate with a mucro or short spine. The ceramidia of
this genus are very pretty objects. They differ considerably in form in the
various species. That represented at Fig. 110 is the characteristic capsule
of the Jersey species, D. Venusta, now D. corymbifera. It is produced,
as I have said, from the branched ramuli, and is a transformation of one of
the branches on the lower side of the tufts, the spores being developed
from the endochrome or colouring matter of the joints of the ramulus. D.
Venusta, or D. corymbifera, is a highly beautiful species. It is abundant
in the Channel Islands, and occasionally cast ashore on the coast of
Sussex. D. punicea, the purple dasya, is another rarity, and is also of
small size. I have never found it growing, but have picked it up on the
shore near Brighton, where it has also been taken by my friend Mrs.
Merrifield, one of the most accomplished algologists in England. D. Catt-
lowie is unknown to me, and, so far as I know, has been met with in the
Island of Jersey only, where it was discovered by Miss Cattlow, in 1858.
The Order Corallinacee, so called from the coral-like appearance of many
of these vegetable productions, contains a large number of very remarkable
plants, all of which have the singular property of absorbing carbonate
of lime into their tissues. Some of them are filiform or stringlike, and are
branched in a pinnated or dichotomous manner, the wing-like or forked
branches being composed of a succession of chalky articulations. The
root of these is an expanded crust-like disc, which is firmly attacked by
its under surface to the rocky sides of tide pools. Other branching species
are parasitic on various kinds of seaweeds, while several of the lowest
forms of this order are thin, stony incrustations, spreading over the surface
of rocks ; and some others, of a similar structure, are found firmly attached

Fie. 109. Terminal branch of Dasya ocellata, highly magnified.

Fig. 110. Portion of a stem with ramulus of Dasya venusta, showing the
ceramidium with spores.

: -)
aneneeeal ar a

ee
ee me

ae #
Pas

RHODOSPERMEA. 12]

to the fronds of several of the membranous algz. Most of these latter
species belong to the sub-crder Nulliporew, some of which vegetate only
in deep water, and are thus unobtainable except by dredging. The
plants of this Order are found in all seas, but are most abundant in warm
climates, and some of the tropical species are among the most beautiful
and curious of the oceanic flora. Many of these plants were formerly
regarded as of an animal rather than of a vegetable nature, and until
lately they were classed among the zoophytes or polyp-bearing corals.
They are, however, now known to be true vegetables ; for upon the plants

Fig. 111. Coralluna officinalis.

being immersed in strong acid, the limy coating of their fronds is
dissolved, and the vegetable structure is at once revealed. The fructi-
fication in this Order is tetrasporic, but, curiously enough, is, for the most
part, contaized in conceptacles which are very similar in form to those
which, in other genera, contain spores. This assemblage of plants consists
of two distinctly marked sub-orders. ‘The first of these, called Coral-
linee, contains the branched and jointed species. Fig. 111, represents a
branch of the well-known Corallina officinulis, the most abundant of th
M

122 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

British species. It is found in rock pools at all seasons of the year, its
pretty rose-red fronds fringing the sides of the pools, and in the fruiting
season being dotted here and there with little white roundish or urn-shaped
ceramidia, which are produced from the terminal joints of the ramuli,
or sometimes from the sides of the branches, two or more egg-shaped
capsules springing from the same joint, but always of the same chalky
white colour. The fronds vary in length from 2in. to 6in. or more,
according to the depth of water in which they grow, or the shelter afforded
them by the larger algw. The species C. squamata is rare, and though
very similar to the foregoing, may be known by the form of its upper
joints, which are much flatter than those of C. officinalis, and the upper
angles are pointed and distinctly prominent.

The genus Jania, from Janira, one of the Nereides, contains two small
species, which are parasitic in dense pinky tufts on several of the smaller
alge. Jania rubens is found on all parts of the British coasts, while J.
corniculata is chiefly an inhabitant of the southern shores of England
and Ireland. Fig. 112 represents terminal branches of both species highly
magnified; a, is a terminal sprig of Jania rubens, b, of J. corniculata,
These plants, in the living state, very closely resemble each other, but
the microscope reveals a very marked difference. In J. rubens, it will be
seen that the joints have rounded angles, while in J. corniculata, the
angles are sharp and prominent, and the articulations taper a little at
the base. The ceramidia in each have long horns like the antennz of
a beetle, and in J. corniculata these horns are each tipped with a cerami-
dium, from the upper angles of which spring two horn-like ramuli, generally
somewhat incurved at the tips.

The second sub-order of the Corallinacee contains that curious group
of marine productions which, to outward appearance, bear little resem-
blance to plants (unless it be some of the crustaceous lichens), and possess
little beauty to recommend them to the notice of any but scientific
botanists. These are the Nullipores, some of which are foliaceous, and
free or unattached; others are merely chalky incrustations, spreading over
rocks and stones, and some few have their place of growth on the fronds
of other seaweeds. Most of these are included in the genus Melobesia ;
but as many of them are inhabitants of deep water, or otherwise not
generally accessible, and rarely met with in good condition, I will merely
describe one or two species that are frequently found on the fronds of Phyl-
lophora rubens (Figs. 113 and 149) and Chondrus crispus (Fig. 162). These
are Melobesia verrucataand M. pustulata, the former of which is a thinchalky
expansion of irregular shape attached to one surface of the seaweed ; the
latter is also of irregular form, but generally oblong, and it sometimes
incrusts both surfaces of the plant on which it grows. A frond of
Phyllophora rubens, at Fig. 118, represents the manner in which Melobesia
pustulata is constantly found attached to this red seaweed, defying all
attempts at mounting the alga on paper until the calcareous parasite is
scraped off. The little roundish dots on the surface of the Melobesia

RHODOSPERMEA. 123

o
are ceramidia, with a pore or opening at the top, through which, at maturity,

the tetraspores escape into the water. The name Melobesia is from one of
the sea-nymphs of Hesiod. One of the commonest of these encrusting

Fig. 112. Terminal branches, highly magnified, of (a) Jania rubens; (b) Jania
corniculata,

marine productions is the well-known Hildenbrandtia rubra, which is
frequently found in extensive patches ofa beautiful rosy tint on rocks near
low-water mark, or lining the lower surfaces of tide pools under the

Fie. 113. Melobesia pustulata, parasitic on Phyllophora rubens.

shelter of the Fuci or Kelpweeds. This species is a thin membranous
crust, and is attached so firmly to the surface of the rock, that it is
impossible to separate a portion for preservation as a specimen. This

124, BRITISH MARINE ALG.

curious production was formerly included in the Oorallinacew; but its
structure, which is more of a leathery than a stony nature, has caused
it to be removed from the calcareous order of marine alge, and associated
with a small group of singular plants, which, like itself, are either circular
or irregularly shaped patches of a red or brownish-red colour, which are
found on stones and shells, or attached by means of minute fibres on their
under sides to the surfaces of rocks. The order Squamariew has been
formed for their reception. In addition to the species just described, I
will merely mention the names of the others, since they possess very
little interest for the ordinary collector. They are as follows: Peyssonelia
Dubyt, Petrocelis cruenta, Cruoria pellita, and Cruoria adherens.

The Order Spherococcoidee, so named from the roundish form of the
fruit, is an assemblage of seaweeds, of a rosy or blood-red colour, some of
which are leafy, others consist of broad, expanding, cleft, or laciniated
membranes, and some few are filiform, and more or less branched. At the
head of this Order stands the genus Delesseria, named in honour of

M. Delessert, a French botanist; and here I must express my regret that.

the charming plant, which until recently was known as Delesseria sanguinea,
has been removed, not only from this genus, but has been placed in
another Order, ‘‘a measure,” writes Dr.‘ Harvey, ‘‘ rendered necessary
by the new principles of arrangement developed by Professor Agardh,”
whose system is now generally adopted by algologists. In outward
appearance, and even in the internal structure of its stem and leaves, this
fine species is a true Delesseria, but the structure of its fruit being very
different from that of the Sphwrococcoidee, it has very properly been
transferred to the Order Rhodymeniacee, and is now known as Maugeria
sanguinea, @ name which was given to it by S. O. Gray, Esq., in his
work on “ British Seaweeds,’ published in 1867. However, for the con-
venience of those who have been accustomed to regard this plant as Deles-
seria sanguinea, I will figure and describe it before I pass on to a de-
scription of the beautiful leafy plants now included in the genus Delesseria.

Maugeiia sanguinea, represented at Fig. 114, is one of the most striking
and beautiful of all the British red seaweeds. In its perfect summer state
when grown in favourable situations in deep water, the fronds are from
Gin. to 8in. or 10in. long, and from 2in. to 6in. wide; each leafy expansion
has a short stalk and a distinct midrib with veins on each side, the margin
of the membranous leaves being entire, and often beautifully waved, so
that when fully grown plants are mounted on paper, they present the most
beautiful variety of pink and deep red tints, owing to the folding over of
the delicate membranous margins. Occasionally in proliferous specimens,
long narrow leaflets are thrown out from the midrib of the primary
leaves. Small but beautiful forms of this leafy plant are found sometimes
in shady rock pools, but always submerged, and mostly under the shelter of
the larger olive weeds. The winter state of this plant is very different to
its summer condition. All the delicate wavy margin disappears, and from
each side of the midrib springs a series of ovate leaflets (sporophylla), in

Mi YY
Uy Ys
ay

Fic. 114. Maugeria sanguinea.

Fig. 115. Delesseria simuosa.

=
“4,
-
‘
’
‘
’
’
-
i =
:
‘
:
‘
‘

ee

-

f
{

| j n tu J - iE ‘ .

ot

—n

=—-——-<,

RHODOSPERME &. 127

which the tetraspores are placed. Tubercles (on other individuals of the
species), which are produced on short stalks, fringe the stems and midribs,
and contain the spores. Old stems which have not been disturbed during
winter put forth a new crop of leaves as the spring advances, and I have
always observed that the colour of these biennial specimens is always
more brilliant than that of plants of the first season. This species is found
in tolerable abundance all round the British coasts ; itis met with on most
of the Atlantic shores of Europe, and in several situations in the southern
hemisphere. It is easily displayed on paper, and is deservedly a universal
favourite. Delesseria sinuosa, represented at Fig. 115, commonly known
as the ‘*‘ Oak-leaf Delesseria,’’ is extremely variable in the size and form of
its leaves. Some are long, narrow, and sinuated, jagged or cleft from the
margin to the midrib; while others are broad and hardly cleft at all, being
very slightly sinuated or indentated, such specimens bearing a very striking
resemblance to young oak leaves. Its place of growth is on the stems of
the deep water Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46), portions of which are often
cast ashore with splendid bunches of this Delesseria attached to them.
In this species the midrib is very distinct, and in full grown plants is
strong and wiry, presenting occasionally no small difficulty in mounting
the specimen in a natural position. Each lobed portion of these oak-like
leaves is traversed by a prominent vein, which arises on each side of the
midrib and terminates only with the margin of the leafy membrane. These
veins in the leaves of the Delesseriw, are nothing more than a closer
aggregation of deep-coloured cells; but the mid-ribs, although composed
entirely of cellular matter, thicken and harden into a wiry, stick-like sub-
stance, and become the stems from which subsequent branches and leaves
are produced. The colour is a deep brownish red, turning to a greenish
yellow in decay. Spore-bearing tubercles are produced in the midribs;
tetraspores are placed in little slender marginal leaflets, which are some-
times so abundant, that the leaves of such specimens appear as though they
_were fringed with cilia. This species is biennial, and is abundant on the
Devonshire coasts, being particularly fine in Torbay and in the neigh-
bourhood of Plymouth. D. alata is the most common species of this genus.
It grows in rock pools under the shade of the Fuci, or kelpweeds. and on the
stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46). The fronds vary in length from 3in.
to 10in. or more. They are much branched, and all are furnished on each
side of the midrib with a winglike membrane, which is entire at its margin,
and varies in width from one line to jin. In mounting luxuriant specimens
of this plant, it is very desirable to cut away superabundant branches ;
otherwise the delicate membrane on each side of them cannot be effectively
displayed ; neither can the beautiful transverse striz with which its surface
is marked be made out under the lens, unless the branches are separated
from each other. Spores are contained in spherical tubercles produced
from the midrib; tetraspores are placed in leaflets which arise from
the angles of the upper branches, or sometimes on each side of the midrib
in the tips of the terminal branches. Fig. 116, represents a branch of D.

128 BRITISH MARINE ALGZ.

alata. In Fig. 117, a, is a magnified branch, showing the manner in
which the tetraspores are arranged on each sideof the midrib, when they are
produced in the branches of this species. The variety angustissima is

Fig. 116. Delesseria alata.

the narrowest in the frond of any form of this species with which I am
acquainted ; and so far as my experience goes, it is peculiar to the northern

Fie. 117. (a) Branchlet of Delesseria alata; (b) D. ruscifolia; (c) vertical
cutting of tubercle of Nitophyllum Gmelini.
coasts of England. During two seasons of seaweed gathering, on the shores
north of the Tyne, I always met with this extremely narrow form, and ,
never with the broader varieties which are common on the southern shores.

RHODOSPERME. 129

But, as regards the species D. angustissima, I can only say, I have never
met with it in the growing state; the only specimen I possess was given
to me by the late Dr. Cocks, of Plymouth, who received it, with some
_ others, from Mrs. Griffiths, of Torqray, that lady having found it in
Torbay, about the time it was discovered by Mr. Brodie, more than fifty
yearsago. The fructification of this rare plant seems to me to be identical
with that of D. alata, and the only difference that I have been able to
discover between it and the narrowest form of D. alata in my possession,
is the extreme tenuity, or perhaps even the absence of the lateral membrane
which is always present in the narrowest form of D. alata, var. angustis-
sima. In Fig. 117, b, is represented an enlarged leaf of the pretty species .
D. ruscifolia. The leaflet arising from the midrib shows the order of
growth in this proliferous species, luxuriant specimens being like balls of

Fie. 118. Delesseria hypoglossum.

crimson leaves. This is the smallest of the genus, and though it is some-
times found on the stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46), its more frequent
place of growth is on mud-covered rocks near low-water mark. Many
years ago I used to take it in great quantity and beauty on the muddy
rocks near Mount Batten at Plymouth. In our iliustration the coccidium,
or spore-bearing tubercle, is represented (as is usual in the Delesseriv) as
produced from the centre of the midrib, a short distance only below the
tip of the leaf. Tetraspores are arranged in oblong groups on each side of
the midrib, and generally near the tips of the rounded leaves of the plant.
The colour is always a rich deep crimson, and with a little judicious
pruning, this species makes an exquisite book specimen. The only British
seaweed with which this species may be confounded is D. hypoglossum,
represented at Fig. 118. In this, however, the fronds are longer and
N

130 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

narrower, lanceolate, or pointed at the tips, and of a much lighter colour,
being of a pale rose or delicate pink. The fronds of this species are
tufted and originate in a single lanceolate leaf, having a distinctly marked
midrib, from which it throws out other similar leaves, and from these are
produced others, which in turn bear another series; and in this manner
the primary leaf-like frond becomes clothed with leaves of various lengths,
which spread out in the water, and give a somewhat circular outline to
the plant. Coccidia are produced on the midrib, as represented in our
illustration ; tetraspores are disposed in long narrow lines on each side
of the midrib, near the tips of the leaves. Barren specimens are generally
the most luxuriant, those in fruit being much narrower, and of a paler
colour. This beautiful species is annual. It grows in shady rock pools
and on the stems of the Laminaria. It is rare in Scotland, but tolerably
abundant on the south coast of Devon, and particularly fine at Plymouth,
and at Bantry Bay, in Ireland.

Very nearly related to Delesseria is the genus Nitophyllum, a tribe of
membranaceous plants, which are distinguished chiefly by their more or less
broad lobes, rather than leaves or branches. None of these plants are
furnished with a midrib, though some species have tolerably distinct veins,
very strongly marked at the base, but vanishing gradually as they ascend
into the upper divisions of the plants. Most of the species in drying have
a fine polished shining surface, whence the generic name of Nitophyllum, or
shining leaf. The fine species, Nitophyllum Hillie (Fig. 119) was named
by Dr. Greville in honour of Miss Hill, who discovered it. The plant
arises from a small disc-like root, and rapidly expands into a roundish or
fan-shaped frond, from 8 inches to 20 inches in circumference, which is
cleft all round its margin into irregularly shaped lobes of large size. Veins,
more or less waved, arise from the base, and sometimes spread over the
surface of the frond. Globular tubercles containing spores are scattered
over the whole of the plant. Tetraspores are produced in the upper part of
the lobes, and being very minute, appear like little granular spots. The
colour is a fine rose red, which it preserves in drying. N. Bonnemaison is
very rare, though found on all the British shores. It grows on the stems
of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46). The fronds are seldom more than 4in. long,
the segments are deeply cleft, and are about as broad as long. The
tubercles are smaller than those in N. Hilliw, but the groups of tetraspores
are larger. The substance is much more delicate than that of the fore-
going species, and the colour is a beautiful rose pink. N. Gmelini is
another somewhat rare species. I have found it at Hastings, though
once only; but at Plymouth it is generally abundant and sometimes of
large size. The fronds are more or less deeply cleft, some specimens being
even jagged at the margin, others having beautifully rounded lobes, and
occasionally some are divided into long ribbon-like segments, while all
have. a distinctly rounded outline. The colour is a deep “red, often
inclining to a brownish purple. Tubercles are scattered over the surface
of the frond, but the tetraspores are invariably produced in groups just

RHODOSPERME. 131

within the margin. A vertical cutting of one of the tubercles or coccidia
of this species, very highly magnified, is represented at c. Fig. 117.
The spores are developed in the terminal cells of the branched threads
which arise from a placenta, or basal projection, in the centre of the
tubercle. The arrangement of the spore-threads and production of the
spores at their tips, is very similar in the coccidia of the Delesseriw, but the
form is a little different. The tubercles in the Nitophylla are usually
longer than high, when viewed as represented in Fig. 117; but in the
Delesserie they are more generally spherical, and the spore-threads are set
more upright and closer together. N. laceratum (Fig. 120) is one of the most
abundant of the genus. It grows underthe shelter of the larger alge, and is
often found attached to Corallina officinalis (Fig. 111) in rock poolsabout half-

Fig. 119. Nitophyllum Hillie.

tide level. In form and size it is very variable, deep-water specimens only
being of large size, and broad in the segments of the frond; theseare generally
found on the stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46). In shallow pools this
species rarely exceeds 6in., but I have gathered specimens on the shore at
Exmouth and near Plymouth that would easily have covered a folio page.
Fig. 120 was taken from one of my Exmouth plants, the fronds of which
were 12in. long. This species, when viewed in clear rock pools under
the influence of sunlight, is beautifully iridescent. The fronds are
dichotomous, or branched by repeated forkings ; the margins are sometimes
smooth and even, but more frequently waved and notched, and occasionally
the long segments are twisted or curled, and very much interwoven.
Some specimens are fringed with little ciliated or narrow leafy processes,
nN 2

132 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

and one small variety has its laciniations hooked at the extremities in the
shape of a sickle. The lower parts of the frondsare very distinctly veined.
Spherical sori or round tubercles are scattered here and there over the
fronds, but not numerously ; tetraspores are arranged in spots within the
margin of the segments, or borne in the leaflets which fringe the fronds in
some specimens. The colour is usually a rosy pink, sometimes inclining to
a pale purple. This species does not always adhere well to paper. When-
ever I am troubled in this way, with good plants of this or any other
species, my invariable rule is to immerse them, paper as well, in skimmed
milk, and then dry and press them as before. This process does not affect
the colour or condition of the plants in any way, but it causes them to
adhere permanently to the paper, more satisfactorily than by any other
method J have ever heard of. N. versicolor is, par excellence, the rarity of .
this genus. It is seldom, if ever, found growing, being most probably a
deep-water plant. Minehead, and down the coast above and below IIfra-
combe, are the only localities in this country where it is found cast ashore.
The plant, which is seldom more than 2in. high, arises from a short but
distinct stem, and expands into a fan-shaped frond, which is cleft into a
few more or less rounded segments. The colour is rose-red, changing to a
bright orange by contact with fresh water; hence the specific name of
versicolor. Tubercles, very recently discovered on a specimen taken at
Ilfracombe, and identified as such by Mrs. Merrifield, of Brighton, are
scattered over the upper part of the lobed segments. This is, I believe,
the first recorded instance of the fruit of this rare species having been
detected on British specimens. Occasionally specimens are found with the
tips of the lobes curled over and hardened into processes which, some
writers believe, dropoff at maturity and develop into new plants. This
opinion was communicated to me by Miss Gifford, of Minehead, a well-
known and highly scientific botanist, who has had such frequent opportu-
nities for observing the appearance of this curious plant, and the constant
development of the callous tips of its fronds, that I am inclined to accept
this lady’s explanation of the object of these singular apical processes
‘on the fronds of N. versicolor, Fig. 121 represents a portion of one of
Miss Gifford’s plants, of the natural size. I will now describe two
forms of that highly beautiful species, N. punctatwm, specifically named
from the numerous and very distinct dots or groups of tetraspores so
frequently found on these plants. The forms are so numerous that
botanists name and describe no less than five distinct varieties.

These beautiful plants are attached to other sea-weeds, but they mostly
grow in deep water, and are found in some form or other on all the British
coasts. The typical form, as represented at Fig. 122, is at first a broad
wedge-shaped membrane, which grows out into a dichotomously divided
frond; each division terminating in several short, finger-like lobules, with
rounded axils and tips of a lovely rose-colour, the lower portions of the
plant being of a paler tint. Mature plants sometimes attain a circum.
ference of 2ft. or more. Tubercles are scattered over the surfare of the

4

Fic. 120. Nitophyllum laceratum.

Fig, 121. Nitophyllum versicolor.

‘
fn 4

ee Se ee

RHODOSPERME Ai. lao

fronds ; tetraspores, which are very numerous when present, are produced
in groups of large size, and these are sometimes confined to the segments
of the frond. Their number, size, and brilliant colour afford marks by

(i

wy

Fig 122. Nitophyllum punctatum.
which every variety of this-species may always be recognised. In the
variety, N. ocellatum, Fig. 123, the tetrasporic spots are particularly large ;
and they are rendered still more striking by being developed in the long,

Fie. 123. Nitophyllum punctatum, var. Ocellatum.

narrow, linear segments into which this variety is cleft down to the base
of the frond. The margins of all the divisions are perfectly smooth and
flat; while in the variety crispatum, and others, the segments are similarly

136 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

cleft, and are curled, waved, or fimbriated at the margins—characters
which serve to denote varieties, though they all undoubtedly belong to the
Same species—differing in form merely in different localities, or from some
circumstances connected perhaps with climatic influences affecting their
growth. My largest specimens were taken in Plymouth harbour, the
segments of which were from 6in. to 10in. long; but these are pigmies in
comparison with specimens found in the north of Ireland, some of which
are over 3ft. in length and 2ft. in breadth. Among the recent additions
which have been made to the marine flora of this country is that of the
new species Nitophyllum thysanorhizans, discovered by Mr. Holmes at
Plymouth. The peculiarities of this new species consist, firstly, in the
position of the tetraspores, which are placed within the terminal lobes of
the segments ; secondly,’of a series of minute veins, which traverse the
fronds throughout; and, thirdly, in the production of tufts of root-like
processes, which fringe the margins of the segments.

The two plants Calliblepharis ciliata and C. jubata were, until lately,
included in the genus Rhodymenia; but as the structure of their spore-
producing organs does not accord with the principle of fructification in the
Rhodymeniacee, the genus Calliblepharis has been formed for their recep-
tion, and now they follow the Nitophylla in the Order Spherococcoidee.
With the first of these (Calliblepharis ciliata, Fig. 124), both names
have reference to the beautiful eyelash-like cilia, which border the
segments of the fronds and contain the spores. The plant arises from a
creeping fibrous root, and is at first a narrow pointed leaf, from 3in. to
6in. long, tapered at the base and acute at the tip; the cilia, which are put
forth from the margin, develop into branches similar in form to the primary
leaf, and thus the species becomes foliiferous, each leafy segment being
ciliated on each side, and sometimes even on the surface. At maturity,
which is reached on the approach of winter, the spherical tubercles begin
to appear, swelling the cilia about the centre, and bending the tips down
at an angle which gives these little processes a remarkable resemblance to
a duck’s head, the sporiferous nucleus in the rounded angle occupying the
place of the eye of the bird. This peculiarity is represented at b (Fig. 124).
The tetraspores, which are contained in cloudy patches, are dispersed over
the surface of the fronds. The colour varies from a dull pink to a full red.
‘he plant is annual, and is cast ashore allalong the south coast of England.
U. jubata (Fig. 125), is nearly allied to the former species, and is frequently
mistaken for it by young collectors. It is, however, a summer annual,
and fruits before autumn ; it is frequently found growing abundantly in —
rock pools; but C. ciliata fruits in winter, and is thrown ashore from
deep water. The tetrasporic fruit of C.jubata is also produced in a different
situation, being confined to the cilia, in which the spores are also produced,
In early growth the cilia of this species are short and needle-pointed ; but,
as the plant advances towards maturity, they lengthen and become filiform,
and in luxuriant specimens they curl and twist round the fronds, and even
round those of other plants near them, like the tendrils of a creeping

RHODOSPERME®. 137

land-plant. In shallow pools the colour of this species often loses all its
fine red tint, and becomes a pale olive or dull yellow; but in shady situations,

Fig. 124. Calliblepharis ciliata. b. Magnified cilia with tubercles.

or when cast ashore from deep water, the colour is a full rich red, which
generaily becomes darker in drying. As the fronds of these plants are

Fie. 125. Calliblepharis jubata.

tolerably thick and of a somewhat leathery substance, they are apt to
shrink in drying, and crimp the paper in an unsightly manner. When

138 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

this is the case (and it always occurs with mature plants), I vefloat the
specimen in sea water and mount it afresh on another sheet of paper,
when, if it fail to adhere firmly, I have recourse to the milk jug, as
already described.

The curious plant which is represented by a magnified branch at
Tig. 126 is called Spherococcus coronopifolius, a name which, though
highly characteristic, makes me regret that this, like multitudes of other
red seaweeds, has no common name. My non-classical readers must be
‘content with the information that the names of this species signify,
** spherical fruit crowning the foliage or branchlets.’? The coccidia, or
spore-bearing tubercles, are produced just below the tips of the ramuli; the
apices being continued beyond the fruit-vessel in the form of a short mucro
or spine. This species is rare in Scotland, but is cast ashore on the South
of England and Ireland, some seasons rather plentifully. Several years
ago I took large and beautifully fruited specimens at Ventnor, thrown
ashore for several days in succession; and in 1873 fine specimens, also
in fruit, were sent to me from Cornwall, by H. Goode, Esq., an
enthusiastic and successful collector. The colour of this plant is a fine
scarlet, but the substance is so crisp and horny, that a considerable amount
of pruning of its rigid branches is necessary before the plant can be
mounted effectively on paper. Even then it adheres but imperfectly, and
recourse must be had to the plan I have more than once recommended in
these pages, that of refloating and immersing the specimen in skimmed
milk.

The genus Gracilaria, from the Latin gracilis, in allusion to the slender
branches of the typical species, contains a variety of widely. dispersed
plants, some of which are employed in the manufacture of glues and
varnishes. One of our rare species, G. compressa, having a soft brittle
frond, makes a capital preserve, as well as pickle. The late Mrs. Griffiths,
of Torquay, presuming this species to be identical with an Indian alga
known as ‘‘ Ceylon moss,’’ made an experiment with the British plant, and
found it to answer equally well as a pickle and a preserve. G. compressa is
a deep-water species, but is thrown ashore on various parts of the
Devonshire coast. The fronds are tufted, and arise from a disc-like root.
The branches are long, and are set alternately along the stem, whichis ~
cylindrical, but somewhat flattened at the sides, the branches being similarly
constructed, but tapered at the base and the tips. Tubercles of large size
are produced plentifully on the sides of the branches. Tetraspores, which
are very minute, are concealed in the branchlets. The colour is a dull
pink; the plant is annual, and is in perfection from July to the end
of August. Fig. 127 represents the common species, G. confervoides. This
is a most variable plant; the *tronds are tufted, and are from din. to 20in.
long. The branches are by no means numerous and are very irregularly |
disposed; they are roundand string-like, and taper at both ends. Roundish
tubercles are scattered on all sides of the branches. The colour is a dull
red, which changes to a pale yellow on exposure to sunlight, and in decay

RHODOSPERME. 139

becomes a waxy white. The species is perennial, and is abundant on the
British coasts. The rare and beautiful species, G. multipartita, Fig. 128,
is dredged in Plymouth Sound, where it attains very unusual dimensions,

Fig. 126. Terminal branch of Spherococcus coronopifolius (magnified).

the fronds being often over 12in. long, tufted and branched so as to spread
out into a circle of 2ft.in circumference. The fronds are cleft nearly to
the base, the branches are flat and are numerously and irregularly divided.

Fig. 127. Gracilaria confervoides. Fig. 128. Gracilaria multipartita.
y L

When first gathered, the fronds are soft and brittle; but in drying they
shrink and become tough, and adhere tolerably well to paper. The cap-
sules are large and prominent, and are scattered abundantly over the

140 BRITISH MARINE ALGZ.

frond. The culour is a dull purplish red, occasionally marked by delicate
tints of pink, and in drying, is tinged here and there with faint shades
of green. Although this species is a rarity, it is widely dispersed, being
found in various situations north and south of the equator.

The genus Gelidium, which was formerly included in the extensive Order,
Cryptonemiacee, is now the only British representative of the newly
arranged Order, Gelidiacee, a group of plants of a horny or cartilaginous
substance, which are represented in one form or other in almost all seas.
The well known Gelidiwm corneum is a most variable plant; so mu¢h so,
indeed, that in order to characterise the numerous forms satisfactorily,
Dr. Harvey has named and described no less than thirteen varieties, all of
which are found in various situations around the British coasts. The
figures of the varieties which I am about to describe are from branches
of plants in my possession, each of which is typical of its particular variety,
and these will help students to identify similar plants of this genus,
the varieties I have figured being those most commonly met with. In
Fig. 129, a represents a branch of variety flzzwosum, the fronds of which are
from 2in. to 4in. high. The branches are long and narrow, but decreasing
in length as they approach the summit of the stems. The branches are
mostly opposite, spreading out widely from the stem, and sparingly set
with short, blunt, or sometimes pointed ramuli; b is a larger branch of
the var. pinnatum. The fronds are from 4in. to 6in. high. They are more
copiously branched than the foregoing, and the stems are thicker, and they
are set throughout with spreading pinne or wing-like branches, which are
blunt at the tips; c is the pretty and very distinct var. latifolium, so
called from its very broad flat stem and branches. The fronds are usually
3in. or 4in. high ; the secondary branches are mostly simple, but all are set
with short bristle-like pinnule or ramuli. In Fig. 130, d is a terminal
branch (slightly enlarged) of var. pulchellum, the fronds of which are
about 4in. high, capillary or hair-like: long, thin, and generally straight, the
stems being set on each side with short pinnez, mostly of uniform length,
tapered at their insertion, and obtuse or blunt at the tip. The spore-bearing
tubercle of this genus is called “‘favellidium,” and this is usually elliptical
in form, and is produced just below the tips of the ramuli, which it
swells or bulges out, the central portion being of a deeper red than the
rest of the pinnule. A fruited branch of a narrow form of Gelidium lati-
folium is represented at e, Fig. 130. Most of the short ramuli on each
side of the stem bear favellidia near the tips. Var. aculeatum, is a
somewhat rarer plant than the foregoing, the fronds are about 2in. high,
irregularly divided, but much branched, the lesser branches being some-
what crowded towards the summit of the stem. All the branches have
acute tips, and are set with short, spreading, sharp-pointed ramuli, a
character which is constant, and is referred to in the specific name.
A frond of this variety is represented at f, Fig. 130, enlarged about a third
of the natural size. Two very curious and rather rare varieties are re-
presented in Fig. 131, where g is a terminal branch of var. crinale, the natural

7 +".

Fic. 129. Gelidiwm corneum :—(a) var. fleruosum ; (b) var. pinnatum ;
(c) var. latifclia..

Fig. 130. Gelidiwm cornewm :—(d) var. pulchellum; var, latifolia in fruit ;
(f) var. aculeatum.

Fig. 151. Gelidium corneum :—(g) var. crinale; (h) var. abnorme.

RHODOSPERMEA. 143

size. The fronds are hair-like and very thin, seldom over 2in. long, sparingly
branched below, but forked above, and usually terminating in one or two
trifid tips; h, is a small branch of var. abnorme, a very curious form,
found chiefly on the Cornish coast. The fronds are about 2in. high, the
‘branches are alternate, and produce here and there two or three very short

Fie, 132. Nemaieon multifidum.

ramuli, which are either deflexed or set at right angles with the stems. This
variety is also found on the Cornish shores. One of the smallest of this
group is the tiny var. clavatum, the fronds being scarcely 2in. high; the
branches and ramuli are attenuated at their insertion and club-shaped at
the tips. This variety is found in Scotland as well as on the south coast
of England. The granular fruit of these plants, which is usually disporic,
being apparently composed of two parts only, is placed in the ultimate
ramuli or lesser branchlets. The colour of most of them is generally a
dull red, becoming lighter in decay, but the var. latifolium is always a
bright rich red, and when found growing in shady rock pools under the F uci,
the colour is often a brilliant crimson. These horny plants rarely adhere
well to payer, but when they are nicely displayed and thoroughly dried,
they may be permanently secured to paper by applying to the under side of
the fronds a mixture composed of isinglass dissolved in spirits of wine.
The Order Helminthocladiee is a small group of plants, most of which
are composed of branching filaments, set in a kindof loose but tenacious
gelatinous matter. When gathered fresh from the sea they are remark-
ably like a lot of slimy worms entwined together, hence the name of the
Order, which signifies ‘‘ worm-like branches.’’ The spores of these plants
are round and very minute, and are borne on branched filaments which
radiate from the axis of the stems. They are not produced in conceptacles
of any kind, but are merely attached to the gelatinous threads which form
the periphery or outer margin of the frond. Tetraspores are borne in the
marginal cells of the external filaments. Fig. 132 represents a complete
plant of Nemaleon multifidum, the names signifying ‘‘much-divided crop
of threads,”’ in reference to the division or branching of the fronds, and
the numerous threads or filaments of which they are composed. The

144. BRITISH MARINE ALG.

fronds vary from 3in. to 6in. in length, and are irregularly branched from
the base, the branches terminating in a fork; some are trifid, and others
have a terminal tuft of even four or more ramuli of different lengths.
This plant grows on rocks, but its most frequent place of growth is on the
shells of the Balani or sea-acorns. Its colour is a dull brownish purple.
Favellidia, containing a globular mass of spores, are produced within
the marginal filaments of the frond. This species is annual. It is widely
dispersed, but nowhere very abundant. Helminthocladia (formerly Nema-
leon) purpurea, is a rare deep-water plant, though occasionally found
growing at extreme low-water mark, but of stunted form and sparingly
branched. Specimens from deep water are from 12in. to over 2ft. in length.
The main stem is tapered at both ends, and is set on each side with
branches of similar form, which are irregularly and sparingly provided
with ramuli. Instances, however, occur, of very luxuriant forms of this
species, and in such, the stem and branches are very thick, round, and soft
to the touch, and are plentifully, but always irregularly, set with ramuli of
various lengths. Two lateral branches from a large deep-water specimen
are represented at Fig. 133, a third less than the natural size. The colour
of this plant in the living state is a rich reddish purple, and, under the
microscope, as Dr. Harvey has so beautifully said, in describing its
structure, ‘the axis of the stem is composed of colourless, branching,

Fig. 1383. Helminthocladia purpurea.

longitudinal threads, and the apical cells of the horizontal filaments, which
are thrown out on all sides to the circumference, cause the stems and
branches of this plant to appear as if studded with red beads set in trans-
parent glass.’ Round masses of spores are concealed within these
radiating filaments. This fine species is a summer annual. It occurs

oe ee Ler Nee ee

4 - e ’
A~ |
é ‘
~~. Se 4
- a d *)
~ Va sy” :
ene ” s
é ; - 4
.
2 . f é
; | . . x
' 4
_ ‘ £; 4 2 |
‘+s Ld
. = ~ ; |
. ri ;
} Noo
4 f

}
2 ‘
c-
; i, | : ‘ : 4 “ ’ 4 Ty =.
. i a +4 ss a i] - A - a
at - 2 ‘ = | et - ; ,
e: 4 x ’ ‘ «* » '
7 fag ‘ ‘ ; a 7
- *. ' > .
F | = :
, # | a

* Te)

rolls

ere SS

ld 5

a a

Fie. 134. Branch of Helminthora divaricata.

Fre, 135. Scinaia Furcellata,

RHODOSPERME. 147

in the west of Ireland, but I have taken it only on the south Devonshire
coast. Helminthora (formerly Dudresnaia), divaricata, is a summer
annual, which, in opposition to some writers, I must pronounce to be a
rarity. It is widely distributed in northern latitudes, and occurs on some
of the south coasts of England. I have taken it nowhere but in Whiting
Bay, Isle of Arran, and there I met with it two seasons in. succession.
Fig. 134 represents a slightly enlarged branch of this species. The fronds,
which ave from 6in. to 14in. high, are tufted and densely branched, and set
throughout with short, curved, and divaricating ramuli. The substance is
very soft and gelatinous. The colour is a brownish purple, and the
structure, under the microscope, is as remarkable and beautiful as that of
the foregoing species. Little masses of purple spores are concealed among
the tufted filaments that radiate from the centre of the stems and branches.
Scinaia (formerly Ginannia) furcellata, is a summer annual that is cast
ashore in the south of England, some seasons rather abundantly. The
fronds are from 3in. to 6in. high, and are branched by repeated forkings,
the tips regularly ending in a little fork, whence the specific name.
Fig. 135 represents a branch of this species. The stem and branches are
cylindrical, and are of a soft pulpy substance. Under the microscope, the
fibrous axis of the plant appears almost like a midrib, from which slender,
forked, horizontal filaments radiate towards the margin of the frond, within
which, and at the tips of the radiating branched threads, the spores are
produced, being, in fact, a transformation of the terminal cells of those
filaments. Tetraspores, which have recently been discovered by me in
Torbay specimens, are immersed in the surface cells of the fronds. The
colour is a bright red, which, with care in the mounting and pressing of
this plant, is retained in drying. All the species of this very gelatinous
tribe of plants require particular treatment in preparing them as specimens
for the herbarium. The best plan is, after having washed them well in
sea-water, and freed them from parasites, to display them on paper in the
usual way, in a dish of sea-water; then place the papers containing
them in an inclined position for a few minutes, so that the water may
drain away ; then lay them upon one of the boards of the press, and gently
place the muslin or calico covering over the plants, then the blotting paper
over the calico, and a similar piece of blotter under the paper on which the
plant isdisplayed. On the top of all place a board, but apply no pressure.
Experience alone will direct the Jength of time the plants should be
allowed to remain thus, but my advice is to change the blotting paper at
least twice during the first half hour, and then, after the second change
of blotters, apply very gentle pressure for a few hours, after which,
change the blotting papers once more, and increase the pressure some-
what for a day, and finally give stronger pressure for a day or two,
-when, upon releasing the plants, the manipulator will be fully rewarded
for his patience and industry.

The Order Wrangeliacee consists of two genera, which were formerly
placed in two widely separated divisions, but owing to the difference of

148 BRITISH MARINE ALGZ.

structure in the spore-bearing organs of these algz to that of the groups
with which they were originally associated, and their agreement in
general structure with each other, they are now included in an Order
which was named by Professor Agardh in honour of Baron von Wrangel,
a Swedish naturalist. Fig. 136 represents a branch of the beautiful
species, Wrangelia multifida. It is usually found on the shaded sides of
deep rock-pools near low-water mark. It is rare in Scotland, but more or
less abundant during the summer months on the west coast of Ireland,
and is generally taken in fine condition from June to the end of August,
near Plymouth and elsewhere on the coast of Devon. The plant is from
6in. to 10in. high, but I have taken specimens at Bovisand Bay, below the
Plymouth Breakwater, which were over 2ft. in circumference. The fronds
are tufted and densely branched, the stems and branches are composed of

Fic. 186. (a) Branch of Wrangelia multifida. (b) Portion of stem and
branchlet magnified.
single jointed tubes, and each articulation bears, just below the joint, a
whorled tuft of multifid, incurved, branched ramuli. The joints of
the stems and branches are many times longer than broad, and they are
all marked in the centre with a broad siphon filled with crimson endo-
chrome, The spores are contained in favelle, which are inclosed in what
is termed an ‘‘involucre,’? and these are produced on stalks which
arise from amidst the whorls of little ramuli; and it is curious that
specimens which produce this form of fruit, present a stunted, scrubby
appearance, as though they were old, or out of condition ; whereas
barren plants, or those in tetrasporic fruit, are much larger, the branches
are clothed luxuriantly with crowded secondary branches and branchlets,
well supplied with bushy tufts of ramuli,and the colour is a brilliant rose-

RHODOSPERME&. 149

red. The tetraspores are seated on the upper side of the joints of the
whorled ramuli. A variety of Wrangelia, called +

(a4

pilifera,” is found

Fig. 1387. Branch of Naccaria Wiggji.
in Plymouth and in Torbay; the chief difference being in the much
greater length of the ramuli, which appear as though they were drawn

Fig. 138. Portion of stem and branch of Naccaria Wiggii (magnified),
with frwited ramult.
out into long tendrils, most of which are simple or very slightly branched.
This plant is extremely difficult to figure satisfactorily, but it is hoped

150 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

that the slightly enlarged branch in our illustration, in addition to the
magnified portion of the stem and branchlet beside it, will help students
in the identification of this beautiful species, when they may fortunately
meet with it. The delicate and extremely rare Rhodosperm, Naccaria
Wiggii, was named in honour of Naccari, an Italian botanist, and speci-
fically, in compliment to Mr. Wigg, of Norfolk, who discovered it.
Fig. 187 represents a branch of this species, which is one of the rarest
of our marine algz. It is a summer annual, and is found chiefly along
the south coast of England. The fronds are from 4in. to 10in. long, and
are excessively branched. The stem and branches are solid but flaccid,
and the whole plant is so soft and gelatinous to the touch that it requires
the most skilful management and patience to display its beautiful
branching fronds effectually. It adheres closely to paper, but pressure
must be applied very gradually, or the soft gelatinous fronds will stick
to the calico, and tear off upon its removal. The stems and branches of
this plant are abundantly set with very minute ramuli, which taper at each
end; and in the centre of these the fructification is produced, which
causes them to swell and become somewhat spindle-shaped. This is well
seen in the representation of a magnified portion of a stem and branch at
Fig. 1388. The granular appearance on the surface of the ramuli indicates
the sporiferous nucleus within. The colour is a fine rose-red, which is
destroyed by the slightest contact with fresh water. There is a variety
of this species known as N. hypnoides, which is extremely rare. It differs
from the typical form, chiefly in certain peculiarities of structure which
are only appreciable under careful microscopical examination, a course -
with which few of my readers are likely to trouble themselves.

The brief description I have given of the Wrangeliacee concludes
my account of the British seaweeds which are included in the first
series or subdivision of Rhodesperms, called Desmiospermee.

The second great series of red seaweeds contains the lesser organised
families, and these are included under the title Gongylospermee, or plants
whose sporiferous nuclei, or spore-bearing organs, contain numerous spores
congregated without order in each nucleus, or seed receptacle. First in
this series is placed the order Rhodymeniacee. The plants of this Order
are characterised as purplish or blood-red seaweeds, with an inarticulate,
membranaceous, or sometimes filiform frond. The root is generally disc-
like, sometimes branched, and occasionally very much matted. The leafy
expansions of the frond are seldom symmetrical, the sole exception being
that of Maugeria (Delesseria) sanguinea, which is also the only species
possessing a distinct midrib. The plants of this Order are widely dis-
persed, representatives of most of our genera being found in various parts
of the globe. Some of the plants of this group are among the best of our
edible seaweeds. The well-known Rhodymenia palmata, called “‘ Dulse”’
in Scotland, and “ Dillisk” in Ireland, is collected on all parts of the
coasts, including those of the northern English counties, and is even
carried to the markets of country towns, where it is sold and eaten with

Fie. 139. Rhodymenia palnvata.

Fie. 140. Rhodymenia palmata

var. sobolifera.

RHODOSPERMEA. 155

potatoes, sometimes being boiled, but in many places eaten raw, just as it
is gathered fresh from the sea. Cattle and sheep are especially fond of
it, and the latter always eat it with avidity whenever they find their way
to the rocks where it grows, or is castashore. The genus Rhodymenia,
as formerly described by Dr. Harvey, contained many beautiful species
which Professor Agardh has recently transferred to other genera, and now
it is represented in Britain by two species only. Maugeria sanguinea
having been already described, I direct the reader’s attention to Fig. 139,
which represents the characteristic deep-water form of Rhodymenia
palmata. There are several varieties of this common plant found on our
shores ; some are attached to rocks, or parasitical on the shore Fuci and
the stems of the Laminarie. In the Mediterranean it has long been
extensively used in ragot#/s and many other simple dishes, and Dr. Harvey
described it as being the chief ingredient in a soup recommended to the
Irish peasantry by the celebrated Soyer. The fronds of this species are
from 3in. to 2ft. long, very irregularly divided, the typical form being more
or less palmate or hand-shaped, the margins of all the divisions being
entire, the bases of the frondlets or branches always tapered, and the tips
invariably obtuse or rounded. The colour varies from a dull brown-red to
a deep red, turning to a pale yellow, or sometimes a greenish tint in decay.
Tetraspores are scattered in cloudy patches over the whole frond.
Although this species sports in such a variety of forms, there are four
recognised varieties, which may be described as follows :—Variety Mar-
ginifera, the frond of which is fringed all along its margin with a series
of leaflets of various lengths ; var. Simplex, in which the frond is a long
wedge-shaped, undivided leaf; var. Sarniensis, the frond being laciniated

Fig. 141. Rhodymenia palmetta.

or cleft into a tuft of long, narrow segments; and var. Sobolifera, the

most distinct and characteristic variety of the species, very well repre-

sented at Fig. 140. The frond arises from a short stem, and soon expands

upwards into irregularly cleft wedge-shaped branches, laciniated and very

much jagged at the margins and tips. This particular form [ have in-
By

154 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

variably found growing on the long stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46).
Rhodymenia palmetta (Fig. 141) is a rarer and very much smaller plant.
It rarely exceeds 2in. or 3in. in height and breadth. Its pretty little
fronds are usually fan-shaped, and are divided rather numerously by
repeated forkings, which are rounded at their axils, the tips being pointed

Fie. 142. Rhodymenia palmetta—var. Nicwensis,

or tapered. The stem is long in some specimens, but very short in others.
Tubercles are borne near the tips of the sezments or sometimes on their
margins. Tetraspores are also produced in the terminal forks, and appear
like little cloudy spots within the margins. This form of the species is
usually parasitic on the stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46). It is
annual, and is found from May to August. The very pretty and distinct
var. Nicwensis (Fig. 142) I have always found growing on rocks at extreme
low-water mark. Our illustration was taken from a very perfect specimen
found by me outside the Castle rocks at Hastings. In this species the
fronds are tufted, and arise from a narrow horny stem ; the forkings are
few, and the segments are cleft nearly to the base, each division being
long, narrow, and rounded at the tips. The substance is at first very
rigid, but it becomes soft and pliable in drying, and adheres very well
to paper. The colour is brighter than that of the former plant, being of a
beautiful rose-pink. The plant is a summer annual, and, like the fore-
going, is widely distributed, but is usually considered a rarity, its
diminutive size doubtless causing it to be frequently overlooked. Euthora
cristata, which was formerly a Rhodymenia, is an extremely rare summer
annual, found only on the northern coasts of this country, but pretty
generally on the Scottish shores and at the Orkneys. This beautiful little
plant, so rare in England, is one of the commonest species in America,
where it is frequently found producing both kinds of fruit ; the tubercles
being, however, generally observed on the upper margins of those with
broad segments, tetraspores on specimens with narrow crested branches.
Both of these forms of the species are represented at Fig. 143, the
narrow variety being slightly enlarged. The fronds of this species are
about 2in. high. Those of the narrow variety are usually divided into

Fie. 143. Two varieties of Euthora cristata,

Fie. 144, Two varieties of Rhodophyilis bijida. (a). Form producing tetraspores.
(b). Luxuriant but barren plant.

—
a
.
‘
—,
ie
ue

Fioss

a

af Sap amate

BoOPTs
“&
:
:

a
5
a

““
<
a
+
-
‘4
—_
+

’ ? is fg
Ree ae ee
nn uate Lats

yee im ne baa

r——— ee Le —-

b |
i woe ote ou eM ae wane ae

: = * pe ¥ ‘

RHODOSPERME. 157

two or three principal sections, with very crowded branches, which expand
in a fan-like manner, and are prettily crested at the tips. The colour is
a fine rose red, that of the tubercles is much darker and the plant when
-young generally adheres very well to paper.

Rhodophyllis (formerly Rhodymenia) bifida, is a rare summer annual,
which grows on rocks in the sea, but is usually a deep-water plant, hence
the difficulty in obtaining specimens in good condition. It is found
on most of the British shores, though rather rarely in Scotland. The
fronds are tufted and very densely branched. In barren specimens the
segments are usually wide and not so deeply cleft at the margins and tips
as those which produce fruit. The tubercles are globular, and are either
seated on the margins or are sometimes dispersed over the surface of the
upper divisions of the frond. Tetraspores are produced in little cloud-like

Fie. 145. Plocamiwm coccinewm.

spots within the margins, or scattered near the tips of the upper lobes.
Fig. 144 represents the two varieties I have just described. Var. ciliata,
as described by Dr. Harvey, is now raised to the rank of a species, under
the name of Rhodophyllis appendiculata. The margins of the frond of
this plant are fringed with little leaf-like processes or cilia, and in these
the tetraspores are placed. The colour of these plants is a fine pink or
rose-red ; and although when taken from the water they are like bunches
of crisp leaves, they soon become soft and flaccid, and adhere very well
to paper.

The genus Plocamiwm is represented by some of its species or varieties
in both hemispheres. Our own beautiful and well-known Plocamium
coccineum, dear to amateur algologists and seaweed picture makers,
is well represented at Fig. 145. This is the commonest and certainly one

158 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

of the most elegant of the branching series of British alge. It is also one
of the easiest to display on paper; its fine shrub-like branches being
tolerably fiat, and presenting few difficulties in arranging, even to the
most inexperienced manipulator. The fronds arise from a fibrous root,
and are from 3in. to 12in. high. They are very much branched and bushy,
but vary greatly in the size and breadth of stem and ramuli, according to
the depth of water in which they grow. Their beautiful little compound
or comb-like ramuli, on specimens found in shallow rock pools, are so fine
and closely set, that, without recourse to a magnifier, I have often known
collectors mistake such plants for Callithamnia; but specimens which are
cast up from deep water have broad fiat stems, even in the second and
third series of branches ; the numerous sets of awl-shaped ramuli which are
set in rows like the teeth of a comb, chiefly on the inner face of the
branchlets, are distinctly-apparent even to the naked eye, and, when once
known, serve to distinguish this favourite species at a glance. The colour
of this plant is generally a bright red, and specimens may he mounted
equally well in sea or fresh water ; in fact, I have picked up plants on
the shore after a heavy shower of rain, that were of the deepest crimson;
but on exposure to strong sunlight for any length of time, the fronds
become perfectly white or colourless. The capsules of Plocamiwm are
about the size of small poppy-seed, and are seated on the sides of the
upper branchlets. Tetraspores are contained in little star-like receptacles
called ‘‘ stichidip,” which:are seated on the inner face of the ramuli; but
as they are strictly microscopic a strong lens is necessary even to detect
them. One of these branvhed receptacles is represented at Fig. 146. The
tetraspores are scattered near the tips of the terminal divisions.

‘The genus Cordylecladia is represented on the British shores by the
solitary species ‘Cordylecladia erecta, a complete plant of which is repre-
sented the natural size at Fig. 147. This rare little alga was formerly
included in the. genus Gracilaria. Its new name signifies “chord,” or
“ string-like branch.’? The fronds, which are tufted and very sparingly
branched, grow up from a disc-like base, which is usually so imbedded
in sand that the: -apper portions only of the little erect stems are visible ;
and this peculiarity of habitat, in connexion with the small size of the
plant, may probably account for its rarity; for although it is widely
distributed along the shores of the British Islands, specimens are by no
means abundant, either in public or private collections. The fronds are
rarely over 2ing high ; the’ plant grows in rock pools, is perennial, and
fruits in winter. The capsules of this species are very prominent, and
are produced, ore or less abundantly, in clusters, or on each side of
the upper parts of the stems and branches, as seen in our illustration.
The colour is a’ dull red, ‘the substance is stiff and rigid, and the plant
does not readily adhere to paper; therefore when specimens are dried,
I recommend an application, to the under side of the stems, of the
mixture made from isinglass dissolved in spirits of wine.

The Cryptonemitcere “are an extensive Order of plants, which may be

RHODOSPERME. 159

characterised as purplish or rose-red seaweeds, with a stringlike, or some.
times expanded, and occasionally somewhat leafy, frond, having roots
generally discoid, but in some instances clasping or creeping fibres. This
Order is the largest and most widely dispersed of the Rhodosperms, species

Fig. 146. Stichidium of Plocamiwn,
highly magnified.

Fie. 147. Cordylecladia erecta.

of many of the genera being found on the Atlantic shores of both hemis-
pheres, in the Mediterranean, and in the Indian oceans. Some species are
found on the north-west coast of America, and others are abundant in
the Southern Ocean, while one species at least, which is so rare in this
country, viz., Gigartina Teedw (Fig. 160), is considered quite a common
plant on the south European shores, where it is frequently found in fruit—
a fact which has never been recorded of specimens taken in Britain. Several
of the Cryptonemiacee might be used as articles of food; the well-known
Carrageen moss, formerly used medicinally in consumptive cases, is com-
posed of two species, Chondrus crispus (Fig. 162) and Gigartina mamillosa
(Fig. 161), both of which may be boiled down to a jelly, and when mixed
with milk or meal makes a far more wholesome article of food than
indifferent potatoes or other vegetables; and that pretty membranous
plant, Iridea edulis, as indeed its specific name implies,is by no means
an indifferent esculent, in spite of what some writers have said to the
contrary, for the flavour when cooked, is, as I have found, remarkably like
roasted oysters. The title of this Order is derived from the characteristic
form and situation of the Favellidia of most of these plants; each
favellidium consisting of masses of spores which are developed within
the substance of the frond, or, as Dr. Harvey says, “ either wholly con-
cealed beneath the surface cells, or their place is indicated by a minute

160 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

pore through which the spores are finally liberated.’’ Fig. 148 represents
a frond of the beautiful and very rare species, Stenogramma wterrupta.
The fronds of this plant arise from a small discoid root. The stem, which
is very short, soon expands into a broad, fan-shaped branching membrane ;
the segments are flat and cleft, somewhat in the manner of those of
Rhodymenia palmetta (Fig. 143), but the colour is much brighter and
richer, being a deep rose-red, especially so when the plant is in fruit, and
then it is impossible to mistake this brilliant species for anything else.’
The narrow line or nerve which traverses the segments of the frond, but
broken or interrupted here and there by a short space, is thickened about
the centre, and is of a brilliant crimson. These swollen portions of the
nerve contain the conceptacles, which at maturity are filled with a vast
number of very minute spores. Fig. 148 (b) represents a vertical cutting
of a conceptacle, the spore mass within raising the upper and depressing
the under surface of the central portion of the segment, the inner stratum
being composed of large colourless cells, the rich red endochrome being
confined to the external layers of small cells on each surface of the
frond. This rare plant is annual; it is taken in Cork Harbour; at
Minehead, in Somerset; and washed ashore in several situations near
Plymouth. Usually, British specimens are from 2in. to 5in. long, but I
have dredged some in Plymouth Sound, which were over 8in. long, and
several of the divisions which had been injured at the tips had thrown out

Fie. 148. (a) Stenogramma interrupta; (b) Vertical cutting of conceptacle
magnified.

a new series of segments from the broken parts, all of which were branched
in the same manner as the primary frond. This curious plant is found on
the Californian and Spanish coasts, and at New Zealand. It was formerly
called Delesseria interrupta by the elder Agardh ; butits more recent name

RHODOSPERME. 16]

is very characteristic, as having reference to the narrow nerve or line in
the centre of the laciniations, which is interrupted at short intervals just
below the forkings of each segment.

. The genus Phyllophora has also a very appropriate name, which signifies
“‘leaf-bearers,’’ in reference to the leaf-like membranes which by prolife-
rous growth are thrown out from the apices and surfaces of the segments
below them ; and in luxuriant specimens this system of branching, or leaf-
bearing, is sometimes repeated by a continuous series of simple or branching
leafy lobes, especially in the largest and most common species, Phyllophora
rubens, very well represented at Fig. 149. The fine plant from which this
illustration was taken, I found in Whitsand Bay, near Plymouth. The
cvlour was a fine rich crimson, and the expanded fronds described a circle

Fig, 149. Phyllophora rubens.

of 2ft.6in. The spores in this species are contained in scattered tubercles
and also in nemathecia, warty excrescences on the surface of the frond,
which are composed of strings of jointed filaments, some of the joints
of which are sometimes converted into spores. Tetraspores are placed in
small leafy processes or collected in patches, called ‘‘ sori,’”? near the tips
of the fronds. VP. rubens is perennial and fruits in winter. It is common
on the southern shores of England and Ireland, but is rare in Scotland.
P. Brodiwi is, however, abundant on the eastern coast of Scotland, but
rare in England. The typical form of this species has a more distinctly
cylindrical stem than the foregoing, and the upper divisions and segments
of the frond are narrower and fewer, though produced on the same
principle. The colour is rarely so brilliant as in P. rwbens, and the plaut

162 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

seldom attains the dimensions of that species. Fig. 150, represents a
beautiful form of this species, described by Dr. Harvey as P. Brodiai,
var. simplex, the fronds of which have stems about ltin. long, expanding
into beautiful rose-coloured lobes twice or thrice forked, but not usually
producing another series of segments. This variety is very rare. The
plant from which our illustration was taken, was gathered by me in Torbay
this summer (1873). The fronds were about 2in. in length, the colour of
the stems was a dark brownish-red, that of the leafy portions, brown-red
tipped with rose-pink. P. palmettoides (Fig. 151 a) is the smallest and the
rarest of this genus. The fronds, which are numerous, arise from a broad
fleshy disc. The stem is short and filiform or string-like, about an inch
high, terminating in a simple or rarely more than once divided leafy
expansion of a cuneate or wedge-shaped form. These little fronds some-
times throw out tiny leaflets from their tips or their surfaces. Tetraspores
are the only form of fructification I have observed on this species, and
they are contained in transverse sori in the form of an ellipse near the
tips of the fronds. I took this pretty little species once only, many years
ago, in the neighbourhood of Plymouth; this season a very pretty form
of the plant has been taken on the Meadfoot rocks, near Torquay, by
Mr. and Mrs. Josiah Field. This rare little plant bears a very strong
resemblance to the early state of P. Brodiwi, from which it may generally
be distinguished by the much greater expansion of its discoid base, the
stems being more distinctly separated from each other, and the leafy parts
of the fronds being a more decided rose colour, that of P. Brodiwi being
brown-red or inclining to purple. P. membranifolia, Fig 151 6, is much
more frequently met with than either of the two species just described.
The fronds vary from 6in. to 10in. high; the stem is filiform or even
stick-like, but the branches suddenly expand into prettily fan-shaped
forked or cloven frondlets, which sometimes, but rarely, bear a second
series of segments. The tubercles of this species are borne on little
stalks thrown out from the upper side of the branches. Nemathecia,
which are frequently produced, occupy the principal inner surface of the
frondlets; they are of a darker tint than the plant, and are of angular
form, similar in fact to that of the division or frondlet in which they oceur.
I have taken this species at Shanklin, in Torbay, and at Plymouth. Itis
-like the rest of this genus, perennial, and fruits in the autumn and winter,
Most of the species are troublesome to mount on paper, as they are apt
to shrink in drying and are often very much encrusted with zoophytes
or some of the calcareous alge. These annoyances are easily scraped
away while the plants are still in the mounting dish, and when they are
partially dried, they may be re-floated and mounted on fresh paper, when,
with good pressing, they will adhere tolerably well; if not, a slight
application of dissolved isinglass to the under side of the loose or rigid
parts will secure them permanently.

The genus Gymnogongrus, from the Greek, soutien ‘exposed wart-like
excrescence,”’ in reference particularly to the fructification of one of these

’

Fig. 150. Phyllophora Brodiwi— var. simplex.

Fig. 151. (a) Phyllophora palmettoides. (b) P. Membranijolia.

ie
Dee
Pe as > y
Sis

i
abt

J 7 ry .
a

pe

ce

ne ele

Ss a
-
7
Ps
Apt
hey,
*
¥t
=

.
—
*
2
uw

*
®
ft .
' rs
* a"?
‘
:
> Hi
a,
*" :
:
»
Salles
ta 4
Fae an

RHODOSPERME®. 165

plants, contains only two species which are found in Britain. Fig. 152
represents a very characteristic frond of Gymnogongrus Griffithsie, bearing
several gongri or nemathecia. These curious bodies are composed entirely

Fic. 152. Gymnogongrus Griffithsie.

of necklace-like strings of tetraspores, which in the living state under the
microscope are as brilliant as tiny rubies, and each tetraspore is faintly
marked with a cross, hence the term “‘cruciate,’’ as applied to tetraspores

Fie. 153. Gymnogongrus Norvegicus.

so divided. The fronds of this little plant are tufted, and each has a
distinct stem about half an inch long, which suddenly branches out into
@ slender but densely entangled frond, dichotomous or forked, the axi

166 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

rounded, each division terminating either in a lengthened branchiet or a
fork, the tips of all being obtuse or rounded, the whole plant being of
nearly uniform thickness throughout. This species is perennial, and fruits
in the autumn. It is found in various situations from the Orkneys to
the South of England and in Ireland.

The companion species to Gymnogongrus Grifithsie, G. Norvegicus,
Fig. 153 (formerly Chondrus Norvegicus) is very frequently mistaken for
narrow forms of Chondrus crispus (Fig. 162), from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its thinner substance and by the axils of the forked divisions,
which are less rounded than in Chondrus, and, also, the segments of its
fronds seldom vary much in length and breadth; the stem also is more
cylindrical and the fronds are more regularly dichotomous. Our illustra-
tion, like that of the foregoing species, was drawn from the plant the
natural size. The fronds in each are about 2in. or 3in. high, and more
or less tufted. Favellidia of small size are sometimes found, imbedded in
the frond, but nemathecia are more frequent. These are scattered over
the frond, and, like those of G. Grifithsie, are composed of beautiful
filaments like strings of minute jewels. The colour of this plantis a full
rich red. Though originally found in Norway, and specifically named
** Norvegicus,”’ it is abundant during the spring and summer at Brighton
and all along the coast to Devon and Cornwall. It occurs also in Ireland
and in some parts of Scctland. Both of these species are troublesome in
displaying and mounting, but directions for manipulation in such cases
have already been copiously given. Ahnfeltia (formerly Gymnogongrus)
plicata, Fig. 154, is probably one of the least attractive of the Rhodo-
sperms to the ordinary collector. The fronds, which are from 3in. to 10in.
ong, are very slender, wiry, and excessively entangled, often infested with
parasites, which, although disfiguring the specimen, assist somewhat in
attaching the rigid branches of this species to paper. Once having
mounted a specimen of this uninviting plant, the student will never fail to
distinguish it, even by the touch, for there is no other seaweed with fronds
so stiff, wire-like, and horny. I have found it in various parts of England
and in Scotland, but its characters are the same everywhere. The
fructification consists of wart-like masses encircling the stems ; and once
only I have met with a specimen which bore capsular fruit, the little spore
vessels being sessile or stalkless, attached to the side of the branches
somewhat like the tubercles on Gracilaria confervoides (Fig. 127). The
colour is a brownish purple, but owing to the extreme tenuity of the
fronds, which are hardly thicker than a hog’s bristles, this plant appears
almost black when freshly gathered, but it turns a yellowish or waxy
white in decay or by exposure to sunlight.

Fig. 155 represents the terminal portion of a branch of Cystoclonium
purpurascens, better known by its former generic name of Hypnea. This
is a very common plant on most of the British shores. The fronds vary
from Gin. to 2ft. in length ; the main stem, which rises from a fibrous root,
is bare for an inch or two, and then it is thickly set on each side with

RHODOSPERME. 167

wide-spreading branches, which throw out several series of similar lesser
branches bearing ramuli more or less abundant, luxuriant specimens being
excessively bushy and very difficult to display on paper without a con-

Fic. 154. Ahnfeltia plicata.

siderable amount of pruning. Tubercles containing spores are produced
in the ramuli, solitary, or in pairs one above the other; tetraspores are
imbedded in the branchlets, as represented in our illustration. The colour

Fie. 155. Cystoclonium purpurascens.

of this species is very variable; in early growth it is a reddish purple, but
on exposure for a day or two it turns a pale yellow, and in drying, it
shrinks and becomes a dull red purple, or sometimes nearly black, and

168 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

does not always adhere very satisfactorily to paper. There is a variety of
this plant sometimes met with, called ‘‘ cirrhosa,’”’ the branches of which
are long and less bushy, the terminal portions being prolonged into littie
curled processes, somewhat like the tendrils of a creeper, by means of
which the branehes of this variety are occasionally found attached to other
plants.

To those of my readers who have not followed the numerous changes
which have taken place in the systematic arrangement and nomenclature
in the science of algology, it will doubtless be matter of surprise to find so
many familiar plants described in these pages under new and very
different names. Several of these have been already disposed of, but I
have yet to speak of many others. About five-and-twenty years ago Dr.
Harvey, in describing the natural character of the plants included in the
old genus Rhodymenia, observed, “‘ This is an ill-defined genus, and will
probably be eventually broken up into several;’’ and most literally have
his words been verified, for of the various species which originally con-
stituted this fine group of plants, many have been scattered far and wide,
and among.those which have been so treated is the splendid alga repre-
sented by a fruited branch at Fig. 156, formerly Rhodymenia, but now
Callophyllis laciniata. This handsome species, rather than Rhodymenia
palmata (Fig. 139), was probably in the mind’s eye of the poet when he wrote
of its crimson leaves being like “a banner bathed in slaughter;” for
although he calls it ‘‘ dulse,’’ which is the common name for Rhodymenia
palmata, the fronds of this species can scarcely be called crimson, while
those of Callophyllis are always so. The fronds of this species arise from
a small disc, and are from 3in. to 12in. long. The stem is very short, and the
fine membranous fronds soon expand into more or less numerously forked
segments, most of which are rounded or sometimes laciniated at the tips.
Tubercles are borne in little leafy processes which fringe the margin of
the segments, as represented in our illustration. Tetraspores are con-
tained in dark patches along the margins, and I have occasionally found
specimens with spots of tetraspores thickly scattered over the whole sur-
face of the frond. This plant is widely distributed. I have taken it in fine
condition, in fruit as well as in the barren state, in Torbay and around
Plymouth; and one season, near Tynemouth, on the splendid sands at
Whitley, the shore was red for upwards of a mile with multitudes of
specimens of this superb Rhodosperm. It is biennial, and fruits in winter.
Some specimens do not adhere very well to paper, and are also apt to con-
tract the surface; when this is the case, the plant should be dried in the
ordinary manner, and when it has ceased to shrink, the specimen must
be floated over again and mounted on another piece of paper, when, if
after drying and pressing once more it fail to adhere, it must be refloated
in milk, but the blotting papers should be changed once after a quarter of
an hour’s pressure, and then strong pressure must be applied for a day or
two, after which the plant will remain permanently fixed to the paper.

Kallymenia reniformis, Fig. 157, when grown in favourable situations

RHODOSPERME. 169

is a very showy plant, and though rare, is found in various localities from
the Orkney Islands to the south coast of Devon; where, particularly at

Fic. 156. Callophyllis laciniata.

Plymouth, I have gathered magnificent specimens, the kidney-shaped
lobes of some being over 4in. wide and Gin. long. The frond of this
species arises from a tiny stem, and is either solitary or produced in

Fie. 157. Kallymenia reniformis.

groups of various dimensions thrown out from the margin of the stem. The
substance is thick and fleshy and the colour is usually a deep rich red,

Q

170 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

sometimes in decay being tinted with shades of yellow and green. Favel-
lidia, or masses of spores, but of small size, are scattered over the frond ;
tetraspores, which are still more minute, are imbedded in its substance.
The species microphylla, so named from the small size of its membranous
lobes, might easily be mistaken for the young state of the foregoing, but
the different position and arrangement of its conceptacles are considered
of sufficient value to constitute this plant as a species distinct from K.
reniformis. I have never seen this plant in fruit, but in Dr. Gray’s
‘‘ Handbook of British Waterweeds’’ the conceptacles are described as
‘‘ emerging from one side of the frond only, nearly flat above.”’

The genus Gigartina, from the Greek for ‘“‘ grapestone,’’ which the tuber-
cles of these plants strongly resemble, contains several species which the
uninitiated collector frequently finds extremely difficult to mount on paper,
chiefly on account of their horny or cartilaginous nature, some being filiform
or stringlike, others compressed or flat. G. pistillata, very well represented
by afruited branch at Fig. 158, has been very aptly compared by Dr. Harvey
to “a bunch of raisins, from which the fruit has been removed, leaving the
pedicels only.’’ This species is very rare in this country. I have taken
it nowhere but in Whitsand Bay, but there I had the good fortune, many
years ago, to meet with specimens bearing tubercles (asin our illustration)
and others producing tetraspores. The former are very conspicuous; the
latter are contained in slightly swollen portions of the branches. The
root is a fleshy disc, the fronds are tufted, and more or less branched,
forked, and sparingly furnished with ramuli, which are usually simple,
but sometimes pinnated or winged, the tips of all being acute or pointed.
The colour is a dark reddish purple, which turns nearly black in drying.
G. acicularis, or the needle-pointed Gigartina (Fig. 159), though less rare,
is by no means abundant. It occurs in Ireland, and on the Cornish coast.
I have taken it in Torbay, on one occasion with tubercles produced on
the smaller branches ; but fruit on this species, is, I believe, very rarely
found. The tufted fronds of this species are often very prettily arched,
and are set, though sparingly, with simple, alternate wide-spreading
branches, some of which produce a second series, or are merely secund,
which signifies the production of branchlets or ramulion one side only.
The form of the expanded plant is somewhat rounded but inclining to a
pyramid in outline. The tips of all the branches and ramuli are invariably
acute, a character which gives the specific name and assists the collector
in recognising the plant. The colour is similar to that of the foregoing.
G. Teedu (Fig. 160) is taken from a branch or two of a specimen gathered
by Mrs. Griffiths at Elberry Cove, in Torbay, thirty years ago. This
plant, I presume, must be considered one of our greatest rarities. I have
examined every nook and crevice in every accessible rock pool in Torbay
for three consecutive seasons without meeting with a scrap of this species.
I have never met with it in the growing state, but I do not despair of
finding it some day in or near its old habitat in Torbay, although I
strongly suspect it has receded further from the shore than formerly, and

Fie. 158. Gigartina pistillata.

Fic, 159. Gigartina acicularis.

RHODOSPERMEZ. 173

will now be obtained only by dredging. The colour of this rare plant is
much more decidedly inclined to a reddish tint thar any of the others of
this genus, and, like all the rest, it adheres very imperfectly in drying.

Fic. 160. Gigartina Teedit.

G. mamillosa is the common species of this group; Fig. 161 represents a
frond of this plant. It is generally found in company with Chondrus crispus
(Fig. 162), and forms with that species the carrageen or Irish moss of the

Fie, 161. Gigartina mamillosa,

druggists’ shops. The fronds are tufted and are of various dimensions ;
they are all more or less covered with mamillez or little tongue-like pro-
cesses, which arise from the margins and broad surfaces of the upper

174. BRITISH MARINE ALGAE.

divisions of the forked segments. When the plant is in fruit the spores
are produced in these mamille or leaflets, which are sometimes so abundant
that the manipulator is sorely puzzled in mounting his specimens effectively.
The colour of this species is a dark purple, but the plant is so frequently
exposed to strong sunlight, that luxuriant specimens are often met with
in the growing state, exhibiting tints of olive, dark brown, black, and,
sometimes, even a decided shade of green. The fronds rarely exceed 4in.
in length. The species is perennial and is found pretty generally through-
out the year on almost all rocky shores.

Chondrus crispus (Fig. 162) is one of the commonest and most variable
in form of all the native British seaweeds. The French writer, Lamouroux,
figures no less than thirty-six different varieties. On our own shores
the size of the fronds and the breadth of the segments seem to me to
depend very much on the situation in which the plant is found growing.
The larger and broader forms are generally met with near high-water mark,
and particularly so where the plants are exposed to the influence of a
fresh-water stream, while at low-water mark, or in deep rock pools, the
fronds, although produced in large bushy tufts, are generally extremely
narrow throughout. Our illustration represents two widely different
forms of this species, both being considerably reduced in size; a, is from
a finely grown plant with broad spreading lobes, somewhat like those of
Phyllophora Brodici (Fig. 150) ; b, is from a plant with narrow segments ;
the tuft from which these fronds were taken grew outside a rock where it
was exposed to the swill and dash of the waves. All the forms of this
thick cartilaginous species may be easily distinguished. The fronds arise
from a crisp discoid base, having at first a narrow cylindrical stem,
which gradually flattens and increases in breadth, from which very
suddenly the lobed segments are produced, most of which are repeatedly
forked, the axils of all being invariably and distinctly rounded. The tips
are obtuse or truncated, besides being what is termed emarginate, which
means depressed at the margin here and there, rather than cloven, znd one
side or other of all the divisions, is constantly crisped or inclined to curl
round, a peculiarity which is referred to in the specific name. The fructi-
fication consists of prominent tubercles, which not only emit their spores
at maturity, but fall away from the plant, leaving round hollow spaces in
the frond; sori or groups of tetraspores are immersed in the fleshy sub-
stance of the plant, and favellidia are also sometimes found ; these consist
of masses of minute spores which are imbedded in the frond, but are
different in structure to the tubercles, or, more properly speaking,
nemathecia, which rot, or at least, drop off the fronds at maturity. The
colour of this species is as variable as its forms are numerous; but in
shady rock pools, where it is occasionally visited by gleams of sunlight,
the fronds exhibit a mixture of dark red and purple, and the margins
and tips of the divisions are, at times, beautifully iridescent. As the
plant advances towards high-water mark, its colours are more sombre,
being generally a dull brownish-red, or sometimes olive-green, and in

Fic. 162. Two varieties of Chondrus crispus.

Fic. 163. (a) Chylocladia clavellosa; (b) Branchlet with capsules magnified.

ae - ;
$ ier ~
*y Hc My ee:
i Net! + Ae
elevate
“tore. i“ i at

7 , wes ie

~~

{

'

¢

¥
&
pe *.
7;
iu
7,

;

RHODOSPERME. 177

decay or when cast ashore, it is often bleached white, or turns to a pale
yellow.
The two plants which I shall now describe, formed, until recently, th

only members of the genus Chrysymenia; both, however, have been
‘emoved to Chylocladia, and now, according to Professor Agardh’s most
recent arrangement, they are the only British representatives of the old
genus Chylocladia. The name of the genus, which signifies ‘‘ juicy
branch,” is very applicable to these soft red seaweeds, which are so flaccid
and tender, that with very little care they are easily displayed, and after
gentle and gradually applied pressure, they adhere most perfectly to
paper. Chylocladia clavellosa, the larger and more abundant of the two,
is represented at Fig. 163. Itis the upper half of a most beautiful specimen
taken in Torbay, where it is cast ashore every summer. This lovely annual
is found on all the British coasts, but is most abundant and of larger size
on the south coast of Devon than’ elsewhere. I once found a specimen on
the shore near Exmouth, fully 2ft. long. The fronds are usually from 4in.
to 14in. in height. The main stem is very thin at the base, butit gradually
thickens upwards and tapers off at the apex to a fine point. The branches
are numerous and closely set on each side of the stem, and are clothed
with one or two series of similarly arranged branchlets or ramuli, which
are lanceolate or tavered at their insertion and at the tips. Thus each
lateral branch is a kind of repetition, in a limited degree, of the order of
growth of the whole plant. Instances occur in which the branching is
excessively crowded, and in these the ultimate ramuli spring from all sides
of the stems and branches. Conceptacles, somewhat conical in form, are
seated on the upper branches: their form and position are represented in
the magnified branchlet at b, Fig. 163. Tetraspores, which are microscopic,
are immersed in the little club-shaped ramuli or terminal branchlets.
The colour is a rosy red, often a brilliant pink, turning a golden yellow
in decay: and it was owing to the constant tendency of this species to
assume the latter tint that the name Chrysymenia, or golden membrane,
was originally given to it by Mr. Dawson Turner. The pretty little plant
represented at Fig. 164 was discovered at Skaill (Orkney), and named by
Dr. Harvey Chrysymenia Orcadensis. It was afterwards found at Filey,
and many years later by Dr. Cocks and myself on some of the mooring
buoys in Plymouth Harbour, and still more recently by Mr. John Gat-
combe in the same locality. My own northern specimens are, however, finer
and better grown plants than any I ever met with in the south of England.
The main stems of this little species are about 2in. high, tapered at each
extremity, but very broad in proportion to their length. They are
furnished with several pairs of pinne or wing-like branches of similar
form, but much shorter and narrower, and some of these branchlets
throw out occasionally a solitary tiny ramulus. In some of the Plymouth
plants I have observed that the branches were narrow and very much
attenuated ; but I believe this to be truly a northern species, and although
it is found rather abundantly some seasons in the south, such forms of

178 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

the plant are’ but waifs and strays from their original home in tne north.
I have never seen this species in capsular fruit, but tetraspores I have
often observed. They are imbedded throughout the whole length of the
little elliptical branchlets and ramuli. The colour is a rose pink ; the

Fie. 164. Chylocladia rosea.

interior of the frond is filled with a colourless watery juice, so that in
preparing the plant for the herbarium, care must be observed in pressure,
or the specimen will be destroyed or disfigured.

Of all the red plants that have come under my notice during many
seasons of seaweed gathering, I know of no species so variable in form and

Fig, 165. (a) Halymenia ligulata, var. dichotoma; (b) H. ligulata, var. latifolia.

ramification as the soft gelatinous plant named Halymenia ligulata, or the
strap-shaped sea-membrane, for that is what its botanical name literally
signifies. The numerous forms of this curious species are, however, as Dr.

RHODOSPERME. 179

Harvey observes, “resolvable into three distinct varieties.” The first
of these, Dichotoma, is very well represented at a, Fig. 165. The fronds
are from 4in. to Sin. long, with two or three principal divisions of variable
width ; these are more or less forked with apparently laciniated or jagged
segments, and here and there throughout the plant, numerous little
branchlets and ramuli shoot forth, some from the margins, and others
from the surface or other parts of the frond, giving to this singular
species a strangely wild and irregular appearance. The second variety is
termed Ramentacea; in this the frond is from 10in. to 15in. long, divided
into three or more principal branches, tapered at the base, then swelling
out into broad thick lobes, and generally attenuated towards the tips. The
third variety is described as Latifolia, very well represented at b, Fig. 165.
The plant from which this illustration was taken was gathered at Ply-
mouth many years ago, and was entirely destitute of branchlets or ramuli.

Fic. 166. Branch of Fwurcellaria fastigiata.

The tip is forked, and a short distance below there is the apparent attempt
to throw out a branch or a broad segment; otherwise this specimen is the
nearest approach to a perfectly simple or unbranched frond of this
species that I have ever met with. The length of this plant was 14in.,
that of the branched specimen beside it very little less. The fruit is
contained in favellidia, or masses of spores, which are concealed beneath
the periphery or external coat of the frond, and are attached to the inner
surface of the outer stratum of cells. These curious plants are always
found in fruit, the favellidia being easily distinguishable through the
periphery, and appearing little dark red spots scattered all over the
surface of the fronds. The colour is usually a rose pink, the plant is a
Summer annual, and is found most frequently on the southern shores of
England and Ireland, and in the Channel Islands.

180 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

At the commencement of my list of the Rhodosperms, I described a plant
named Polyides lumbricalis (Fig. 83), which, in outward form and when

Fie. 167. Gratelowpia filicina.

not in fruit, is so remarkably similar to the species I am about to speak
of, that points of difference are at times scarcely distinguishable. The
plant I refer to is Furcellaria fastigiata, represented by a branch or two
at Fig. 166. The little fastigiate forks which terminate the branchlets are,
when the plant is in fruit, swollen in the centre, and gradually tapered
to a point. In these lanceolate receptacles masses of tetraspores are
produced, but at maturity all these pod-like bodies fall off, leaving the
forked branches truncate or jagged at the tips. The fronds arise from
an entangled fibrous root. and are about 10in. or 12in. high, each having

Fira. 168. Schizymenia edulis.

a stem an inch or two in length, and then branching upwards dichoto-
mously, the divisions being all forked and fastigiate, or terminating in

RHODOSPERMES. 181

acute tips, presenting like Polyides, when spread out on paper, a perfectly
rounded outline. This plant, which is a very dark red, turns quite black
and horny in drying, and requires great care and patience in making ita
presentable book specimen. It is abundant all round our coasts, is
perennial, and fruits in winter.

The genus Gratelowpia, dedicated to M. Grateloup, a French naturalist,
is represented on our shores by one species only, G. filicina, or the fern-
like Grateloupia, a pretty specimen of
which is represented at Fig. 167. In
outward appearance this species has
a strong resemblance to the variety
flecuosum of Gelidium corneum, but
its structure and system of fructi-
fication are widely different. Faveilidia
are concealed beneath moniliform or
necklace-like filaments, of which the
outer stratum of the frond is composed;
tetraspores are placed among the peri-
pheric filaments of the lateral branch-
lets. The fronds are tufted, each
having a main stem about 3in. high,
tapered at each extremity, and set on
each side with alternate or opposite
series of flexuous branches, some of
which occasionally put forth a second
set of branchlets or ramuli, all of which
are attenuated at the base, and drawn
out to a sharp point at the tips. This
species is rare in Britain, but it is met
with in several situations, chiefly on
the south and west coasts. It is peren-
nial, and fruits during the winter
months. The colour is dull red, but
specimens which grow where a fresh-
water stream runs into the sea, turna
pale fawn colour in the upper branches,
as though they were bleached in the
sun.

Under the generic name of Schizy-
menia, signifying ‘‘cloven membrane,”’
are now included two plants, each of which until recently, were in
separate and very differently constituted genera. The first of these,
formerly Iridea, is now Schizymenia edulis. Fig. 168 represents a group
of very perfect young fronds. They arise from a firm expanded disc,
and are from 3in. to 20in. long, of a fleshy or somewhat leathery sub-
stance, having a very short round stem, which gradually fiattens and

Fie. 169. Schizymenia Dubyt.

182 BRITISH MARINE ALGAE.

expands into a broad, obovate, perfectly smooth lamina or plate-like
leaf, undivided (except by accidental laceration, or the inward force of
growth), and beautifully rounded at the top. The ordinary place of
growth is in shady rock pools, where frequently the fronds are beautifully
iridescent. I have found this species on all parts of the English coasts ; at
Plymouth, in Torbay, and on the shores of Durham and Northumberland,
all equally fine and presenting precisely the same characters. The colour
is a deep blood-red ; it is in perfection from early summer to the end of
autumn, and fruits during winter. Spores are collected in immersed
favellidia near the terminal portion of the frond; tetraspores are also
produced in the substance of the plant just within the external cellular
stratum. 8S. Dubyi, dedicated to M. Duby, was formerly Kallymenia
Dubyi. Fig. 169 represents a mature frond-of this fine species; the plant
from which our illustration was taken is one of the finest specimens I ever
met with; it was over 14in. high. The frond is always undivided, except
by accident or the force of the waves, but the margin is sometimes waved
or curled, though otherwise perfectly smooth and entire. The rootisa
small dise, and the base of the leafy frond is wedge-shaped, the tip being
usually rounded. It is a summer annual, and is met with in fine condition
in the Falmouth Harbour, in the sheltered bays near Plymouth, and in the
west of Ireland. This species I have never found growing in tufts, the
frond is always, I believe, solitary, even when several specimens are met
witk growing near each other in the same locality. The colour is a
brownish red ; favellidia of small size are scattered abundantly over the
surface of the plant.

The genus Catenella contains a few species of very tiny plants, one of
them only being found in Britain, known as Catenella opuntia. Fig.170 a,
represents a plant of the natural size, and b, some of its little branched
filaments highly magnified. The fronds are scarcely more than lin. high ;
they arise from creeping fibrous roots, and are densely interwoven, every
portion of the plant being composed of little strings or chains of elliptical
joints, whence the name, which is from the Latin for a little chain. This
diminutive plant is generally considered rare, but its small size doubtless
causes it to be frequently overlooked. I have, however, found it once
only in the south of England; but I have received it from collectors near
Filey, who obtain it there often very abundantly. The spores are contained
in capsules attached to the upper articulations of the frond, tetraspores
are immersed in the ramuli; the colour is a dull purple, turning blackish
in drying.

Gloiosiphonia capillaris, represented by a few branches at a, Fig. 171,
is one of the rarest and most beautiful of the British red filiform alge.
This plant is very difficult to display nicely on paper; the stem and
principal branches are tubular, but soft and gelatinous, as expressed
in the generic name; the branchlets and ramuli, although capillary
or hair-like, are so juicy and flaccid that in drying they press upon
each other and clot together, so that it is extremely difficult to make a

Fig. 170. (a) Catenella opuntia; (b) Branches from the same, slightly
magnified.

Fie. 171. (a) Branch of Gloiosiphonia capillaris; (b) Branchlet from
the same magnified.

RHODOSPERME®. 185

satisfactory figure of any portion of this beautiful species. It is asummer
annual and is very rare, though found in many parts of Britain, and in
numbers of situations on all the Atlantic shores. My own finest specimens
were taken years ago near Plymouth. Some of the main stems of these
were 14in. high, and clothed on each side throughout their whole length
with closely set bushy branches, gradually getting shorteras they approach
the apex of the stem, which terminates in a point, the whole plant having
very much the appearance of a larch firin miniature. The spores are pro-
duced in small red globular masses imbedded in the marginal filaments

Fic. 172. (a) Dumontia filijormis; (b) Magnified section of the frond, with
Favellidia.
of the frond; tetraspores are plated in the branchlets, one of which is
represented, magnified, at b, Fig. 171. The colour is a fine rose pink, the
stems turning a pale yellow in drying.

Fig. 172 represents a group of young fronds of Dumontia filiformis, the
branches of the central frond being intentionally shortened. This is
another of our native species named in honour of a French savant, by
name Mons. Dumont. The fronds of this common annual grow in tufts
of three or more, tapered at the base, and gradually thickened upwards for
an inch or two, then suddenly furnished with long, alternate, round,
filiform branches, attenuated at each end, generally simple, but occasio nally

R

186 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

divided or once forked. This plant is extremely variable in the length
and number of its fronds. Near high-water mark or in shallow pools, a
single frond, or at most two or three, grow on the rocks, or are attached
to limpet shells, about 3in. high, and of a pale brownish-red colour;
while in shady rock pools, or as it approaches low-water mark, the
fronds are densely tufted, are often over 16in. long, and of a dark reddish
purple. There is a curious variety of this species called crispata, in
which the fronds are flattened and very much curled or twisted. This
form of the plant is found only in the neighbourhood of fresh-water
streams, and is another of those peculiarities observable in some species
of seaweeds, where their character, form, or colour, is merely altered by
contact with fresh water, while with many others, and particularly so
with nearly all the species of the Order Ceramiacew, destruction or dis-
figurement is the immediate result. The stem and branches of Dumontia
are at first tubular but solid, the internal portion being composed of loosely
intertwining filaments ; but as the plant reaches maturity these filaments
are absorbed, leaving the tubular stems and principal branches empty
within. Favelle, or round clusters of spores are produced within these
tubes and attached to their sides, being formed out of the cells of which
the inner surface of the tubes are composed. 0b, Fig. 172, represents a
portion of the tubular stem of Dwmontia, highly magnified, showing
favelle attached to the inner wallof the tube. This peculiar production of
the fruit in Dumontia serves to illustrate the characteristic title of this
extensive Order, that of Cryptonemiacee, the spore-bearing organs being
concealed or hidden within the substance of the frond.

The curious plant, Spyridia filamentosa, was formerly included in the
Order Ceramiacee, but it now forms the only British representative
of the very small Order Spyridiacew; the name being from the Greek for
a basket, in allusion to the form of the favellz of these plants. Fig. 173,
a, represents a terminal portion of a branch of Spyridia filamentosa.
I have met with this species in Torbay and in the neighbourhood of
Plymouth, but on no other part of the British coasts. Most of the
species of this small group of seaweeds are natives of warm climates, our
own S. filamentosa being widely distributed; very abundant on ‘the
American shores, frequent in the Channel Islands, and reaching, I believe,
its northern limit on the southern shores of England. The fronds of this
plant are from 3in. to 10in. high. They arise in bushy tufts from a
discoid root, and are very irregularly branched, the main stems being of
a densely cellular substance, and very obscurely jointed. The lateral
branches are mostly short, but, like the main stems, are beset on all sides
‘with short bristle or hair-like, mostly simple, but jointed scattered ramuli.
The favellz, which consist of two or three masses of spores, are produced
on a ramulus which is somewhat altered in form, being divided from
the tip downwards, and thus constituting a trifid or quadrifid involucre,
within which the roundish masses of spores are seated, as represented at
b, Fig. 173, which is a highly-magnified portion of stem, branch, and

-

RHODOSPERME. 187

ramuli, a bi-lobed favella being suspended from a trifid ramulus. Tetra-
spores, when present, are attached to the sides of these little ramuli ;
they are very minute, roundish, and produced in twos or threes, and
Sometimes in clusters. The colour of the living plant is a pinky red,
turning a pale reddish brown in drying. It is said to be perennial, and is
in perfection from July to September.

The beautiful and extensive Order Ceramiacee contains many of the
most delicate and attractive of the British red seaweeds. The structure,
even in the most compound forms of these plants, is exceedingly simple,
being for the most part strings of cylindrical cells, more or less
branched, the little cells or joints each growing out from the tip of the
one below it, the branches being formed by cells arising, or budding,

Fig. 173. (a) Terminal branch of Spyridia filamentosa; (b) Portion of the same
with bi-lobed favella, magnified.

as it were, from the upper sides of the mature or previously formed
articulations. In the larger and more compound forms, the stems and
some of the principai branches are coated or supplied internally with
closely packed longitudinal filaments, which traverse the fronds and
render those portions of the plants nearly opaque; but even in these
apparently more highly organised structures, a very slight examination
will reveal the original articulated filament, which is the charac-
teristic structure of most of the species of this interesting tribe of
marine alge.

The name of this Order is from the Greek for a pitcher, in reference to
the form of the fruit, which is much more characteristic of the Ceramidia
of the Polysiphonie than of any of the spore-vessels of the Ceramiacee,
which are berry-like, but not in any instance pitcher shaped. However,

188 BRITISH MARINE ALGZ.

until some recognised algological authority thinks proper to alter the
name, and the botanical world acknowledges it, we must be content to
retain what, in my humble opinion, is a misnomer for the Order, a
description of which I am now entering upon.

Fig. 174, a, represents a complete plant, the natural size, of the rare and
very pretty deep-water summer annual Microcladia glandulosa. This
species was discovered by Mrs. Griffiths in Torbay in the early part of the
present century, and has been found in several situations on the south
coast of Devon, and on the east coast of Ireland. The plant from which
our illustration was taken, was cast ashore near Plymouth, where I have
taken it occasionally after storms, generally attached to the fibrous roots
of some of the deep water algex. The pretty little tufts of this plant are
rarely more than 2ir. high, and are generally of a roundish form, the tips —
of the branches always fastigiate, and either pointed or terminating in a
little fork, the tips of which incline inwards, somewhat like the forcipate
branches of Ceramium rubrum (Fig. 176),a species which is not unfrequently
mistaken for this rare little rhodosperm. The fructification of this species
forms an extremely interesting microscopic study. ‘Two magnified
branches are represented in Fig. 174; } is a terminal branch, on the
margin of the central division of which is seated a favella, supported
by two or three little finger-like ramuli, c is a branchlet which contains
a series of tetraspores imbedded in the cells near the tip of the central
fork. The fruit is rare, but is producedin autumn. Thecolour is a pale
rose-red, and the plant adheres very well to paper. Very nearly related
to this species, and also to some broad forms of Ceramiwm rubrum, is
the plant which is represented by a branch at Fig. 175, an extremely rare
and interesting species which I took many years ago, but have never
met with since. The history of its discovery is as follows: In the summer
of 1858, I was gathering seaweeds in company with the late Dr. Cocks, of
Plymouth, when we found attached to the roots of a specimen of
Plocamium a remarkable form of what I thought at the time was
Microcladia glandulosa; but Dr. Cocks, not being satisfied with either
his own or my opinion concerning it, forwarded the specimen to Dr. Harvey,
who, after a careful examination of its structure, returned the plant,
saying that “it was undoubtedly new, and must be regarded as inter-
mediate between Microcladia and Ceramium rubrum, and that he proposed
naming it Ceramium microcladia Cocksvi.’’ Favelle were faintly apparent
in some of the forked tips, a situation quite different from that in which
they occur in either Microcladia or Ceramium rubrum. This particular
plant is still in my possession. I have never met with another specimen of
it, neither have I heard of any plant at all answering to its description
having been taken until this season (1873), when a species of ceramium
was sent to me from Plymouth, which certainly very closely resembles
my former novelty, but, as it is not in fruit, I fear, after all, it
must be referred to one of the broader forms of the protean Ceramiwm
rubrum.

Fic. 174. (a) Microcladia glandulosa; (b) Branchlet with favella; (c) Branchlet
with tetraspores, magnified.

Fic, 175. Ceramium microcladia.

RHODOSPERME®. 19]

The genus Ceramiwm comprises several well characterised species,
several of which occasionally present varieties of form or structure which
are more or less puzzling to the uninitiated. However, there are at least
eleven British species which are now generally acknowledged, and as
they represent the three sections into which this group was divided by
Dr. Harvey, I shall describe them according to that characteristic arrange-
ment.

The first section, Rubra, contains the well-known Ceramium rubrum
and its varieties. So widely dispersed is this common-species, that Dr.
Harvey says, “it is met with almost wherever marine plants will grow,
from high arctic to high antarctic latitudes.’’ On our own shores this

Fie. 176. Ceramium rubrum, with favelle, magnified.

plant assumes such a variety of forms (according to the nature of the
locality or the depth of water in which it grows), as frequently to puzzle
experienced botanists as well as young collectors of alge; however,
well-grown specimens, and particularly those which are in fruit, are
easily recognized. Fig. 176 represents a branch of one of the forms
of Ceramium rubrum slightly magnified, bearing involucrate favelle.
Although, like all the plants of this group, whose stems and branches,
are regularly more or less chequered by alternate dark-coloured nodes
or joints, and colourless dissepiments or inter-spaces, the nodes and
dissepiments of Ceramiwm rubrum, and its varieties, are more or less
eoated with coloured cells, hence the name of the typical species. The

192 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

little round masses, called favelle, which contain the spores of this
plant, are produced on the sides of the lateral branchlets, and are sup-
ported, or partly embraced, as it were, by two or three short ramuli.
In the living state, or before the plant is mounted on paper, these favellz
are seen to have a pellucid limbus or border, through which, under the
microscope, a multitude of minute angular spores are distinctly visible.
The colour of the plant is properly a clear red, but itis found often enough
of a brownish tint, sometimes yellowish, and even of as dark a colour
as Polysiphonia nigrescens (Fig. 102). Plants having the latter tint are of
the common coarse variety which I have frequently taken at Brighton,
growing among the fuci or rock-weeds about haif-tide level, the fronds
of which were often over 20in. long.

The tetraspores of this species, as in most of the Ceramiee, are
generally formed from the surface cellules, and are immersed in the
articulations, but in some they project slightly above the surface, like
little pimples. One of the most distinct varieties of this species, formerly
C. botryocarpum, from the grape-like form of its clustered spore-vessels,
is now known as C. rubrum, var. proliferum, the branches of which are beset
on all sides with short simple or sparingly branched ramuli, the tips of
which are straight or pointed, those of C. rubrum being slightly hooked
inwards. Sometimes this variety produces globular favelle; but its
distinctive fruit vessels are the clustered masses which are borne on the
lateral branchlets, but which are not accompanied by involucral or
clasping ramuli. This, like most of the other species, is a summer annual.
The colour is rarely so bright a red as that of the foregoing plant, but the
whole surface of the fronds is coated with cellules, which are sometimes
purplish, but often change to a greenish yellow.

The only other variety of C. rubrum which I think it necessary to
describe is the plant which was figured by Dr. Harvey the under
name of C. decurrens. It is now regarded by Professor Agardh as a
variety of C. rubrum; it may be known by its slender fronds, which
are much more sparingly branched, and by the presence of a narrow
colourless space which occurs in the centre of the dissepiments or in-
ternodes, which is caused by the faint tint or even absence of coloured
cellules. An ordinary lens will readily show the surface cells of these
plants when they are gathered fresh from the sea; and in the absence of
fruit, the presence of these cells in all parts of the stems and branches,
afford the student a ready means of recognition, although, of course,
it requires practice and experience to distinguish the numerous forms of
this variable species. The only plant with which C. botryocarpum (or
proliferum) is likely to be at first confounded, is the curious species C.
Deslongchampsii, the fruit of which is very similar, being produced in
clusters, and, like the favelle of that species, equally destitute of
involucral ramuli, as seen at a, Fig. 177. The colour of the joints of the
stems and branches is, however, very different, being of a dark purple,

nd the spaces between them are perfectly colourless; the tips of all

RHODOSPERME2. 193

the branches and ramuli are pointed and not at all hooked in. The
tetraspores of this species are produced in the dark coloured joints ;
and what is also very remarkable, they are sometimes found on the

o-4

eS esis

Fie. 177. Ramuli showing favelle of (a) C. Deslongchampsit.

(b) C. diaphanum.
(cd) C. nodosum.

same specimen which bears favelle. This plant belongs to the section,

Diaphana, which is beautifully represented by a slightly enlarged branch

of the elegant species C. diaphanum at Fig. 178. All the stems and

¢

Fic. 178. Ceramiwim diaphanwm.

branches of this justly admired plant, are marked at regular intervals
with fine pink or purplish red nodes, the colourless interspaces being of
a delicate silvery texture, all of which become shorter and smaller as

S

194 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

they approach the tips of the branches and ramuli, which terminate in
little thumb-and-finger-like hooks.

The branches are set throughout, more or less abundantly, with short,
jointed, simple or forked ramuli, the tips of which are hooked inwards.
Favellze are produced at the tips of the ramuli and in the forks of the
terminal branchlets, surrounded-by a collar of tiny ramuli, as seen at b,
Fig. 177. The beautiful tufted fronds of this species are usually from
din. to 6in. long, but I have taken specimens in Bovisand Bay, many
years ago, a foot in length, finely in fruit, and of the richest mixture of
reddish purple and silver, the tints of which are as brilliant at this
moment as the day on which I first mounted the plants. C. nodosum,
now C. tenuissimum, is one of the finest and most delicate of the genus.
Its slender filaments are finer than human hair and are of equal diameter
throughout. The pellucid internodes of the stem are several times longer
than broad, becoming gradually shorter upwards. The dark-coloured
nodes are usually broader than the colourless spaces between them, and
from the sides of these in some of the shorter ramuli, prominent tetra-
spores are produced, as seen at c, Fig. 177. Favellxw, as represented at
d, are seated near the tips of the ramuli in an angle formed by the tip
of the branchlet and a short accessory ramulus. The little erect tufts of
this species are rarely more than 4in. long, and are of a delicate pinky
colour. Nearly allied to this species is the exquisite little plant C.
fastigiatwm, the hair-like tufts of which are truly fastigiate or level-topped,
the tips being all directed upwards and slightly curved inwards. The
lower internodes are three or four times longer than broad, the upper
ones very short. The colour of the nodes is a lovely rose tint. Favelle
of small size are produced from the sides of the terminal branchlets
supported by a few very short ramuli. Fig. 179 represents a terminal
branch of a filament, which is divided with such regularity, that each
fork, even to the very tips, is an exact repetition of the one below it. This
pretty species is somewhat rare, but I have taken it in Scotland and in
several stations on the South Devonshire coast. OC. strictwm is another
favourite species, abundant during early summer in Torbay and around
the rocky bays at Plymouth. The fronds are densely tufted, the filaments
capillary or hair-like, and excessively branched and interwoven. The
nodes are a loyely purple, the inter-spaces shining like silver, and in the
lower parts of the filaments several times longer than broad, but gradually
shorter as they ascend upwards. The branches are set here and there
with little accessory ramuli; and these as well as all the branches of the
plant, terminate in a little hook, the tips of which incline inwards, and

‘close upon each other like a tiny pair of sugar-nippers. Fig. 180 repre-
sents a terminal branch, the forks of which, like all the rest of the plant,
are erect and straight, the angles of all being regularly acute. C. gracil-
limum is the smallest and most delicate of all the British Ceramiew. Its
tender and very flaccid threads are generally so crowded and entangled,
that it is a trial of patience and skill to display them properly on paper.

- bevy

. *
ives warts @ ats
=

: !
iaé

Ceramium strictum,

Fig, 182. Ceramium flabelligerwin,

180.

Ts

Fix

°
=
=
=
S
Ss

gi

eramium

C

Jastigiatum.

Fre, 179. Branch of Ceramium
Fig, 181

RHODOSPERME2. 197

This species is extremely rare, but is met with generally in muddy pools, ~
attached to Corallina officinalis (Fig. 111) and other small algz, between
tide-marks. It is readily known by the great length of its colourless joints
and the crimson or purple nodes, from which arise minute fan-shaped lateral
branchlets, which adorn the main stems, and are repeatedly forked to the
very tips. Fig. 181 represents one of the terminal branches. The favella
of this species is a remarkable microscopic object. It consists of two
lobes, of globular form, enclosed in a pellucid border, and partly surrounded
by long forked ramuli. This lovely species is met with in several
situations on the Devonshire coast and in the west of Ireland, but I
have taken it only at Plymouth and in Torbay. The third section
of this beautiful group of plants contains four species which are re-
markable for their spinulose habit, the dissepiments or nodes of all being
armed with spines or bristle-like hairs. Fig. 182 represents .a magnified
terminal branch of the species C. flabelligerum, so called from the
flabellate or fan-like branching of its fronds, which are about 4in. high, and
set with forked lateral branches, the tips being mostly acute, but
occasionally terminating in a tiny fork, the apices of which are slightly
curved inwards, as seen in our illustration. The articulations of the lower
branches are twice as long as broad, but in the upper parts they are
mostly equal in length and breadth, and are all armed on the outer and
upper edge with a single three-jointed awl-shaped spine. The favellz are
three-lobed, and are produced in the forks of the branches. The whole
plant is coated with coloured cellules, assuming, in consequence, some
resemblance to varieties of C. rubrum (Fig. 176), but the presence of spines
in this species is a constant character which at once distinguishes it. This
plant is by no means common, but it is found in Torbay, at Plymouth, and
elsewhere in England, and on some parts of the Irish coasts. C. ciliatum,
beautifully represented at Fig. 183, by two terminal forked branches, grows
on rocks and on the smaller algzx in tide-pools, forming dense tufts of
a pale purplish tint, but prettily chequered with silvery-white joints;
the nodes only, containing the coloured cellules, which are also set with
a whorl of three-jointed prickles, as represented highly magnified at a,
Fig. 184. The branches are repeatedly forked, the tips of the terminal
ones having yet another tiny fork, the apices of which are strongly curved
round and inwards; and even the joints of these, minute as they are, are
all furnished with the characteristic prickles already described. C.
echionotum, represented by some filaments of this species at Fig. 185,
is so named from the manner in which the slender, single-jointed spines
are set on all parts of the nodes, closely resembling the arrangement
of those on the shell of the Echinus or Sea-urchin. A portion of the
stem, highly magnified, is seen at b, Fig. 184. The growth and ramification
of this species are not unlike those of the foregoing, but the stems and
branches are generally more abundantly supplied with little forked
lateral ramuli, and the colour is usually dark red. The favellz are
generally two-lobed, and are supported by a whorl of short in-curved

198 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

‘ramuli. C. acanthonotum, the last of this group, grows’ generally on
exposed rocks, or on the fronds of other plants, near low-water mark,
in dense dark purple tufts, from 3in. to 6in. high. The favella of this
species is as round as a ball (as represented at c, Fig. 184), and is seated
on a curved jointed ramulus, every articulation of which (like those
of the stems and branches of the plant), is armed on the outer upper side,
with a single three-jointed prickle. In this respect it somewhat resembles
C. flabelligerum (Fig. 182), but the coloured cellules in this are con-
fined to the nodes, and the inter-spaces are perfectly hyaline, or colourless.
When properly displayed, this species, like each of the two foregoing plants,
makes a very attractive book specimen; but most of these ciliated

wie,
eee 56.)

Keg.

4
y
es

At
2 Ls
\e : ‘

ot Adee Ve

1
4
i,
5
£
¥
t 4
Ww
£

L
*®,_

dpc
ee

ip cece
rurale

Fia. 184, (a) Joint of Ceramium ciliatum ;

(b) Ceramiwm echionotum; (c) Three
Fie. 183. Ceramium ciliatum. joints with ramulus and favella of
Ceramium acanthonotum,

Ceramiex are so entangled, by reason of their multitudinous spines, that
the utmost patience and care are necessary to prevent the plants becoming
an inextricable and unsightly mass.

The genus Ptilota contains two remarkably beautiful plants, one species
being common on the northern and western shores of Great Britain, the
other being found in almost equal abundance in the south of England, and
on some parts of the north-eastern shores, in Scotland, and in the Isle of
‘Man. Fig. 186 represents an enlarged branch of Ptilota plumosa, or the
* plumed wing.’’ The plant from which this was taken, was gathered by
me in the Isle of Arran. It was growing on a huge specimen of
Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46), encircling the stem of the great alga as witha
feather-like collar of the richest brown-red colour. The fronds are
from 4in. to 14in. long, and are beautifully and very copiously branched,

Ceramium echionotum,

Fie. 185.

Ptilota plumosa.

Fie. 186.

ed 7 ’
* A OB

~ oe © w o9*.4m*

RHODOSPERME. 201

all the branches being set with an opposite series of spreading pinnules,
which are closely pectinated, or set on each side with comb-like teeth,
which gradually diminish in length towards the tips of the little branchlets.
In luxuriant specimens the branches sometimes put forth a second and
even a third series of branchlets, as seen in our illustration, and all of
them are furnished with the pretty characteristic pectinated ramuli of
this elegant species. Spores are contained in clusters of favelle, which
are produced within little stalked involucres, and these are mainly com-
posed of several tiny clasping or incurved ramuli. These involucres are
set along the stems of the ultimate branches alternately with the pectinated
ramuli, and sometimes they are produced on the teeth of these little
comb-like pinnules, as represented in the illustration. Tetraspores,
which are very rare, are produced on the teeth of the ramuli. A very
splendid form of this plant is abundant on the Australian shores, and
another, equally beautiful, on the North American coasts. The specimens
which are taken on the Irish coasts, and in the Isle of Man, have long
lanceolate branches, with very short pinnules, and, although of very

Fic. 187. Ptilota elegans.

elegant growth and brilliant colour, are by no means so luxuriant and
bushy as our North British specimens. This species does not readily
adhere to paper. The fronds are very rigid, inarticulate, and of a more
or less cartilaginous structure; but the branches being compressed, or
of a very flat growth, they are easily displayed on paper, and with a
little judicious pruning and the application of disso] ved isinglass, they make
some of the most attractive of our book specimens. P. elegans (Fig. 187),
formerly P. sericea,is a much more delicate plant than the foregoing. The
fronds are soft and silky to the touch ; but they are usually so excessively
and densely branched, that considerable pruning is necessary before a
specimen can be effectively displayed. The manipulator is, however, well
repaid for any amount of patience in arranging this plant, for it is
assuredly one of the most beautiful of the British rhodosperms. Although
the stems and principal branches are dark in colour, and of rather dense.
structure, the branchlets and pinnules are distinctly and beautifully

jointed, as may’ be seen in Fig. 187, which represents two ultimate
T

202 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

branchlets, highly magnified, one of which bears bi-lobed favellz at the
tip, partly embraced by a few curved ramuli, the other produces tetra-
spores on the tips of the lateral cellules which project on each side
from the large central cells of the pinnules. This species (like the former)
is perennial, and is in perfection in summer. It grows on the sides of
shady rocks near low-water mark. The colour is a dark brown-red,
and the plant, being somewhat flaccid, adheres closely to paper in drying.

The genus Dudresnaia, dedicated to M. Dudresnay, a French naturalist,
contains only one British species, Dudresnaia coccinea, represented at a,
Fig. 188, by a couple of lateral branches. This curious but very beautiful
plant is equally difficult to display effectively and to figure satisfactorily.
Its delicate rose-red fronds are so tender and gelatinous, that they require
several hours to drain off the paper on which they are Jaid out, before
the calico and blotters can be placed on them, and the pressure applied ;
but with careful management they make the most exquisite specimens,
for they retain their lovely rosy tints and adhere so firmly to the paper
that it is impossible to remove them. This species is rare, being an
inhabitant of deep water. I have taken it on the beach at Brighton, also
in Torbay, and have dredged most beautiful specimens in Plymouth Sound.
A microscopical examination of this plant reveals a beautiful structure.
All the branches appear to be composed of articulated, slightly coloured,
longitudinal filaments, which have disposed around them whorled tufts of
rose-coloured branched fibres, extremely flaccid and of the utmost tenuity.
In the water these dichotomons, or forked fibres, radiate around the
stems ; and when the plant is in fruit the branches appear as if studded
with rubies, favellidia being borne at intervals among the shorled fila-
ments; or tetraspores, when present, terminating a ramulus of the
dichotomous fibres. A terminal branch, magnified, is represented at },
Fig. 188, showing the fruit among the whorled filaments ; and ¢ is a more
highly magnified forked fibre, bearing a four-parted tetraspore, which is a
transformation of its terminal cell. This charming plant is a summer
annual, and is, I believe, peculiarly a southern species.

Crouania atlenuata is an extremely rare, but remarkably beautiful
plant, parasitical on Cladostephus spongiosus, and sometimes on Corallina
officinalis. This also is a southern species. It is found on the Cornish
coast near Penzance, and at the Land’s End. I have taken it several
times at Plymouth, but nowhere else. Its beauties are microscopic.
Fig. 189 represents a branch of Cladostephus (one of the olive weeds), on
the tips of which Crowania attenwata leves to dwell. The little tufts of
this parasite are rarely over 2in. high. They are represented at a, Fig. 189,
- a quarter of the natural size; b is one of its forked branches highly
magnified, and c isa portion more highly magnified, to show the dense tufts
of multifid ramelli or branched filaments which are set around the stems
and branches with the most perfect regularity. These little tufts are
whorled round the joints of the stem, which is a syphon containing a broad
tube, filled with dark red endochrome. Tetraspores are seated on these

Fie. 188. (a) Dudresnaia coccinea; (b) branchlet magnified; (c) forked fibre, with
tetraspore highly magnified.

Fie. 189. Crouania attenuata.

| WANE es

iy i fos gee he
| ee,
Me

. »
we ys
. Tt 4 te ,. re *
=, °
D . ™ +.
‘ 5 be
; Fi fi
fed
7 é ,
. ; .
:) et nd
- “!
’
Vm
7 ’ =
bi
Ly a
4 .
: 5] Srv
‘: ‘ ee
+ ay

RHODOSPERMEA. 205

tufted filaments. The name is in honour of two French algologists, the
brothers Crouan, of Brest.

Halurus equisetifolius, better known by its former name, Grifithsia
equisetifolia, is, in appearance (though not in colour), almost a counterpart
of Cladostephus spongiosus. This curious plant was originally included in
the genus Griffithsia. Its new name signifies “ equisetum-like sea-tail,”’ in
reference to the whorled tufts of branched incurved ramuli, which are set
with perfect regularity round the nodes of the stems and branches, in a
very similar manner to those of the Hquisetw, or ‘*horse-tails’’’ of our
lanes and meadows. The fronds of this plant are from 4in. to Ift. in
length; but only young plants, from 3in. to din. long, make good book
specimens, owing to the robust growth and thickly tufted branches of
this species, which turn a very dark or dirty brown in drying ; otherwise,
in early growth, the whorled ramuli of the young branches are a brilliant
rose-red. Fig. 190, a, represents a terminal branch, somewhat enlarged,

Fig. 190. (a) Halurus equisetifolius ; (b) Grifithsia barbata.

showing the order of growth of the whorled ramuli, and the sta!ked
involucres containing favelle, which arise from amidst the tufts. This
species is taken very frequently on the south British shores. It is
perennial, and is in perfection in summer. There is a beautiful variety of
this plant, which formerly ranked as a distinct species, under the
name Halurus equisetifolius, var. simplicifilum. One or two British
localities have been recorded as habitats for this rarity, but I have never
met with it on any of the British shores. The genus Grifithsia, named in
honour of Mrs. Griffiths, of Torquay, is a large group of crimson, filiform,
articulated alge, the fronds of which consist chiefly of string-like branches
of elongated transparent cells or joints, within each of which is contained
a long bag-like ceil of brilliant red endochrome: The type of this beauti-
ful genus is the plant known as Griffithsia corallina (Fig. 191), the fronds of

206 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

which, in the living state, when gathered fresh from the sea, glisten like
strings of glass beads of the most lovely carmine or sometimes even a
brilliant crimson. Fig. 191 represents an enlarged portion of a branch of
this fine species. The fronds are tufted, and are repeatedly branched,
the lower articulations being much longer than broad, the upper ones
gradually shortening, giving to the terminal tufts of the plant the
peculiar and distinctly beaded appearance which has suggested the specific
name of corallina. This species is rather rare, but is taken in several
situations on the south coast of Devon, in the Isle of Wight, and in the
Channel Islands. The tetrasporie fruit is produced in whorls round
the joints ; favellze are placed on the
upper sides of the branchlets just below
the joints, and are accompanied by a
few short involucral ramuli. The
colour of this delicate plant is so
fugitive, that it is only possible to
preserve even a vestige of its lovely
tint by keeping it in sea water, and
hidden from the light, until it is laid
out on paper, and then pressure must be
applied very gradually, or the beautiful
coral-like structure of the joints of the
stems and branches will be utterly de-
stroyed. Griffithsia setacea (Fig. 192), -
or the bristle-pointed Griffithsia, is
found on various parts of the British
coasts, and is particularly fine in the
Channel Islands. This species is peren-
nial. Fig. 192 represents a fruited
branch which I took this summer
(1873) from a large plant of the species
growing in a shaded rock pool in Tor-
bay. The season before, the branches
of this same plant were all barren. I
watched the growth of this particular Fig. 191. Grifithsia coraitina, favelles
plant with the deepest interest, for se at Che foiits, = 4 i
it is usually an inhabitant of deep é

water, and I take this opportunity of recording what is certainly, I think,
a very remarkable circumstance—viz., the presence of a deep-water species
in a rock pool near high-water mark; luxuriant, yet barren, one season,
‘and still more luxuriant, and producing fruit in abundance the following
season. The fronds of this species are from 4in. to 8in. long, very rigid,
erect, and bristle-like, each filament tapering to a fine point. The joints
are cylindrical, and are several times longer than broad. ‘The involucres
containing tetraspores are produced on the sides of the branches, being,
in fact, transformations of some of the lateral ramuli. They are suspended

e>! => Sat se,
sa :
s

. SS 2 ey aay oo = =

i

Fy
|

== 7

ttl

t=

2S

RHODOSPERME. 207

at the tips of these little branchlets, and, under the microscope, appear
like little wicker baskets filled with crimson fruit. One of these is re-
presented at b, highly magnified. This species (like all the others of this
group) will not bear immersion in fresh water for an instant, for
although rigid and crisp in its native element, fresh water has the
power of causing the fronds to discharge their beautiful carmine colour,
leaving nothing but empty cells or unsightly filaments tinged with yellow
and green. G. secundiflora, so named from its peculiar system of
branching, the ramuli or secondary branches being generally produced
on one side only of the stems. This species has somewhat the appearance
of the preceding, but its filaments are not so attenuated, and are blunt at
the tips. The tufts are from 3in. to 6in. high. This is one of the rarest
of our red seaweeds; it is tolerably abundant in the Channel Islands, but

My

\

vl

\
A\

Fic. 192. (a) Branch of Griffithsia setacea; (b) involucre, magnified.

has not been found, so far as I know, in any other situation on the
British shores, besides the sheltered bay at Bovisand, near Plymouth,
where it was discovered by the Rev. Mr. Hore in 1846. It is reasonable
to suppose that this beautiful Giiffithsia is propagated by fruit, though
all the specimens that I took at Bovisand were destitute of even the
appearance of fructification; this leads me to conjecture that the plant
produces its fruit during the month of December or January, during
which periods its place of growth is altogether inaccessible, for even
during the lowest spring tides it is submerged to a depth of 4ft. or
more, and no boat could possibly approach the rocky nook where it
grows except when the water was smooth or free from swell, which
is very rarely the case during the winter months. The only fruited speci-

208 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

men I have ever seen of this rare species was brought from the south
of Europe. Tetraspores are contained in little iuvolucres, borne on short
stalks, being transformations of lateralramuli. The colour of this plant is
a full rose-red, and the fronds adhere very well to paper in drying. G.barbata
(Fig. 190) is another very rare species, which has been taken some seasons
at Weymouth, and found occasionally by myself on the beach at Brighton.
In the rock pools at Jersey it is found very frequently; the pretty
tufted fronds being about 3in. high, and of a lovely rose colour; but
none of the specimens taken by me on the Brighton shore exceeded 2in.
in length, and as they were usually wave-worn before they were picked
up and mounted, their delicate filaments were more or less faded, and
only some vestiges of colour remained in the terminal branches. Fig. 190,
b, represents the upper portion of a branch highly magnified, showing the
beautiful elongated cells of the stem and the whorled ramelli which are
set around the joints, on the inner faces of which, near the stem, are
seated the oval or globular tetraspores. These tufts of multifid ramelli
are very similar to the byssoid fibres on some of the Polysiphonie,
and their beard-like character, in the plant before us, has suggested
the specific name of barbata. .This is the smallest and most attenuated
of all the Griffithsie. It is sometimes mistaken for a Callithamnion,
but the joints of its stems and branches (which are six or eight times
as long as broad), in addition to the whorled tufts of jointed ramelli, all
of which are distinctly apparent, even under an ordinary lens, are
characters sufficiently definite to distinguish it at once. One of the
most graceful of this elegant tribe of red seaweeds, is the very rare
‘species G. Devoniensis, which was discovered by the Rev. Mr. Hore,
at Plymouth, in 1840. This justly admired plant grows in muddy
places rarely uncovered by the tide, even at low water. I never failed to
find it during the summer, cast up on the mud banks opposite the Devon-
port dockyards. I also dredged it, or rather scraped it up in quantity
by means of a long rake (taken by my boatman for the purpose) outside
the banks of Beggar’s Island, near the mouth of St. Germain’s River.
On one occasion, upon finding a specimen in splendid colour and fully
in fruit, and well knowing the evanescent nature of its lovely rose-red tint,
I washed the plant over the side of the boat, fixed it on glass, and
covered it up from the light as soon as possible, and sailed back to my
quarters at Plymouth with that peculiar feeling ef satisfaction which few
but enthusiastic naturalists can appreciate. The filaments of this plant
are about 3in. high, densely tufted, very slender, forked and fastigiate,
or pointing upwards. The joints are cylindrical, and many times longer
‘than broad. ‘Tetraspores are produced in involucres, which are whorled
round the branches at the dissepiments or junction of the articulations.
This isa peculiarity which serves to distinguish it from G. setacea (Fig. 192),
which it otherwise very strongly resembles. ‘The filaments are much more
flaccid than those of G. setacea, and are therefore rather difficult to
mount easily in a natural position. Care must be taken always to wash

RHODOSPERMEA. 209

and mount these delicate plants in sea-water, and to keep them from the
light as much as possible until they are displayed and fixed on paper.

The genus Seirospora is represented in Britain by one species only, the
. beautiful Seirospora Grifithsiana (Fig.193). The generic name, signifying

?

** chain of seeds,’’ very aptly characterises the fruitful cells, which are
produced in strings or chains, being in fact, transformations of the
terminal joints of the ultimate ramuli of the tufted fastigiate branctes,
as represented at Fig. 193; tetraspores, properly so-called, being also
produced in strings, but scattered on various parts of the plant, and
suspended on peduncles or short stalks. This charming species has all the
appearance of a Callithamnion, and indeed Professor Agardh describes
it under the name of Callithamnion seirospermum ; however, the general
opinion of algologists seems to be in favour of Seirospora, and as such,
I am content to letit remain. The fronds are tufted, and have each a
main stem from 3in. to 6in. high, set on each side with numerous

Fic. 194. Fruited branchlet

niet Sere ae er of Corynospora pedicellata.

alternate spreading branches; the lowest of these are longest, and are
more or less furnished with secondary branches and ramuli, the tips of
which generally incline upwards, and in these the strings of fertile cells
are borne, the contents of which are of a brilliant crimson, the stems and
branches being of a pale pink, and at maturity becoming fainter, and
even inclining to a shade of yellow or pale straw colour. The whole
plant is extremely flaccid and tender, but adheres to paper very readily,
and forms a most attractive book specimen. It is very rare, though found
on various parts of the British coasts. The finest specimens in my
possession were taken at Plymouth, and recently a magnificent specimen
was sent for my inspection by Mr. John Gatcombe, who gathered it there.
The rare and beautiful alga now named Corynospora pedicellata (Fig.194),
was, until recently, included in the Callithamnia, but the peculiarity of its
tetrasporic fruit has led to its removal, and now it forms the only British

210 BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

representative of the genus Corynospora, a name which is characteristic
of the somewhat club-shaped tetraspores of our species, as may be seen
at Fig. 194, which is an enlarged terminal branch of C. pedicellata:
The filaments of this plant are from 3in. to 10in. high, very tender and
_ flaccid, irregularly branched, more or less divided, and set here and there
with short forked ramuli, which are frequently produced in little rose-
red tufts at the tips of the branches, the apices of all being invariably
rounded. The articulations of the stems and branches are many times
longer than broad, those of the ramuli being gradually shorter as they
approach the tips. The tetraspores are produced on little stalks, which
arise from the axils of the branches, or sometimes from the upper shoulder
of the joints just below the terminal tufted ramuli. Their colour is
much darker than any other part of the plant, and their form is either
elliptical, or pear-shaped, or, as the generic name implies, club-shaped.
Favelle I have never seen, but they are described as being of large size,
solitary or bi-lobed, and seated on the stems and larger branches.
This species is a summer annual, and is taken at Brighton and Wey-
mouth, in Torbay, at Plymouth, and in Whitsand bay.

I shall now enter on a description of the most interesting group of
the British Floridiz, the charming little Callithamnie, or, as their
generic name signifies, ‘“‘ beautiful shrubs;’’ attractive alike by the
‘beauty and loveliness of their various tints, thé delicacy and simplicity of
their structure, and the exquisite grace and elegance of their forms.
This beautiful genus contains nearly a hundred species, some twenty or
five-and-twenty of which are found on the British shores. Some are
tolerably robust, and attain a length of 6in. or 8in., while others are
much smaller, and some are quite microscopic, forming minute velvety
spots on rocks and on the stems and branches of other alge. Their
structure is exceedingly simple, all being composed of a more or less
branched series of cells filled with pink or crimson endochrome, and
placed end to end. The primary, or conceptacular fruit, is called a
‘*‘favella ;’’ it is a berry-like mass, usually produced on the branches,
singly, in pairs, and sometimes in clusters. The secondary, or tetrasporic
fruit, is generally scattered along the branchlets; in most cases the tetra-
spores are seated on the inner face of the joints or cells, and attached at
their bases to the branchlets or ramuli on which they are seated. Many
of the species are widely distributed ; some are peculiar to the northern
coasts, others are found only on the southern shores, while some few are
met with in widely separated localities. The difficulty, not to say
impossibility, of figuring most of these extremely attenuated plants, so as
to convey any idea of their appearance in the living state, at least so
far as to be of the slightest service in assisting inexperienced collectors
he identifying species, compels me to have recourse to drawings of
magnified portions of most of the plants [ shall describe, and to impress
once more on my readers the absolute necessity for the employment of the
microscope, or the strongest lens obtainable, otherwise the distinction

RHODOSPERME. 21]

of species in this very delicate group of seaweeds, is entirely out of the
question. Dr. Harvey in his original description of the British Calli-
thamnie, classed them under six different characteristic sections, an
arrangement which has always appeared to me so admirable, that not-
withstanding the difficulty of arranging my illustrations in groups con-
venient for my purpose, I intend to follow the order of Dr. Harvey’s
arrangement in my descriptions of the species, «s closely as possible.
Section 1. Cruciata, contains all those species in which the ramuli are
placed on the branches in pairs, generally exactly opposite to each other.

Callithamnion plumula is one of the most brilliant of this group. It is
one of the commonest and most widely dispersed of the tribe, being

Fic. 195. (a) Favellx of Callithamnion plumula; (b) Callithamnion jloccosum ;
(ce) Callithamnion Turneri, magnified.

found from the Orkneys to the South of Devon. The beauty and regularity
of its growth, combined with its graceful outline, its branched froads
(which are like exquisitely arranged plumes of rose-tinted feathers), have
long stamped this plant as a universal favourite. The order of growth
in every part is very remarkable. Hach branch and branchlet has its
exact counterpart, and all the articulations throughout the plant bear
each a similar pair of pectinated or comb-like branchlets. Tetraspores,
like tiny glistening rubies, are seated on the upper side of the terminal
ramuli. Favelle, which are produced in clusters, are attached to the
joints of the main branches, as represented at a (Fig. 195.) There is a

912 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

curious brownish-red variety of this Callithamnion, called C. horridulum
(from the curled or prickly appearance of its crowded branches), which,
like the typical species, I never failed meeting with all around Plymouth,
especially during the summer months, in the sheltered bays near Bovisand
when the tide was gently flowing in. The rare and curious C. cruciatum
is found on mud-covered rocks on the southern shores of England
and Wales. I took this species in abundance, many years ago, in
two or three situations in Plymouth Harbour. The fronds, which are
about 3in. high, are divided into a number of long erect branches,
which are occasionally furnished with a second and even third series ;
the ramuli on all being crowded at the tips, giving the plant a remarkably
feather-like appearance. The ramuliare usually pinnated or winged, and
are set on each joint of the branches in pairs, and sometimes more
numerously, but always exactly opposite; an arrangement which (in addi-
tion to the division of the tetraspores, which are four-parted or cruciate)
is referred to in the specific name of this plant. C.owmilum, taken in
Miltown Malbay, in Ireland, and once by me up the river Plym, is a small
variety of this species; the ramuli are much more closely set on the
branches, and the joints of the stems and branches are shorter. C.
floccosum is a rare early summer annual, found at the Orkneys and on
various parts of the Scottish shores. I have had most lovely specimens
sent me from Peterhead, some bearing favelle in abundance, and others.
full of tetraspores. The fronds of this species are densely tufted, but
sparingly and distantly branched. The branching is alternate, but every
joint of the stem and branches throws out from each side of the upper
shoulder, a pair of opposite, very short and slender, bristle-like ramuli.
The tetraspores are borne on each side of these little ramuli, seated
on short pedicles or stalks, as seen at b, Fig. 195, which represents a
magnified portion of stem, branch, and fruited ramulus. The colour is a
brownish-red ; the whole plant is very flaccid, and adheres very well to
paper. A highly magnified fruited branch of C. Turneri is represented at
c, Fig. 195. The fronds of this small species are rarely 2in. high. They
grow in little bushy tufts on several species of seaweeds on various
parts of the British coasts. The joints of the stems and branches are of
much greater length than almost any other species of Callithaminion,
and the branches are consequently very far apart, but, as well as the
ramuli, invariably opposite. ‘The favelle, which are very similar to those of
Grifithsia setacea (Fig. 192), are produced on stalks, and are enclosed in an
involucre, or clasped by several tiny incurved ramuli. The colour is rose-
red, turning a duller tintin drying. C.barbatum, so named from the small
beard-like ramuli which clothe the upper parts of its long straggling
branches, is a plant of such rare occurrence, that during the many years I
have searched the shores of this country, I have met with but a solitary
specimen. It is said to grow at Weymouth and Penzance, and should
be looked for on mud-covered rocks, near low-water mark. The fronds
are about 2in. high; the branches, which are opposite, but sometimes

s

RHODOSPERME. 213

alternate along the stems, are bare for about half their length, and then
produce the little, erect, opposite, spine-like ramuli, which are referred to
in the specific name of the plant. Tetraspores are seated on the sides of

the winglets or terminal branchlets. The brownish-red colour of its
’ fronds sometimes betrays it in its muddy habitat, but it requires ex-
perience and sharp eyes to detect it at any time.

C. pluma, a minute species, rarely above half an inch high, grows in little
erect velvety tufts on the stems of Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46); but is
very rarely met with, though it occurs in widely separated situations.
It partakes somewhat of the character of the preceding species, in having
the upper part of its fronds set on each side, but sometimes on one side
only, with short setaceous ramuli. This little plant is rather like small forms
of C. Turneri (Fig. 195). The colour is a bright red; but the whole plant is
so minute, that, except as a curiosity, itis hardly worth the trouble of
mounting. Section 2, Fruticosa, includes the species which are essentially
shrub-like, the main stems being more or less opaque, the basal joints more
particularly, being coated within or traversed by numbers of filaments,
which in some species render the jointing nearly undistinguishable.
The ramuli in all the plants of this group are placed alternately on the
branches. C. arbuscula is a particularly robust and shrub-like species.
The branches are so densely clothed with a second series of shorter
branches, all of which are set with numerous closely placed minute
pinnated, or winged ramuli, that, unless the whole be considerably
pruned or thinned out, it is quite impossible to make anything of a
specimen of this bushy plant. The fronds are from three inches to about
six inches long, and, in the growing state, are of a very dark blood-red
colour. This species is, I believe, perennial. It is not found on any of
the southern shores, but is generally met with on the north-western coasts
of Scotland and Ireland. I never failed finding it in the deep rock pools
of Whiting Bay, in the Isle of Arran; but all the specimens I took there
were thrown up from deep water. Even at the lowest spring tides I never
found it growing. The tetraspores are produced on the inner side of
the ramuli; favelle are usually bi-lobed. Next to this northern species
of Callithamnion, the common C. tetragonwm is perhaps the most bushy
and shrub-like of this section. Well-grown plants, such as we have
attempted to depict at Fig. 196, are more or less tufted, each frond having ©
a main stem set with lateral branches, which gradually diminish in length
as they approach the summit, giving an elegant pyramidal outline to the
frond. All the branches are set with a second and third series, and the
tufts of ramuli, which are produced abundantly on each side of the
branches, are somewhat incurved; the joints are narrow at the base,
then gradually widen and become suddenly pointed at the tips. The
tetraspores, which are very minute, are produced near the tips of
these terminal ramuli. Favelle of large size, solitary, or bi-lobed ; when
the latter, the large oval masses are attached to the upper forked ramulus
of the terminal branchlets. The colour is a dark brown red, turning an

214, BRITISH MARINE ALGAE.

orange or yellowish in decay. This species is a summer annual, and is
found most frequently growing on the stems of the larger algz near low-
water mark. Very nearly related to the plant just described is the beautiful

Fig. 196. Callithamnion tetragonum.

species C. brachiatum (Fig. 197) ; indeed, by some writers it is considered
merely a variety of C. tetragonum. It is, however, a much more delicate
plant, especially in the form and finish, so to say, of the branched or tufted
ramuli, which in this species are gradually tapered from the base, and

Fie. 197. (a) Callithamnion brachiatum. (b) Callithamnion Brodie.
(¢) Calluthamnion Hookeri (highly magnified).

terminate in a sharp point, while in C. tetragonuwm they are narrow
at the base, bulged out in the central joints, and suddenly pointed at

the tips. Fig. 197, a, is a highly-magnified ramulus of C. brachiatum,

RHODOSPERME.®. 215

bearing on the inner face of the terminal angle a large favella.
Tetraspores, when present, are similarly situated to those of the foregoing
species. I have always found this pretty plant growing on the tips of
Laminaria digitata (Fig. 46). Many years ago I took a large number of
> specimens in fruit, all of which were growing on the Laminarie outside the
well-known Mewstone Rock near Plymouth; and some years later I found
portions of the fronds of L. digitata cast ashore one stormy day at
Atherton, in the Isle of Wight, every one of which had a fringe of this
lovely Callithamnion, both kinds of fruit being found in abundance
among the numerous specimens I collected on that occasion. The fronds
of this species in the barren state are occasionally above 5in. long, but no
specimen taken by me, in either kind of fruit, ever excedeed 2in. in length.
The colour is generally a rich deep red. C. Brodiwi (Fig. 197), although
widely distributed in Britain, is certainly by no means abundant in any
recorded habitat. I have taken it in fine condition at Plymouth, and
occasionally in Torbay. The fronds are rarely over two inches high,
densely branched, and set throughout with several series of branchlets,
which gradually shorten upwards, and all are furnished with tiny winged
plumules, the little spine-like pinnz which compose them standing.
out almost at right angles from the joints from which they arise,
being what is termed “ erecto-patent.’”’? In plants which bear favelle,
the branching is much more irregular than in those which produce
tetraspores. The favelle are attached in pairs, one on each side of
the stems of the branchlets, as seen at 6, Fig. 198. The tetraspores
are globular in form, and are seated on the inner face of the terminal
ramuli, which‘ are thrown out in pretty regularly alternate order on
each side of the lesser branches. I have usually found this rare plant
on the Fuci at extreme low water mark. The colour is a deep brown-
red, but loses much of its brilliancy in drying. C. Hookeri (Fig. 197), named
after the late Sir W. J. Hooker, is also widely distributed in this country,
but must be considered among the rarities, as it certainly is one of
the favourites of its tribe. It grows on several species of algx, but I
have only found it on submerged rocks, near low-water mark, at
Bovisand, near Plymouth. The fronds of this lovely little plant are
seldom more than two inches high, and are closely set with rather long
branches, which, near the tips, bear a second and even a third set;
and on the terminal or central plumules of the lateral branches the
pretty pair of oval or lobed favelle are produced, loosely attached to
each side of the joints, as seen at c, Fig. 197. Tetraspores are seated
on the inner face of the ramuli on the joints nearest to the stem;
sometimes they are placed on each side of the ramuli, one or two under,
and several above. The colour is usually a brownish-red, or sometimes a
rosy-red; young plants generally retaining their beautiful tints in drying.
C. tetricum (Fig. 198 and 199) is one of the coarsest and most common
species of this genus. It is perennial, and is found on all the rocky
coasts of Britain, hanging from the under side of ledges of rock, whence

216 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

it is easily obtained when the tide recedes, and frequently (grow-
ing in society with it) pretty specimens of Ptilota elegans (Fig.
187), finely coloured plants of JDelesseria alata (Figs. 116 and
117), and sometimes Grifithsia setacea (Fig. 192), will reward the
diligent collector. C. tetricum requires some careful manipulation
in order to make a good book specimen, for the fronds are densely
branched and very bushy. Young plants are most easily managed,
or such as do not exceed in size the one represented at Fig. 198, other-

Fie. 198. Callithamnion tetricum .

wise the pretty and tolerably regular branching of the lateral plumules
cannot be effectively displayed. The magnified branch in our illustration,
Fig. 199, with its long plumules and awl-shaped ramuli, which are set
alternately on the upper half of the branchlets, was taken from one of
the fronds of the plant, which is represented the natural size at Fig. 198.
The colour of this species is a dark brown-red; the substance is very
rigid, and the fronds do not adhere very firmly to paper. The favelle are
mostly in pairs, and are seated near the tips of the terminal pinnz or
winglets. 'Tetraspores are attached to the ultimate ramuli. I have always

Fig. 199. Callithamnion tetricum (magnified).

Fie. 200. Callithamnion roseum.

RHODOSPERME”. 219

found this common species most abundantly in Torbay and at Plymouth.
Section 3, Rosea, contains some of the most lovely plants of this genus.
The main stems of all are mostly very slender, and the joints or articu-
lations of the branches are pellucid and very distinct. In some of the
older plants of several species in this group the main stems are nearly
opaque, being traversed or filled with veins or longitudinal filaments.
In all, the ramuli are alternate, never opposite.

C. roseum, represented the natural size at Fig. 200, is found on muddy
rocks, and sometimes on other weeds near low-water mark, on the coast
of Norfolk, at Brighton, and down the south coast of Devon and Cornwall.
At Plymouth I have often found this species in the highest perfection.
I have taken specimens there, the fronds of which were over 6in. long,
and the colour an exquisite mixture of light purple and brilliant crimson.
The fronds of this beautiful species ‘are excessively branched ; all the
branches are irregularly pinnated or winged, and these pinne or winglets
are set with wide spreading ramuli, which gradually shorten towards
the tips, giving to the pretty plumules a graceful pyramidal outline.
These plumules are generally so crowded in the upper branches, that they
give a very densely feathery appearance to the outline of the plant, as
well asa deep rosy tint to the terminal portions of the fronds. Tetra-
spores are seated on the inner face of the ramuli, about three or four
on the lower ones, and diminishing in number upwards, as seen
in the magnified plumule at a, Fig, 201. Favelle are produced near
the tips of the plumules. The joints of the stems are about three
times, those of the ramuli about twice as long as broad. The plant
is an annual, and is in perfection during the summer months. C.
byssoideum, though met with in many situations, is by no means
a common species. The fronds of this plant are extremely slender, and
very difficult to display without mjury. They are densely branched from
the base, and crowded throughout with lesser branches, all of which are
clothed with very flaccid byssoid branchlets, set with slender pinnate
ramuli, which generally shorten upwards and terminate in a fine point.
The joints of the stem and principal branches are about six times
longer than broad, and those of the ramuli somewhat less. Tretraspores,
elliptical in form, are seated on the inner side of the ramuli, as seen in the
magnified plumule at b, Fig.201. Favelle, which are sometimes three-lobed,
are attached to the sides of the stems. This species is occasionally mis-
taken for fine or delicate forms of C. corymbosum (Figs. 203 and 204),
but the joints in the branches of the latter are much longer, and
the terminal branchlets are more level-topped, each fork being tipped
with a pair of divaricating articulations, slightly longer than broad.
The colour is a delicate rose-pink, in early growth a rich brown-red,
and the plant firmly adheres to paper in drying. C. polyspermum, so
named from the abundance of its tetraspores, which are produced on the
spreading spine-like ramuli of the lesser branches in regular closely set
series from the base to the tip, as seen at c, Fig. 201. The globular

220 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

tufts of this little plant are from 2in. to 8in. long, and are densely
branched ; the lesser branches being more or less pinnated or branchedina
similar manner, the ramuli being subulate or awl-shaped, and of nearly
uniform length, but shortened towards the tips of the pinnules, and |
sometimes curved outwards or reflexed. Favelle are usually clustered,
and are placed about the centre of the stems of the plumules, as re-
presented at d, Fig. 201. The colour of this pretty summer annual is a
rose or purplish-red. It is met with at Brighton and in Torbay, but in
much greater abundance and beauty at Plymouth, where, on muddy
rocks at low-water mark, I have often detected its little rosy fronds just
appearing on the surface of its uninviting habitat. C. Borreri, dedicated
to Mr. Borrer, of Brighton, is a beautiful and very distinctly-marked
species, all the upper branches being set with distichous plumules
(or plumed branchlets set in alternate opposite series), the lower portions
being destitute of ramuli, the upper furnished with wide-spreading pinne,
the lowest of whichare longest. These little closely-plumed branches give
a beautifully-feathered outline to the plant, and, under the microscope,
when this species is in tetrasporic fruit, the ramuli of the little feather- —
like branchlets seem as though they were bordered with crimson cherries.
The favellz also are a beautiful sight, being seated in pairs on each side of
_ the stem of a plumule; each lobe being contained within a transparent
envelope, as represented at e, Fig. 201. The colour varies froma pale rose.
red to a dull brown-red. The filaments are also of variable length,
being from two inches to five inches long. The plant is in perfection in
May or June, and is taken in various parts of England and Ireland. My
finest specimens were gathered on the muddy banks near Tor Point, and
under Mount Edgcumbe in Plymouth Harbour. C. tripinnatum is an
extremely rare and veryexquisite little annual. Under the microscope it has
very much the character of the foregoing; but it differs from that, as
from all others of its tribe, in having a very minute ramulus, which springs
from the first joint in the angle of each plumule. It has been taken on the
west coast of Ireland and at Plymouth, but hitherto I have not had the
good fortune of meeting with it. C.affine, another very rare species, quite
unknown to me, except through Dr. Harvey’s beautiful figure of it in the
“ Phycologia Britannica,’’ was found many yearsago on the shores of the
Isle of Bute. OC. fasciculatum is also very rare, and, like the foregoing
plant, is, to my mind, a very doubtful species. It was found many years
agoat Yarmouth by Mr. Borrer. The figure of it in the Phycologia is that
of an exceedingly beautiful plant, but any lengthened description here of
such very decided rarities seems to me to be utterly unnecessary. C. gracil-
limum (Fig. 202) is probably the most graceful and beautiful of all the
British species of this charming tribe of alge. It was discovered, I believe,
by Mrs. Griffiths, on the muddy base of the pier at Torquay. The plant was
published originally under its present name, by Professor Agardh; but it
is to be regretted that the name C. filicinum, proposed for it by its
discoverer. was not adopted in the first instance, since the plant .is so

Fie, 201. Magnified branchlets of (a) Callithamnion rosewm, (b) C. byssoidewm, (c) C.
polyspermum, with tetraspores ; (d) the same, with favelle; (¢) C. Borreri.

Fie, 202. (a) Magnified branchlets of C. gracillimwm, with favelle: (b) the same, with
tetraspores; (c) C. granulatum.

{ti

:

Teer 4

1 \ ey te dersadyl nde

L442 oe er ies ee
NP See eit gy Set ye Soet

:
a sar te ab 4 yy, hs
"ey Par lL r Pus i 3
'
ty iy meee aie ~~ Ana rmeS ate, boon

ve iy j a tan Py
MAT, ke
on om Pan bg pee patil ate
= - 5 Spee
ante ied é 2
— p ’ Ges : f
en «= 7 a bo, |
- t . ‘ a

RHODOSPERME. 223

exactly like one of the most delicately branched exotic ferns in miniature.
This lovely species grows abundantly at Plymouth, at Falmouth, and also in
its former habitat here in the Torquay harbour. The graceful filaments
of this plant are from 2in. to 5in. long. The stems of the branches are
~ very slender, and are set in alternate series along the main stems. All the
branches are bi-tripinnate, or furnished with an opposite row of branchlets,
from which spring short pointed ramuli, some of which are branched, or
bear a second, and sometimes even a third series of lesser ramuli or
pinnule. No figure could possibly do justice to such minute and delicate
branching as we behold in this species ; I must, therefore, be content to
refer the reader to a and b, in Fig. 202, which represent, severally,
magnified plumules, showing the form and position of the clustered favelle
and the tetraspores, the latter being a transformation of the terminal joints
of shortened pinnules. The colour is a full rose-red, being much paler
when the plant produces favelle, which appear like little dark red spots
on the stems and branches. C. thuyoidewm, like a cypress in miniature,
has a strong resemblance to thé young state of the foregoing plant. Its
densely branched little fronds rarely exceed 2in. in height ; but, except in
some minor particulars, the ramification is so similar to that of C.
gracillimum, that experienced algologists are now and then at a loss to
decide between them. The branches are, however, shorter, and the
plumules are set closer together, and the joints throughout the plant are
proportionately thicker or broader. The tetraspores are produced in
exactly the same position as those of the preceding, but the favelle are
very different, being bi-lobed, and thrown out from the under side near the
base of the pinnules ; those of C. gracillimwm being, as described, produced
in clusters on the branches or at the junction of two articulations near the
base of a branched plumule. This rare little annual has been found in
widely-separated situations in England and Ireland. I have taken it in
Torbay and at Plymouth ; specimens from the latter place being always of
a fine rose red. The substance is very soft and tender, and the plant
adheres very well to paper. Section 4, Corymbosa, contains only two
British species, the stems of which are distinctly articulated, the lower
joints of one of these species being, however, traversed by dark-coloured
veins ; the ramuli are dichotomous, or branched by more or less numerous
forkings. C.spongioswm, so called originally from the spongy appearance
of its excessively crowded and matted tufts of ultimate ramuli, is now
named C. granulatum, in reference to its abundant granular or tetrasporic
fruit. This curious species is found during the summer on the shady side
of submarine rocks at low-water mark. Its densely-branched fronds, which
are rarely over 4in. high, bear a striking similarity to those of the northern
species, C. arbuscula; and it appears that our C. granulatum occupies the
place of C. arbuscula on shores where the latter is not found, never grow-
ing together, in fact, though, as observed by Dr. Harvey, ‘‘both affect
similar situations on different shores.’ My own experience concerning
these peculiar species perfectly agrees with these remarks of Professor

294, BRITISH MARINE ALGA.

Harvey. C. arbuscula I have taken in Scotland only ; C. granulatum
I have found in Torbay, and at Plymouth frequently, but on no northern
shore. The branches of this shrub-like plant are very closely set, but
are spread out in all directions ; and these throw out a second and third
series of lesser branches, all of which terminate in little fan-shaped
branched ramuli, the tips of which are forked, the outline being somewhat
arched. Tetraspores are produced singly, in or near the base of the forked
ramuli; as seen in the magnified branchlet at c, Fig. 202, bilobed-favelle
are placed in the angles of the branches. The colour is a purplish red ;
but allmy specimens in drying became a most beautiful sepia, or sometimes
Vandyke brown. C.corymboswmis one of the rarities, as well as one of the
most delicate of this genus; its general appearance is represented at

Fig. 208. Callithamnion corymbosum.

Wig. 203. The terminal branchlets are fastigiate or level-topped at the tips,
which are of the utmost tenuity, and are crowded together to such an
extent, as to appear like numbers of little red corymbs crowning the
branches, whence the specific name. The branching of this species is
often very irregular, but the great length of the joints in the stem
and branches, and the bifid tips of its corymbose terminal branchlets, are
characters so distinct that it cannot very easily be mistaken for any
_other species. ‘The tetraspores are attached to the sides of the joints just
below the forkings of the terminal ramuli, as represented at a, Fig. 204, and
the favelle, which are bi-lobed and of large size, are produced in the axils
of the branchlets, immediately under the little rosy-red corymbs, as seen
at b, Fig. 204. The substance is so soft and gelatinous that the plant
adheres perfectly to paper when drying. A most lovely, and, as it appears

RHODOSPERME“:. pide’

to me, new species of Callithamnion has been sent to me from Plymouth,
being found pretty abundantly, growing on the Fuci, at low-water mark in
some part of Plymouth harbour. It was discovered there by Mr. E. M.
- Holmes, and published by him in the September number of Grevillea,
accompanied by some beautiful figures, showing its growth, structure, and
peculiar system of fructification. Whether it be really a new species or
not, I donot pretend to decide, though I believe it tobe so. However, as it
seems to me to possess some characters which bring it pretty nearly to
the corymbose section, I mention it here in order to inform students and
collectors what a beautiful plant awaits them on the muddy bank at
Torpoint, Plymouth ; and doubtless ere long it will be found in others
situations in that locality. This interesting plant is somewhat similar to
the beautiful Seirospora Griffithsiana (Fig. 193); but the fructification is
very differently situated, being produced in branched necklace-like cells,
which arise in tufts from the rachis of the plumules and pinne, just at the
junction of two opposite branchlets, some little distance below the tip ; but
these sporiferous filaments are never produced in the terminal branchlets,

Fig. 204. (a) Callithamnion corymbosum, with tetraspores; (b) the same,
with favelle, magnified.

as is the case in Seirospora. There are other remarkable characters
observable in this plant, but the brief description given above is sufficient
for my present purpose; and ere long I trust the discoverer may be
able to publish this plant with a recognised name, and also be in a position
to state whether it be really a new species, or merely a variety of some
exotic which has found its way to these shores, and so become associated
with our marine flora.

‘Section 5, Pulvinata, contains three small species, which consist of
densely branched cushion-like tufts, or sometimes like patches of velvet pile,
usually found growing on rocks near low-water mark. C. Rothii (Fig. 205),
dedicated to Herr Roth, is said to be a perennial species, fruiting in
winter. About seven years ago I found this tiny Callithamnion in very
great abundance, growing on the rocky sides of a cave on the coast of
Durham, a little below Tynemouth. This cave could only be entered,
even at low water, in a boat, and, although (as the boatman informed me)
many a smuggled keg of spirits had been concealed there, I doubt if
any algologist had ever been there before me. The filaments of this little

x

226 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

plant are rarely an inch high. The branches are very short, slender, and
erect, and lie very close to the filaments from which they arise, which
is usually near the tips. The joints are about twice as long as broad.
Tetraspores are the only form of fruit I have met with on this species.
They are produced in clusters of twos and threes, on the tips of terminal
branched ramuli, as seen at a, Fig. 205. The colour isa deep purplish red.
A variety of this plant, called C. purpwrewm, is known by its more minute
filaments, which are very sparingly branched. The little velvet-like tufts
are found sometimes on marine rocks in long purplish-red masses, scarcely
a quarter of an inch high. C. floridulum (Fig. 205), which is so common
on the west of Ireland that it is carted away from the shore and employed
as manure, is found in various situations in this country and in the
Orkneys. I have taken lovely specimens of it at Hastings and at Ply-
mouth. The filaments are produced in dense erect tufts about an inch
and a half high, slightly-branched, and furnished with a very few terminal
branchlets or ramuli, which are densely appressed or arranged almost
parallel with the branchlets from which they spring. The joints of the
stems and branches are nearly all about three times as long as broad.
The fruit of this species, which was discovered by Mr. Ralfs, the well-
‘known naturalist, consists of very minute tetraspores, which are borne
on tiny little pedicels, usually in a series of three, ranged on the outer
side of the terminal branches. A fruited filament 1s represented at b,
Fig. 205. The colour is a pretty mixture of crimson and purple, and
when plants in good condition are carefully mounted on paper they
make very attractive book specimens; as in drying, the filaments
have the soft texture and glistening appearance of tufts of floss silk.
C. mesocarpum (Fig. 205), so named from the situation of the tetrasporic
fruit, which is produced on single or forked pedicels about the middle of
the little erect filaments, is a very minute and a very rare species, found
originally at Appin, in Scotland, by the late Captain Carmichael, and
once only by myself in Lamlash Bay. Portion of a filament bearing
tetraspores is represented at c, Fig. 205. The joints of the tiny fronds
of this plant are about four times as long as broad. The colour is a
brownish red or purple, and, to the unassisted eye, the whole plant
appears like a mere. dark reddish crust attached to the rock on which
it grows. The last section of this lovely group of seaweeds contains
two or three species, which are minute parasites, and, like several of the
foregoing, are hardly distinguishable as vegetable structures, unless they
are examined under a tolerably powerful microscope. However, as each
_ species is pretty constant to some particular plant, which the student will
easily recognise, a very slight examination of the decaying fronds of those
I am about to name, will doubtless reward the collector for his search
after these microscopic Callithimnie. It has often been said that the
roots of the great Laminariw, which are thrown ashore after a storm,
are a mine of wealth to the zoologist ; and certainly, if properly examined,
old fronds and stems of the same species are frequently rich in micro-

RHODOSPERME. 227

scopic parasites, which, particularly on account of their rarity, are
the delight of all enthusiastic algologists. Among these minute parasitic
plants, may occasionally be found, in tiny scattered tufts, less than a
. quarter of an inch high, the rare and curious species, VU. sparswm, the
filaments of which are nearly straight, with blunt tips, and very sparingly
branched, rarely more than a single branch or ramulus being thrown
out from one side of the erect filaments near the terminal portions.
The colour of this plant is a pinky-red. Its most frequent place of
growth is on the stem or decaying frond of Laminaria saccharina (Fig.
43.) CO. Daviesii is most generaliy parasitic on the decaying fronds of
Ceramium rubrum (Fig. 176) in rock pools about half-tide level. I once
dredged in Plymouth Sound a very fine plant of Sporochnus pedunculatus
(Fig. 55), every branch of which was infested throughout with most
luxuriant specimens of this lovely little Callithamnion, beautifully in
fruit.. The little tufts of this plant are about a quarter of an inch

4

|
}
\
J
4d

Q

Fig. 205. Magnified filaments—(a) Callithamnion Rothii; (b) C. floridulum ;
(ec) C. mesocarpum; (d) C. Daviesii; (e) C. virgatulum.
high, the branches are alternate, and at intervals of four or five
joints apart, a short branch is thrown out, which bears on its inner
face a series of small erect ramuli, the longest of which is nearest the axil,
so that the three are nearly on a level at the tips. Tetraspores, when
present, are attached to these axillary ramuli. Part of a terminal branch
is represented at d, Fig. 205. C. virgatulum, or the twig-like callitham-
nion, is considered by some writers to be merely a variety of the
preceding species. It is also parasitic on Ceramium rubrum. The little
lateral branches are produced much in the same way as those of the
foregoing, but the ramuli are so short that they appear to consist merely
of a single cell arising from one side only of the stems and branches.
A branch of this plant is represented at e, Fig. 205. The tufts of this
little parasite are about a quarter of an inch long, of a pinky-red colour,
and they sometimes so completely envelope the fronds of the plant of

228 BRITISH MARINE ALG.

which they giow, that nothing but the parasite itself is visible to the
unassisted eye. I have met with this species in Scotland, and on various
parts of the southern shores of England, but most abundantly and
beautifully fruited, in Torbay and at Plymouth. :

I have now concluded my description of the British marine alge, in
which I have endeavoured to fulfil the promise of my introduction to
this work, viz., to supply any of my readers who may visit the seashore,
with a subject to occupy their leisure, to interest them in the vegetable
productions of the deep, and to instruct them in preserving such specimens
as they may collect for future study. With the exception of a few very
rare plants and some minute parasites, every species of seaweed which is
likely to be met with on the shores of the British islands has been
accurately figured, either from the living plant, or from photographs or
drawings of magnified portions; so that, with these illustrations before
them, and the help of even an ordinary lens, I make bold to say that few
collectors will find any particular difficulty in identifying such plants
as they may meet with during their rambles on the seashore.

ADDENDA.

In describing the Ulve at pages 8 and 9, I unintentionally omitted the
species Ulva lactuca, so called from its fancied resemblance to a coss-
lettuce. In early growth this plant is a long pear-shaped bag, which
bursts at the top and splits down the sides, spreading out into segments of
irregular shape and size. In structure this species differs from others of
the genus, on which account, as observed by the late Mrs. Gatty, a sub-
division of the Ulvew was proposed, under the name of ‘‘ Phycoceris,’’ to
include Ulva latissima and U. linza. I prefer, however, to retain these
plants in Ulva. The membranous fronds of these two species are double,
though adhering closely together, while those of U. lactuca are composed
of a single layer of cells. The mature frond of this plantis about 6in.
long, and its colour is usually a pale green. Its place of growth is on
rocks, shells, and also on other seaweeds, between tide-marks.

The interesting species Polysiphonia divergens has been added to our
British Marine Flora by Mrs. Merrifield, of Brighton, who identified it as
such in a plant which was taken at Falmouth in 1861. It is a native of
the South Atlantic, and is found at Cadiz, and also in the Adriatic. The
plant is of small size, the fronds are very slender and much entangled ; in
general aspect this rare species bears some resemblance to P. spinulosa.
The siphons of the stem are six or seven, and are of nearly equal
diameter.

Fucus anceps is another rarity, which is taken, I believe, only on the
west coast of Ireland. It was discovered by Harvey and Ward, and
published as a new species by Mr. S. O. Gray in his “ British Seaweeds.”’
I have not seen this species in the growing state, but the dried specimen
which I poszess, very strongly resembles the barren form of Fucus canali-
culatus (Fig. 34), except that the fronds are not channelled and the ter-
minal forks are not quite so blunt at the tips.

Fig. 47 in this work, is an accurate representation of a young plant of
Laminaria stenophylla, which Dr. Harvey has described as a var. of L. digi-
tata (Fig. 46), but which is now regarded by Professor Agardhas a distinct
species, and I think justly so. The chief points in which they differ are as
follows. The stem in L. digitata is always round and roughish to the touch,
especially in mature plants, when the periphery, or outer margin, may pro-

x

230 ADDENDA.

perly be termed the bark of the stem ; but in L.stenophylla the stem is com-
pressed or flattened, and is smooth at all stages of its growth, and entirely
destitute of bark. In L. digitata, when the tide leaves the growing plants
exposed, the stems stand up out of the water like hard curved sticks, but
those of L. stenophylla are soft and pliable, and when the tide recedes
entirely from them, the stems and long leathery fronds lie limp and flat
upon the rocks where they grow. Again, as regards the manner in which
the fronds of these species are digitated or cleft, there is a very marked
difference. In L. digitata the laciniations commence very nearly at the
base of the lamina, just where it expands above the stem ; and frequently
as many as a dozen or more radiate from this point, often reaching a
length of several feet without further division in any of them; but in
L. stenophylla, the divisions are much less numerous, of far greater pro-
portional length, and the secondary laciniations are more regular and also
few in number, and very narrow as they approach the tips. The situations
in which these plants grow are also very different, for, although L. digitata
is found in pools often above half-tide level, its ordinary place of growth
is below tide-marks and extending into deep water, while L. stenophylla
vegetates within ordinary tides, and may be said to form a zone, as it
were, between the larger Laminarie and the shore.

To the Orkney kelp-gatherers, the differences between these two species
are so marked, that peculiar local names are assigned to them, L. digitata
being known as ‘‘Cuvy,’’ while L. stenophylla is always called “ Tangle.”’

In the north of Scotland a gigantic form of L. saccharina (Fig. 43) is
met with, which, I am informed, Professor Agardh considers identical
with L. caperata, a large species which is a native of Spitzbergen. The
frond of this plant is nearly 2ft. wide, and very much curled and fringed
at the margins. In conclusion, I may briefly refer to the large species,
L. bulbosa (Fig. 48), which will henceforth be known as Sacchorhiza
bulbosa, the bulbous or bag-rooted laminaria; a change of name which
I consider highly appropriate, the large bulb or bag-like root of this
curious species being fully as characteristic as the common name of “ sea-
furbelows” is of the puckered or waved margins of its flattened stem.

A COMPLETE

. LIST OF BRITISH SEAWEEDS,

Containing all the most recent changes of the names of the plants as they
occur in the works of Dr. Harvey, Professor Agardh, and Dr. J. E. Gray.
(The old names are in italics.)

CHLOROSPERMEA.

Order BULBOCHETACE.
Ochlochete hystrix.

Carmichelianum

(Lyngbya Carmicheelii)

Spirulina tenuissima.
Tolypothrix fascicu-

speciosum (Lyngbya , lata (Calothrix fascicu-
Order CONFERVACEX speciosa). : | lata).
Cladophora albida Leptucy-tea pellucida |

arcta Cladophora pellucida). |
Balliana aera sen ripariuw | iia ft: ree
is : ens.
Brownii ig! ag amphibium
diffusa flaccum (Lyngbya aka
falcata fiacca) tomentosum.
flavescens Vaucheria clavata
ecg Order Nostocuinex. marina
—— Monormia intricata. submarina
Gattye spermosira litorea velutina.
glaucescens Harveyana. Bryopsis hypnoides
gracilis SpherozygaCarmichaelii plumosa.
— Berkeleyana.
letevirens areal Order ULVACE
Magdalene ¥ Porphyra laciniata
Macallana linearis
nuda Order OscILLATORIACE vulgaris.
rectangularis Actinothrix Stokesiana Ulva lactuca
refracta Arthronema cespitula latissima
repens (Calothrix ccespitula). linza.
Rudolphiana hypnoides (Calcothrix Enteromorpha clathrata
rupestris hypnoides). compressa
uncialis. Calothrix confervicola cornucopiz
Chetomorpha erea luteola erecta*
arenicola pannosa Hopkirkii*
arenosa scopulorum | intes:inalis
implexa semiplena. Linkiana*
linum Lyngbya ferruginea percursa*
melagonium majuscula. stalfsii*
sutoria Microcoleus anguiformis ramulosa.*
tortuosa Oscillatoria insignis (Those marked * are
Cytophora litorea. littoralis merely varieties of
Hormotrichum _bangi- nigro-viridis Enteromorpha clath-
oides spiralis rata.)
collabens subsalsa Bangia carnea
Cutlerie. subuliformis ciliaris
Younganum Rivularia atra elegans
(The thirteen foregoing nitida fusca-purpurea.
plants were formerly p-icata. Goniotrichum cerami-

included in the genus
Conferva.)

Schizosiphon Warrenie.

Schizothrix Creswelli.

colum (Bangia cera-
micola).

Order CHORDARIACE

Chordaria flagelliformis
divaricata.

Elachista fucicola
attenuata (Z. pulvinata)
eurta
flaccida
Grevillei
scutulata
stellul ta
velutina.

Myrionema clavatum
Leclancherii
punctiforme
strangulans.

Leathesia Berkeleyi
crispa
tuberiformis.

Mesogloia Griffithsiana
vermicularis
virescens,

Ralfsia deusta
verrucosa.

Order DicrroTacE®
Asperococcus compres-
sus
echinatus.
Turneri.
vermicularis,
Cutleria multifida.
Dictyota dichotoma.
Dictyota var. intricata.
Dictyosiphon foenicula-
ceus.
Haliseris polypodioides
Litosiphon pusillus
(Chlorosiphon pusillus.)
laminarie.
Padina pavonia.
Punctaria latifolia
plantaginea

. Order CERAMIACE

Callithamnion affine
arbuscula
barbatum
Borreri
brachiatum
Brodisi
byssoideum
corymbosum
cruciatum

MELANOSPERMEA.

tenuissima,
Stilophora rhizodes
Lyngbyei
Striaria attenuata.
Taonia atomaria(Dictyota
atomaria.)
Zonaria collaris
parvula,

Order EctocaRPAcE
Cladostephus spongiosus
verticillatus.
Chetomorpha plumosa
(Sphacelaria plumosa)
Ectocarpus amphibius
brachiatus
crinitus
distortus
fasciculatus
fenestratus
granulosus
Hincksie
Landsburgii
littoralis
longifructus
Mertensii.
pusillus.
siliculosus
| spherophorus
tessellatus
tomentosus
| Myriotrichia claveformis
filiformis.
| Sphacelaria cirrhosa
filicina
fusca
racemosa
radicans
scoparia

Order Fucacez

| Oystoseira barbata

RHODOSPERMEM.

Daviesii

fasciculatum

floccosum

floridulum

gracillimum

granulatum (C. spongi-
osum)

Hookeri

hormocarpum
interruptum

A COMPLETE LIST OF BRITISH SEAWEEDS.

ericoides
fibrosa
foeniculacea
granulata
Fucodium canaliculatum
(Fucus canaliculatus).
nodosum (Fucus nodo-
SUS).
tuberculatum (Pucno-
phycus tuberculatus).
Fucus anceps
ceranoides
Mackaii
serratus
vesiculosus, ;
Halidrys siliquosa.
Himanthalia lorea.
Sargassum vulgare
bacciferum

Order LAMINARIACE
Alaria esculenta.
Chorda filum.

lomentaria
Laminaria digitata

fascia

fascia, var. debilis.

phyllitis

saccharina

stenophylla.
Sacchorhiza bulbosa (Z.

bulbosa)

Order SPOROCHNACE
Arthrocladia villosa.
Carpomitra Cabrere.
Desmarestia ligulata

pinnatinervia
aculeata
viridis
Sporochnus peduncula-
tus.

mesocarpum
piuma
plumula

var. horridulum
polyspermum
roseum
Rothii
secundatum
sparsum
tetragonum

A COMPLETE LIST OF BRITISH SEAWEEDS.

tetricum
thuyoideum
tripinnatum
Turneri
versicolor
virgatulum.

Ceramium acanthono-
tum

ciliatum
Deslongchampsii
diaphanum
echionotum
fastigiatum
flabelligerum
gracillimum
microcladia Cocksii
rubrum
var. decurrens
var. proliferum’ (Ce-
ramium botryocar-
pum)
strictum
tenuissimum (C. nodo-
sum).

Corynospora pedicellata
(Callithamnion pedi-
cellatum).

Crouania attenuata,

Dudresnaia coccinea.

Griffithsia barbata

corallina
Devoniensis
secundifiora.
setacea,

Halurus equisetifolius
(Grifithsia equiseti-
Folia)

var. simplicifilum.
Microcladia glandulosa,
Ptilota plumosa

elegans (P. sericea).
Seirospora Griffithsiana.

Order CHONDRIEZX
Polyides lumbricalis (P.
rotundus).
Lomentaria articulata
kaliformis

ovaiis

parvula

reflexa.

(The five foregoing
were formerly inclu-
ded in Chylocladia.)

Laurencia pinnatifida
hybrida (Z. cxspitosa.)
obtusa,

Order CorRALLINACE®

Corallina elongata
officinalis
Squamata.

Jania corniculata
rubens.

Melobesia agariciformis
calcarea
farinosa
fasciculata
lichenoides
membranacea

polymorpha
pustulata
verrucata.

Order CRYPTONEMIACE
Abnfeldtia plicata (Gym-
nogongrus plicatus).

Catenella opuntia.
Chondrus crispus.
Chylocladia
(Chrysymenia clavel-
losa@)
rosea
rosea).
Cystoclonium purpuras-
cens (Hypnxa pur-
purascens),
Dumontia filiformis.
Furcellaria fastigiata,
Gigartina acicularis
mamillosa
pistillata
Teedi.
Gloiosiphonia capillaris.
Grateloupia filicina.
Gymuogongrus Grif-
tithsize
Norvegicus (Chondrus
Norvegicus).
Halymenia ligulata
var, dichotoma
var. latifolia
var. ramentacea.
Kallymenia microphylla
reniformis.
Phyllophora Brodizi
var. simplex
membrauiiolia
palmettoides
rubens.
Schizymenia Dubyi
(Kallymenia Dubui).
edulis (Jridwa edulis).
Stenogramma ipterrupta

(Chrysymenia

' Order GELIDIACEE _

Gelidium corneum
var. abnorme
var. aculeatum
var, capillaceum
var. clavatum
var. claviferum
var. confertum
var. crinale
var. flexuosum
var latifolium
var. pinnatum
var. pulchellum
var. sesquipedale
var, uniforme

Order HELMINTHOCLADIER
Helminthora divaricata

(Dudresnaia divari-
cata).
purpurea (Nemaleon

purpureum).

Callophyllis laciniata
(Rhodymenia laci« |
niata).

i
clavellosa |

233

Nemaleon multifidum.
Scinaia furcellata (Gi-
nannia furcellata).

| Order RHODOMELACEZ

Bonnemaisonia aspara-

goides.

Bostrichia scorpioides.

Chondriopsis dasyphylla

| (Laurencia dasyphylla)

tenuissima (Laurencia
| tenuissima).

Dasya arbuscula

Cattlowiz

coccinea

corynibifera (D.venusta)

| ocellata
punicea.

Odonthalia dentata.

Polysiphonia affinis
Agardhiana
atro-rubescens
Brodiei
byssoides
Carmichaeliana
divergens
elongella
fastigiata
fibrata
fibrillosa
foetidissima
formosa
furcellata
Grevillii
Griffithsiana
nigrescens
obscura
parasitica
Richardsoni
sertularioides (P. pul-

vinata)
simulans
spinulosa
stricta
subulifera
urceolata
variegata
violacea.

Rhodomela lycopodi-

oides
subfusca,

Rytiphlea pinastroides
complanata
fruticulosa

thuyoides.

| (The three foregoing

are now included in

the genus Polysi-
phonia.)

| Order RHopYMENIACE
Cordylecladia erecta
(Gracilaria erecta).
Euthora cristata (Rhody-
menia cristata).
| Maugeria sanguinea
(Delesseria sanguinea).
Plocamium coccineum.
Rhodymenia palmata
var. marginifera

234, ERRATA.

var. sarniensis Gracilaria confervoi- | Order SpyripIAcEz
var. simplex des , Spyridia filamentosa
baw sobolifera compressa

palmetta multipartita.
var. niczensis Nitophyllum Bonnemai- Order sional

Rhodophyllis appendi- soni Cr eae ee

culata. Gmelini pete esis

bifida (Rhodymenia Hillize Hevelidinn Follaetin
bifida). laceratum ere (Lithocystis

punctatum | Allmanni).

Order SPHHROCOCCOIDE®

var. crispatum |

Hildenbranatia rubra.

Calliblepharis ciliata var. fimbriatum :
(Rhodymenia ciliata) var. ocellatum yo oe
jubata (Rhodymenia var. Pollexfenii a details = 3
Jubata). thysanorhizans
Delesseria alata uncinatum Order WRANGELIACE
angustissima versicolor Atractophora hypnoides.
hypoglossum Spherococcus coronopi- Naccaria Wiggii.
ruscifolia folius. Wrangelia multifida
sinuosa. var. pilifera.
ERRATA.
PAGE

5, Fig. 3, for coloured, read colourless.
9, line 36, The word ‘‘ Order” here, as in all other instances in this work where
reference is made to groups of plants, should be printed with a capital letter.

13, line 37, for variations, read varieties.

17, line 17, for Cladophora, read Cladophore.

35, line 45, omit the word ‘“ represented.”

38, line 6, for mammille, read mamille.

54, line 27, for Haliseris, read polypodioides.

64, last line, for its, read of.

72, line 41, for lattissima, read latissima.

73, line 19, for Ectocarpacex, read Ectocarpes.

79, Fig. 80, for Ectocarpacer, read Ectocarpes.

98, line 24, for strams, read streams.
116, lines 1 and 2, for Griffithsianes, 7ead Griffithsiana ; for subulata, ead subulifera;

Jor Polyida, read Polyides.

141, Fig. 150, for latifolia, read latifolium.

179, line 25, insert the word ‘ like ’’ between the words “ appearing little.”
192, line 29, for the under, vead under the.
225, line 11, for others, read other.
226, line 42, for Callithamnias, read Callithamnie.

A.

Ahbnfeltia plicata, 166

Alaria esculenta, 42, 64

Asperococcus compressus,
64

echinatus, 64, 83

Turneri, 53, 64

vermicularis, 66
Arthrocladia villosa, 44, 46

B.

Bangia fusca purpurea, 9
Bonnemaisonia asparagoi-
des, 94
Bostrichia scorpioides, 98
Bryopsis hypnoides, 22, 23
plumosa, 21, 23

Pa.

Calliblepharis ciliata, 156
jubata, 136

Callithamnion affine, 220
arbuscula, 213, 223, 224
barbatum, 212
Borreri, 220
brachiatum, 214
Brodizi, 215
byssoideum, 219
corymbosum, 219, 224
cruciatum, 212
Daviesii, 227
fasciculatum, 220
filisinum. 220
floccosum, 212
fioridulum, 226
gracillimum, 225
granulatum; 225, 224
Hookeri, 215
horridulum, 212
mesocarpum, 226
pluma, 215
plumula, 211
polyspermum, 219
pumilum, 212
purpureum, 226

}

|

| Callophyllis laciniata, 163 |

| Ceramium acanthonotum,

| Chordaria divaricata, 67

INDEX.

Callithamnion—con.
roseum, 219
Rothii, 225
seirospermum, 209
sparsum, 227
spongiosum, 223
tetragonum, 213, 214
tetricum, 215, 216
thuyoideum, 223
tripinnatum, 220 |
Turneri, 213, 214
virgatulum, 227

Calothrix confervicola, 27
semiplena, 24

Carpomitra Caprere, 44, 50

Catenella opuntia, 182

198
botryocarpum, 192
ciliatum, 197
decurrens, 192
Deslongchampsii, 192
diaphanum, 193
echionotum, 197
fastigiatum, 194
flabelligerum, 197, 198
gracillimum, 194
microcladia Cocksii,
188
nodosum, 194
rubrum, 23, 24, 27, 72,
188, 197, 227
var. proliferum, 192
structum, 194 |
tenuissimum, 194

flagelliformis. 66, 67
Chondriopsis dasyphylla,
97

tenuissima, 97
Chondrus crispus, 68, 122, |
159, 166, 173
Norvegicus, 166
iiss * filum, 4, 29, 42, 62,
» |

lomentaria, 40, 42, 66, —
55
tomentosa, 42
Chylocladia. articulata, 90
clavellosa, 177
parvula, 90

_ Cladostephus

| Chrysymenia Orcadensis,

177

- Cladophora albida, 18

arcta, 17, 18
Balliana, 18
Brownii, 19
diffusa, 16
falcata, 16
flexuosa, 18
fracta, 18
Gattye, 19
glaucescens, 19
glomerata, 18
gracilis, 18
Hutchinsie, 5, 16
letevirens, 15, 16, 18
lanosa, 16, 19
Macallana, 19
pellucida, 18
rectangularis, 16
refracta, 18
Rudolphiana, 18
rupestris, 17, 18
uncialis, 18
spongiosus,
74, 202, 205
verticillatus, 74

| Codium bursa, 19

tomentosum, 19, 20
Conferva erea, 34, 15
melagonium, 14
Youngana, 14
tortuosa, 5, 14

| Corallina officinalis, 13, 22,

ae
202
squamata, 122

122, 131, 197,

| Cordylecladia erecta, 158

Corynospora _ pedicellata,
209, 210

Crouania attenuata, 202

Cruoria adherens, 124

pellita, 124

| Cutleria multifida, 53, 56

Cystoclonium
scens, 166
var. cirrhose, 168
Cystoseira barbata, 37
ericoides, 36, 71
feniculacea, 37
fibrosa, 36, 72
granulata, 37

purpura-

236
D.

Dasya arbuscula, 118
Cattlowia, 118
coccinea, 116, 117
corymbifera, 118
ocellata, 117, 118
pumicea, 118
venusta, 118

Delesseria alata, 127, 129, |

var. angustissima,
128, 129
hypoglossum, 129
interrupta, 160
rascifolia, 129
sanguinea, 124, 150
sinuosa, 127
Desmarestia aculeata, 44,
45, 78, 116
ligulata, 44
pinnatinervia, 46
viridis, 44, 46
Dictyosiphon feniculaceus,
60
Dictyota dichotoma, 53, 56,
71
Dudresnaia coccinea, 202
divaricata, 147
Dumoontia filiformis, 185

E.

Ectocarpus brachiatus,
81
crinitus, 85
distortus, 85
fenestratus, 82
granulosus, 81
Hincksie; 83
Landsburgii, 85
littoralis, 78, 83
longifructus, 83
Mertensii, 82
pusillus, 83
spheerophorus, 83
tessellatus, 83
tomentosus, 83
Elachista attenuata, 71
flaccida, 72
fucicola, 71
pulvinata, 71
scutulata, 72
stelluiata, 71
velutina, 72
Enteromorpha
10, 13
compressa, 10, 61, 72
cornucopia, 13
erecta, 13
Hopkirkii, 15
intestinalis, 9, 10
Linkiana, 13
percursa, 13
Ralfsii, 13
ramulosa, 13
Euthora cristata, 154

clathrata,

INDEX.
F.

Fucus anceps, 229
canaliculatus, 30, 229
ceranoides, 34
gracilis, 4
Mackaii, 33
nodosus, 33, 108
serratus, 28, 33
vesiculosus, 28, 29, 30,

34, 35, 54, 71

Furcellaria fastigiata, 180

G.

Gelidium corneum, 140, 181 |

var. abnorme, 143
var. aculeatum, 140
var clavatum, 143
var. crinale, 140
var, flexuosum, 140
var. latifolium, 140,
143
var. pinnatum, 140
var. pulchellum, 140
Gigartina acicularis, 170
mamillosa, 159, 173
pistillata, 170
Teedii, 159, 170
Ginannia furcellata, 147
Gloiosiphonia capillaris,
182

Gracilaria compressa, 138
confervoides, 138, 166
erecta, 158
multipartita, 139

Grateloupia filicina, 181

Griffithsia barbata, 208
corallina, 205
Devoniensis, 208
equisetifolia, 205
setacea, 206, 208, 212,

216
secundiflora, 207
Gymnogrongrus
fithsize, 165. 166
Norvegicus, 166
plicata, 166

Grif-

i:

Halidrys siliquosa, 23, 35
Haliseris polypodioides,
54

Halurus equisetifolius, 205

var. simplicifilum,
205

Halymenia ligulata, 178

Helminthocladia purpurea,
144

Helminthora divaricata,
147

Hildebrandtia rubra, 73,
125

Himanthalia Jorea, 37, 73

Hypneea purpurascens, 166

L

Tridcea edulis, 159

J.

Jania corniculata 122
rubens, 122

K.

Kallymenia Dabyi, 182
microphilla, 170
reniformis, 163, 170

L.

Laminaria. bulbosa, 41, 231
caperata, 250

digitata, 40, 108, 127,
129, 130, 131, 154,
198, 213, 215, 229,

230
var. stenophylla, 40,

229

fascia, 40, 62
longicruris, 39
phyllitis, 39, 42
saccharina, 38, 39, 40,
227, 230
stenophylla, 230
Laurencia cespitosa, 94
dasyphylla, 97, 98
hybrida, 94
obtusa, 94, 98
pinnatifida, 93, 94
tenuissima, 97, 98
Leathesia Berkeleyi, 68
crispus, 68
tuberiformis, 66, 68
Litosiphon laminaries, 64
pusillus, 63
Lomentaria articulata, 90
debilis, 40
kaliformis, 89
ovalis, 89
parvula, 90
reflexa, 93
Lyngbya Carmichaelii, 23
flacca, 24
majuscula, 24

M.
Maugeria sanguinea, 124,
150

Melobesia pustulata, 122
verrucata, 122

Mesogloia Griffithsiana, 68
vermicularis, 68
virescens, 68

Microcladia glandulosa, 188

Myrionema clavatum, 73
Leclancherii, 75
punctiforme, 72
strangulans, 72

Myriotrichia claveeformis,

84

filiformis, 83 |

N.

|
Naccaria hypnoides, 150
Wiggii, 150 |
Nemaleon multifidum, 143 |
purpurea, 144
Nitophyllum SBonnemai-
soni, 130
Gmelini, 130
Hillise, 130
laceratum, 131
punctatum, 152
var. crispatum, 135
var. oceliatum, 135
thysanorphizans, 136
versicolor, 132

O.

Odonthalia dentata, 101

=.

Padina pavonia, 53, 55
Petrocelis cruenta, 124
Peyssonelia Dubyi, 124
Phyllophora Brodiei, 161, |
174
var. simplex, 162
membranifolia, 162
palmettoides, 162
Tubens, 122, 161
Plocamium coccineum, 157
Polyides lumbricalis, 86, 89, |
116, 180
rotundus, 16, 86
Polysiphonia affinis, 107
arceolata, 108, 110
atro-rubescens, 115
Brodiei, 114
byssoides, 113
Carmicheliana, 116
divergens, 229
elongata, 110, 115
elongella, 115 |
fastigiata, 108 |
fibrata, 108, 110, 116

INDEX.

Polysiphonia—con.
fibrillosa, 110, 116,
foetidissima, 116
formosa, 109
furcellata, 116
Grevillii, 116
Griffithsiana, 116
nigrescens, 106,

192
obscura, 116
parasitica, 110
patens, 110
pulvinata, 115
Richardsoni, 115
sertularioides, 115
simulans, 116
spinulosa, 115, 116, 229
subulifera, 116
variegata, 114
violacea, 114

Porphyra laciniata, 8, 9
vulgaris, 9

Ptilota elegans, 83, 201,

216

107,

plumosa, 198
sericea, 201
Punctaria latifolia, 40, 61,
62, 63
plantagina, 62, 63
tenuissima, 62, 65
Pyenophycus tuberculatus,
30

R.

Ralfsia verrucosa, 71
Rhodomela lycopodioides,
98

subfusca, 98
Rhodophyllis appendicu-
lata, 157 ~
bifida, 157
var. ciliata, 157
Rhodymenia bifida, 157
var. ciliata, 157
cristata, 154
laciniata, 168

palmata, 40, 73, 8], |

150, 153

var. marginifera, 153

var. sarniensis, 155

var. simplex, 153

var. sobolifera, 153
palmetta, 154, 160, 168

var. Niceensis, 154

Rytiphlea complanata, 102

fructiculosa, 105, 115
pinastroides, 102
thuyoides, 105

237
S.

Sacchoriza bulbosa, 250)
Sargassum bacciferum, 29
Schizymenia edulis, 181

Dubyi, 182
Scinaia furcellata, 147
Seirospora Griffithsiana,

209, 225
Spherococcus coronopi-
folius, 138

Sphacelaria cirrhosa, 77
filicina, 74, 77
fusca, 78
plumosa, 75
racemosa, 78
radicans, 78
scoparia, 77
sertularia, 77
Sporochnus pedunculatus,
49, 227
Spyridia filamentosa, 186
Stenogramma interrupta,
160
Stilophora Lyngbyzi, 59
rhizodes, 56, 60
Striaria attenuta, 60, 61

iv

Taonia altomaria, 56

U.
Ulva crispa, 8
lactuca, 15, 229

latissima, 8, 10, 72, 229
linza, 9, 10, 229

Ws

Vaucheria clavata, 21
velutina, 20

We

Wrangelia multifida, 148
pilifera, 149

Z.

Zonaria collaris, 55
parvula, 55
Zostera marina, 23, 62, 83

N.B.—In the foregoing index we have mentioned every page in which
each plant is referred to, however incidentally, hoping that a searcher may
thereby readily trace out the history or peculiarities of any plant about
which he desires to know. ;

Yi

OF RURAL PURSUTIS.

ENLARGED TO THIRTY-TWO PAGES WEEKLY.

PUBLISHED EVERY THURSDAY PRICE TWOPENCE.

re
CONTENTS.

Kennel and Stable—Articles on Dogs and Horses;
Full and speedy Reports of Shows, Correspondence on all
matters affecting the Canine world, &c.

oultry and Habbits.—Articles on Poultry, Pigeons,
and Rabbits; full, early, and accurate reports of Shows ;
Discussions on various points of interest to Fanciers. ,

Abiary and Apiary.—Articles and Notes on Cage Birds
and Bee Keeping, by leading Authorities ; Accurate and
early Reports of Shows; Speedy and reliable Advice in
matters of Bird Keeping or Apiculture.

Fishing and Shootiwg.—Current Events noted; Articles
and Letters from various Correspondents on the many
questions embraced by these sports.

Hatural Science.—Articles and Letters on Entomology,
Botany, Zoology, from well known Naturalists, &c.

Far and Hear.—Hmigration fully treated ; Travels in
all Countries. |

Farm and Gurden.—Articles interesting to the Farmer,
professional and amateur ; Gardening in all its branches ;
Cultural directions for various flowers and fruits, both out
of doors and under glass.

Beports,—Fall Reports of Football, Athletics, Cricket,
owing, Swimming, and other Sports in their Season
are given Weekly by competent Writers.
Quarterly Subscription, post free 2s. Sd. prepaid.

OFFICE: 32, WELLINGTON-STREET, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.

USEFUL BOOKS.
eS BEE-KEEPING: Being Plain Instructions to

the Amateur for the Successful Management of the Honey Bee. LIllustrated.
Seconp Epition. Large post 8vo., price 6d.

ABBITS for PRIZES and PROFIT. By Cuarizs Rayson.

Contains, Hutches, Breeding, Feeding, Diseases and their Treatment, Rabbits
as a Food Supply, and careful descriptions of Angora, Belgian Hare, Dutch, Hima-
layan, Lop, Patagonian, Siberian, Silver Grey, and Polish Fancy Rabbits, with full
page portraits of prize specimens. Large post 8vo., price 2s. 6d.

“General Management”? and “Exhibition Rabbits” may be had separately,
price 1s. each.

OULTRY for PRIZES and PROFIT. By Jawzs Lone.

Profusely Illustrated. In parts, large post 8vo., price 6d. each.
L—BREEDING POULTRY FOR PRIZES.—Fourth Edition.
IL—EXHIBITION POULTRY (Part I.).—Third Edition.

Ill.—EXHIBITION POULTRY (Part IL).—Third Edition.
IV.—MANAGEMENT of the POULTRY YARD.—Second Edition.

HE BOOK of the GOAT: containing Practical Directions

for the Management of the Milch Goat in Health and Disease. Illustrated.
By STEPHEN HOLMES, Cloth gilt, price 2s, 6d., by post 2s. 8d.

bi DISEASES OF DOGS: their Pathology, Diagnosis, and

Treatment. To which is added a complete Dictionary of Canine Materia Medica.
By HUGH DALZIEL. Large post 8vo.. in paper price Is., in cloth gilt 2s,

ES and TRAINING DOGS: being concise directions

for the proper Education both for Field and for Companions, of Retrievers,
Pointers, Setters, Spaniels, Terriers, &c. By “PATHFINDER” (of ‘“ The Country,”
&c.). Large post 8vo. Incloth gilt, 5s.; by post 5s. 4d.

B Piaheathae for AMATEURS, containing full description of the

lathe, with all its working parts and attachments, and minute instructions
for the effective use of them on wood. metal. and ivory. Illustrated with 130 first-
elass wood engravings, Srconp Epirion. Large post 8vo., cloth, price 2s. 6d.

ORKING IN SHEET METAL: being practical instruction

for making and mending small Articles in Tin, Copper, Iron, Zinc, and Brass.
Illustrated. Tuirp Epition. Large post 8vo., price 6d.

RITISH MARINE ALGA!: Being a Popular Account of the

SEAWEEDS of GREAT BRITAIN, their Collection and Preservation. By W. H.
GRATTANN. Magnificently illustrated with 205 engravings. Large post 8vo.,
price 5s. 6d.. by post ds. 10d.

HE ART of. PYROTECHNY: Being Comprehensive and

Practical Instructions for the MANUFACTURE of FIREWORKS, specially
designed for the use of Amateurs. Profusely Illustrated. By W. H. BROWNE,
Ph.D., M.A., L.R.C.P., &c. Large post 8vo., price 3s. 6d.

lai aaihes POTTERY and PORCELAIN: being a concise
account of the development of the Potter’s Art in England Ilustrated.
Part L—Pottery. Large post 8vo., price 1s. 6d., by postls. 7d. Part IL—Porcelain,

price 2s., by post 2s. 2d. In one vol, cloth gilt, with frontispiece, &c., price 5s., by
post 5s. 4d,

HE HONITON LACE BOOK: being the second and en-

larged edition of Honiton Lace-Making; and containing full and practical
instructions for acquiring the art of Making this Fashionable Lace. By “ Devonia,’’
with Illustrations. In cloth gilt, price 3s. 6d., by post 3s. 9d.

ROsE_BUDDING ; Containing full instructions for the

snecessful performance of this interesting operation. Illustrated. By D. T.
FISH. Large post 8vo., price 6d., by post 64d,

|B apes GROWING for AMATEURS: being practical instruc-

tions for the successful Culture of Roses, with selections of the best varieties
adapted to the requirements of the Amateur in Town er Country. By W. D. PRIOR,
Large post 8vo, Prive 1s, 6d.; by post, ls. 7d.

USEFUL BOOKS—continued.

Be eUNING, GRAFTING, and BUDDING FRUIT TREES.

Illustrated with ninety-three diagrams. By D.T. FISH. Large post 8vo., price
1s., by post 1s, 1d. !

INE CULTURE for AMATEURS: being plain directions for

the successful growing of Grapes, with the means and appliances usually at
the command of amateurs. Illustrated. By ‘PRACTICAL HAND.” Large post
8vo. In paper ls., by postls, 1d.

ae GARDENING: Being plain instructions for the

proper Laying-out, Planting, and Management of Small Gardens; with lists of
Trees, Shrubs, and Plants most suitable, and thirteen Designs for small gardens. By
“PRACTICAL HAND.” Large post 8vo. In cloth gilt, 2s, 6d., by post 2s. 9d.

THE CANARY BOOK: containing full directions for the

Breeding, Rearing, and Management of Exhibition Canaries and Canary Mules;
their Treatment in Health and Disease, the Formation and Management of Canary
Societies and Exhibitions, together with a full description of all the different varieties,
and their points of excellence, and all other matters connected with this fancy,
Illustrated. By ROBERT L. WALLACE. Large post 8vo. Part 1—General Manage-
ment, now ready, price 2s.; by post, 2s.2d@ Part I1.—-Exhibition Canaries, price 2s., by
post, 2s. 2d. In one vol. cloth gilt, price 5s., by post, 5s. 4d.

W OOD CARVING for AMATEURS : containing descriptions

of all the requisite Tools, and full instructions for their use in producing
different varieties of Carvings. Lllustrated. Large post 8vo., price ls., by post ls. 1d.

ARPENTRY and JOINERY for AMATEURS. Contains full

descriptions of the various Tools required in the above Arts, together with
practical Instructions for their use. By the Author of “Turning for Amateurs,”
alias d in Sheet Metal,’’ &c. Large post 8vo. In cloth gilt, price 2s, 6d., by
post 2s. 9d.

OREIGN CAGE BIRDS: Containing full directions for

; successfully breeding, rearing, and managing the various beautiful cage birds
imported into this couniry. Illustrated. ByC. W.GEDNEY. Large post 8vo.

[in the press.

HANS to UNTRAINED TEACHERS: Being directions and

; suggestions of the greatest service to parents and others engaged in home
teaching. By JANE ASCHAM, Large post 8yo. [In the press.

oes DISEASES of HORSES, their Pathology, Diagnosis,

_ and Treatment; to which is added a complete Dictionary of Equine ‘“‘ Materia
Medica.” By HUGH DALZIEL, Author of “The Diseases of Dogs,” &c. Large post

8yvo. [Jn the Press.
ARDS and CARD TRICKS: Containing a brief History of

Playing Cards, full Instructions, with Illustrated Hands, for playing nearly all
known games of chance or skill, and directions for performing a number of amusing
Trick. Illustrated. By H. E. HEATHER. [In the press.

oo for AMATEURS: containing descriptions of Orchids

suited to the requirements of the amateur, with full instructions for their
successful cultivation. With Illustrations. By JAMES BRITTEN, F.LS., of the
British Museum, and W. H. GOWER. Large post 8vo. [Lin the Press.

Saal FESTIVAL DECORATIONS: Comprising Direc-

tions and Designs for the suitable Decoration of Churches for Christmas, Easter,
Whiitsuntide, and Harvest. Illustrated. Large post 8vo., price 1s., by post 1s. 1d,

foo LEATHER WORK BOOK: Containing full Instruc-

tions for making and ornamenting articles so as to successfully imitate Carved
Oak; specially written for the Use of Amateurs. By Rosa Bauenan. Illustrated.

[Un the Press.
THE BAZAAR ” OFFICE, 32, WELLINGTON-STREET, STRAND, W.C.

he Bazaar,
@he Gpefhange and Mart,

and
Journal of the Housefold,

ILLUSTRATED.

PUBLISHED EVERY WEDNESDAY AND SATURDAY.
PRICE TWOPENCE,

GENERAL CONTENTS.
THE DRAWING ROOM.—Dramatic, Scientific, and Musical 1 news
of the week; Critiques on New Music, &e., &c.

THE HALG.—Articles upon Canaries and Foreign and British Cage
Birds; Notes on Places at Home and Abroad; Miscellaneous Articles.

THE LIBRARY.—Articles upon the Noteworthy Books recently pub-
lished; Notes upon Various Literary Subjects.

THE WORKSHOP.—Articles and Notes upon Various Branches of
Amateur Mechanics.

THE HOUSEKEEPER’S ROOM.—Articles upon Domestic Mat-
ters, Recipes of all kinds, &c.

THE BOUDOIR.—Notes on Present Fashions ; Fancy Work of different
kinds.

THE GARDEN.—Articles upon the Cultivation of Flowers, Fruit, and
Vegetables; Garden Operations; Bee Keeping, &e.

THE CURTILAGE. — Articles on Dogs; Rabbits; Horses; Farm-
ing; Poultry; Pigeons; Reports of Poultry, Pigeon, and Rabbit Shows.

EXCHANGE AND MART, —Thousands of Articles of every

description for Exchange, or Sale, or Wanted by private persons,

WANTS AND VACANCIES.—Governesses, Tutors, Clerks, Ser-

vants, and others Wanting Situations, and Situations Vacant.
Quarterly Subscription, 5s. 4d., post paid, dwring the season.
May be had at the Railway Bookstalls, and from all Respectable Newsagents.

London Office: 32, Wellington-Street, Strand, W.C.

sens

rae

i

wt
#

+ oe eR

8 a - j

New York Botanical Garden Library

a: =~

5185 00022 1547

ee ee es.

a

MOMeE NO rte

kin)

fish?
f

ON

‘ta
“Oy OS EAR Oc.

uy

yey

is

“

feaieale

it DY

y

We AON
nt hal

fa
wy

Re

“3
ut

i is ;

Tien
Vehke

AG

te Met